TEX-NL archief september 1995

Inhoudsopgave

Fri, 1 Sep 1995 08:36:04 GMT+200: Re: DVIDVI DVIItoDVI executables
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 09:01:54 +0200: Re: n asterisks via FIFO, just polynomial evaluation :-) and in the
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 09:22:14 +0000: Re: CD
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 09:24:41 +0100: DVIPS: seascape ?
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 10:52:08 +0200: UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 10:59:06 +0200: UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.
Fri, 1 Sep 1995 11:04:33 METDST: Re: DVIDVI DVIItoDVI executables
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 11:22:00 +0100: cmti6
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 11:33:04 +0200: Re: UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 11:37:50 +0200: Mouth only?
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 11:42:54 +0200: Re: UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 11:48:00 +0200: Re: UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.
Fri, 1 Sep 1995 12:03:29 MET-1DST: Tweede nivo Enums met zo nu en dan Eerste nivo enums
Fri, 1 Sep 1995 12:40:00 GMT+200: Walnut Creek TeX CD-ROM
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 15:27:10 +0200: telefoontjesfont
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 15:35:47 +0200: Re: telefoontjesfont
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 19:17:18 +0200: Re: cmti6
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 20:13:14 +0200: FIFO and the mouth, an in principle example
Fri, 01 Sep 1995 20:14:46 +0200: FIFO and the mouth: storage handling
Sat, 02 Sep 1995 11:11:26 +0200: FIFO and accumulating in the mouth. The paradigm :-).
Sat, 02 Sep 1995 17:40:53 +0200: n asteriks again, meanest and leanest solution
Mon, 04 Sep 1995 13:53:05 +0200: Re: UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.
Wed, 06 Sep 1995 11:55:01 +0100: DOS command line werk op de 4TEX CD! .. nu al op het NTG fgbbs
Mon, 11 Sep 1995 15:53:37 +0200: DVIPS32.exe | pk problem
Mon, 11 Sep 1995 16:34:00 +0200: Re: DVIPS32.exe | pk problem
Tue, 12 Sep 1995 09:01:47 +0200: Re: DVIPS32.exe | pk problem
Tue, 12 Sep 1995 14:31:16 +0100: newcommand question
Tue, 12 Sep 1995 14:40:50 +0200: Re: newcommand question
Tue, 12 Sep 1995 14:45:33 +0200: Backward and forward
Tue, 12 Sep 1995 15:08:41 +0200: Re: newcommand question
Tue, 12 Sep 1995 16:24:53 +0200: Re: newcommand question
Tue, 12 Sep 1995 16:39:27 +0000: Andere naam boven references
Wed, 13 Sep 1995 00:22:26 +0200: Re: Andere naam boven references
Wed, 13 Sep 1995 23:33:13 +0200: Fat braces
Thu, 14 Sep 1995 18:48:00 +0100: the MODE.COM line in autoexec.bat
Fri, 15 Sep 1995 16:22:36 +0200: 4dos ndos
Fri, 15 Sep 1995 16:36:56 GMT+200: Re: 4dos ndos
Fri, 15 Sep 1995 17:04:26 +0000: Re: 4dos ndos
Fri, 15 Sep 1995 19:57:49 +0200: Useful feedback to NTG's board and a question from Evans
Sat, 16 Sep 1995 09:55:44 +0100: Useful feedback to NTG's board and a question from Evans
Mon, 18 Sep 1995 10:54:00 +0100: Het nummer van de heer Graham
Mon, 18 Sep 1995 13:44:34 +0200: Re: 4dos ndos
Mon, 18 Sep 1995 14:56:23 +0200: cmcyralt
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 11:55:24 +0200: Re: 4dos ndos
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 13:53:13 GMT+200: \@addtoreset
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 14:13:09 +0200: Re: \@addtoreset
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 14:16:06 +0100: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 15:14:49 +0200: Re: \@addtoreset
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 15:23:18 GMT+200: Re: \@addtoreset
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 15:48:05 GMT+200: \@addtoreset
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 16:00:24 +0200: \@addtoreset
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 16:08:32 GMT+200: Re: \@addtoreset
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 16:20:50 +0200: Re: \@addtoreset
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 16:22:44 +0200: Re: \@addtoreset
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 16:38:23 GMT+200: Re: \@addtoreset
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 17:07:25 +0200: need help on openin and ifeof
Thu, 21 Sep 1995 18:28:37 +0100: Re: need help on openin and ifeof
Fri, 22 Sep 1995 08:47:51 METDST: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Fri, 22 Sep 1995 09:01:53 +0200: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Fri, 22 Sep 1995 10:27:51 +0200: 4dos
Fri, 22 Sep 1995 22:04:56 +0100: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Fri, 22 Sep 1995 22:05:49 +0100: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Fri, 22 Sep 1995 23:46:03 +0200: nieuw e-mail adress
Sat, 23 Sep 1995 10:30:55 +0200: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Sat, 23 Sep 1995 18:13:04 +0200: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Sat, 23 Sep 1995 22:46:20 +0100: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Sun, 24 Sep 1995 09:21:36 +0100: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Mon, 25 Sep 1995 09:19:39 +0000: Re: nieuw e-mail adress
Mon, 25 Sep 1995 10:40:10 +0100: epson stylus colour
Mon, 25 Sep 1995 10:50:31 +0100: Re: Het nummer van de heer Graham
Mon, 25 Sep 1995 11:01:06 +0100: keurslijf
Mon, 25 Sep 1995 11:08:58 +0100: Re: keurslijf
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 13:14:06 +0100: Re: keurslijf
Mon, 25 Sep 1995 14:52:12 GMT+200: Re: PostScript fonts & LaTeX
Mon, 25 Sep 1995 15:03:13 +0100: Re: keurslijf
Mon, 25 Sep 1995 18:42:05 +0100: keurslijf
Mon, 25 Sep 1995 22:39:34 +0100: Keurslijf en wat concreets
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 00:00:54 +0100: Re: nieuw e-mail adress
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 09:57:18 +0100: Re: keurslijf
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 10:12:03 +0100: Keurslijf en wat concreets
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 10:49:32 +0100: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 11:07:48 +0000 (GMT): doorstreepte letters
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 11:38:27 +0100: Re: PostScript fonts & LaTeX
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 12:35:22 GMT+200: Re: PostScript fonts & LaTeX
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 12:39:11 +0200: Re: doorstreepte letters
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 12:47:19 +0200: Re: PostScript fonts & LaTeX
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 12:58:01 GMT+200: Re: PostScript fonts & LaTeX
Tue, 26 Sep 1995 20:08:01 +0100: keurslijf
Wed, 27 Sep 1995 08:14:50 +0100: Keurslijf en conversie
Wed, 27 Sep 1995 09:01:28 +0100: Re: keurslijf
Wed, 27 Sep 1995 10:15:00 +0100: Japanse TeX
Wed, 27 Sep 1995 11:14:01 +0100: Japanse TeX
Wed, 27 Sep 1995 20:38:23 +0100: BLUe
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:09:01 +0100: Kanttekeningen bij LaTeX2e en PSNFSS
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:13:04 +0100: Re: BLUe
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:13:43 +0100: Re: BLUe
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:14:31 +0100: Re: BLUe
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:14:08 +0100: Re: BLUe
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:15:31 +0100: Re: BLUe
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:52:15 +0100: Een advies voor BLUE
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:54:46 +0100: Re: Een advies voor BLUE
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 11:32:07 GMT+200: upload naar CTAN
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 12:09:58 +0100: Ps fonts and previewers
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 12:19:46 +0200: Re: Een advies voor BLUE
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 12:27:06 +0100: Re: Een advies voor BLUE
Thu, 28 Sep 1995 16:13:49 +0100: Re: Ps fonts and previewers
Fri, 29 Sep 1995 10:02:12 +0100: Re: BLUe
Fri, 29 Sep 1995 10:18:37 +0100: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Fri, 29 Sep 1995 11:54:45 +0100: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Fri, 29 Sep 1995 12:03:53 +0100: Re: Kanttekeningen bij LaTeX2e en PSNFSS
Fri, 29 Sep 1995 12:43:12 +0100: excuses
Fri, 29 Sep 1995 12:53:04 +0100: Re: Kanttekeningen bij LaTeX2e en PSNFSS
Fri, 29 Sep 1995 14:07:58 +0100: Re: Kanttekeningen bij LaTeX2e en PSNFSS
Fri, 29 Sep 1995 16:33:25 +0100: Re: BLUe
Fri, 29 Sep 1995 17:07:17 +0100: epson stylus color
Fri, 29 Sep 1995 18:24:50 +0100: Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem
Fri, 29 Sep 1995 18:29:35 +0100: Re: Kanttekeningen bij LaTeX2e en PSNFSS
Sat, 30 Sep 1995 10:07:13 +0100: Bestelling 4allTeX CD-ROM


Date:Fri, 1 Sep 1995 08:36:04 GMT+200
From:   Erik Frambach <E.H.M.Frambach AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   Re: DVIDVI DVIItoDVI executables

Phons Bloemen schrijft:

> > Heb je een 2up.pro die met de nieuwste dvips werkt?
> > --
> > Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
> > http://www.cs.ruu.nl/~piet
> >
> Deze gebruiken wij al erg lang met dvips 5.58:
>
> %!PS-Adobe-1.0
> %%Creator: Ross Cartlidge <rossc AT extro.ucc.su.oz.au>
> %%Title: Multiple pages on one page
[...]

Ik neem aan dat dit stuk PS kode zorgt voor 2up. Zo te zien kan
er nog veel meer. Kun je uitleggen hoe het in elkaar steekt en
wat de parameters zijn, met voorbeelden?

Erik Frambach



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 09:01:54 +0200
From:   Bernd Raichle <Raichle AT informatik.uni-stuttgart.de>
Subject:   Re: n asterisks via FIFO, just polynomial evaluation :-) and in the

on Thu, 31 Aug 1995 23:28:24 +0200,
Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL> said:

Kees> %N asterisks solution recasted in fifo inspired upon Georg Russell as explained by
Kees> %Bernd Raichle in Orale Spielereien I
[...]

Original article:
  George Russell,
  Generating \verb+\n+ asterisks,
  TUGboat, 12(1991), No.~2, S.~278--279.

In "Orale Spielereien -- Teil I" (Die TeXnische Komoedie, 4/94) I have
changed Goerge Russell's code.  Btw, it is ``mouth only'' (whereas
Kees' fifo solution contains a nonexpandable \xdef assignment):

\def\endofnumber#1{#2}
\def\0{\nextdigit{}}      \def\5{\nextdigit{*****}}
\def\1{\nextdigit{*}}     \def\6{\nextdigit{******}}
\def\2{\nextdigit{**}}    \def\7{\nextdigit{*******}}
\def\3{\nextdigit{***}}   \def\8{\nextdigit{********}}
\def\4{\nextdigit{****}}  \def\9{\nextdigit{*********}}

% #1 Sternchen fuer aktuelle Ziffer
% #2 Sternchen - Zwischenergebnis (muessen verzehnfacht werden)
% #3 naechste Ziffer (oder `endofnumber')
\def\nextdigit #1#2#3{%
  \csname #3\endcsname {#1#2#2#2#2#2#2#2#2#2#2}}

\def\Asts#1{\nextdigit{}{}#1{endofnumber}}

% example: register \n = number of asterisks
\edef\asts{\expandafter\Asts\expandafter{\the\n}}


Bernd



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 09:22:14 +0000
From:   Wietse Dol <W.DOL AT lei.agro.nl>
Subject:   Re: CD

>hoe kan ik weer de laatste nieuwe CD rom vanuit Belgie bestellen en
>betalen ?

>Dirk

>==================================================================
>Dirk Van Heule                         dvheule AT mmww.rma.ac.be
>Kon. Militaire School                  tel. 09/7376187
>Dpt Wiskunde
>Renaissancelaan 30
>1040 Brussel
>Belgie

Je kunt het op de belgische rekening storten (equivalent van 60 gulden) en
ik geef bij dezen Herman de opdracht om Dirk een CD te sturen (ik acht het
geld bij dezen binnen en ik kan waarschijnlijk de eerste maand nu toch niet
de belgische rekening controleren).



Met vriendelijke groet,
Wietse Dol


+------------------------------------------------------------+
| Work:                           | Private:                 |
|   Landbouw Economisch Instituut |                          |
|   Burgemeester Patijnlaan 19    |   Coebergerstraat 12     |
|   2585 BE Den Haag              |   5624 AV Eindhoven      |
|   The Netherlands               |   The Netherlands        |
|   tel:+31 (0)70-3308135         |   tel: +31 (0)40-467083  |
+------------------------------------------------------------+



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 09:24:41 +0100
From:   Roger Koumans <R.G.M.P.Koumans AT ele.tue.nl>
Subject:   DVIPS: seascape ?

Ik ben bezig met het maken van een a5 boekje.
Ik maak gebruik van dviboek om de pagina's te rangschikken.
Daarna plaats ik met DVIDVI.EXE 2 a4 pagina's naast elkaar.
Vervolgens laat ik DVIPS los op de nieuwe DVI-file met de
opties -y707 -tlandscape.
Dit zorgt ervoor dat er op een a4 velletje 2 origele paginas
netjes verkleind naast elkaar komen.

Nu maken we gebruik van een dubbelzijdige printer.
Elke tweede (nieuwe) pagina dient dus niet in landscape
(+90 graden geroteerd) maar in seascape (-90 graden of
landscape + 180 graden) geplaats te worden.

Kan iemand mij vertellen hoe ik dvips een pagina in
seascape kan laten afdrukken (dus -90 graden i.p.v. +90
graden bij landscape).


------------------------
ir. Roger G.M.P. Koumans

Eindhoven University of Technology
Department of Electrical Engineering
Laboratory of Optical Communications, Room EH12.25
Den Dolech 2
5612 AZ Eindhoven
The Netherlands

Telephone: +31 40 472091
Telefax  : +31 40 455197
E-mail   : R.G.M.P.Koumans AT ele.tue.nl



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 10:52:08 +0200
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.

Hallo,
Volgende week zijn ze er. Een van de Russen---Renat Zagretdinov---
wil via VISA card o.i.d. die CD van Walnut Creek kopen.
Hij heeft geen Visa o.i.d. en ik ook niet. Hij neemt het geld mee.
Is er iemand die hem hierbij zou kunnen helpen?
Vr. Gr. ---Kees---



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 10:59:06 +0200
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.

Hallo,
Volgende week zijn ze er. Een van de russen---Renat Zagretdinov---
wil die CD van Walnut Creek kopen maar behoeft Visa o.i.d.
Ik heb dat ook niet. Wie-o-wie kan helpen?
Vr. Gr. ---Kees---



Date:Fri, 1 Sep 1995 11:04:33 METDST
From:   Phons Bloemen <A.H.A.Bloemen AT ele.tue.nl>
Subject:   Re: DVIDVI DVIItoDVI executables

>
> Phons Bloemen schrijft:
>
> > > Heb je een 2up.pro die met de nieuwste dvips werkt?
> > > --
> > > Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
> > > http://www.cs.ruu.nl/~piet
> > >
> > Deze gebruiken wij al erg lang met dvips 5.58:
> >
> > %!PS-Adobe-1.0
> > %%Creator: Ross Cartlidge <rossc AT extro.ucc.su.oz.au>
> > %%Title: Multiple pages on one page
> [...]
>
> Ik neem aan dat dit stuk PS kode zorgt voor 2up. Zo te zien kan
> er nog veel meer. Kun je uitleggen hoe het in elkaar steekt en
> wat de parameters zijn, met voorbeelden?
>
> Erik Frambach
>
Ik ben niet zo goed in Postscript.... Ik gebruik de file ook maar
'omdat hij werkt'. Hij zit geloof ik bij de dvips distributie,
misschien van een oudere dvips dan 5.58. Gebruiken doe ik hem
alleen op de beschrevn manier, met de -h optie van dvips.
Als je dit soort 2up files met gs wil previewen dan doet gs wel een
beetje raar: langzaam, en laat slechts 1 pagina zien. Een file met
psnup behandels geeft geen prblemen met gs.

PHONS
--
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phons Bloemen                                 http://ei0.ei.ele.tue.nl/~phons
Information & Communication Theory group   Eindhoven University of Technology
Word(t) Klein Zacht Raampje Perfect voor '95?  Stap over! TeX & LaTeX & Linux



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 11:22:00 +0100
From:   Andrea de Leeuw van Weenen <LETTVA AT RULMVS.LEIDENUNIV.NL>
Subject:   cmti6

Volgens Computer Modern Typefaces is de kleinste maat voor cmti
pointsize 7. Heeft iemand ook een cmti6 gemaakt?

Andrea de Leeuw van Weenen
Dept of Comparative Linguistics
Universiteit Leiden PO Box 9515, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands
LETTVA AT rulmvs.LeidenUniv.nl(from 1-1-96 LeeuwvW AT RULLET.LeidenUniv.nl)



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 11:33:04 +0200
From:   Piet Tutelaers <P.T.H.Tutelaers AT urc.tue.nl>
Subject:   Re: UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.

>
> Hallo,
> Volgende week zijn ze er. Een van de russen---Renat Zagretdinov---
> wil die CD van Walnut Creek kopen maar behoeft Visa o.i.d.
> Ik heb dat ook niet. Wie-o-wie kan helpen?
> Vr. Gr. ---Kees---
>

Kees,

Ik heb een Postbank card (eorocard en mastercard). Is er echt niet op
een andere manier aan deze CD te komen? Computercollectief (heb je al in
hun collectie gekeken op de CD die we onlangs gratis gekregen hebben
via TeX-NL?) of andere CD leveranciers. Trouwens hoe wil je de volgende
week via een creditkaart de CD in handen krijgen?

--Piet



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 11:37:50 +0200
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Mouth only?

Fair enough Bernd, not mouth only :-(((.
But, ... I could easily say at the end
\message{\r}
And that was the point in Syntactic Sugar. I could stay with general,
readable and understandable algorithms, while the result could be
handed over to the fully expandable situation, like argument of \message here.

Could you explain why I need it to write that `difficult' code,
either on the net---and perhasp some out there like it too---or
next week while having fun with a beer or two.

Best wishes, ---Kees---
P.S. Why not take the Komode copies with you for the reading table?
(And I'm as you know happy to (proof)read your OS III. :-))).)


Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 11:42:54 +0200
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.

Een goed idee Piet van CC. heb ik niet ingekeken.
Hoe zij de CD daar willen krijgen? Geen idee, maar ik weet wel als zij vragen
een 9deel)probleem op te lossen, zij wel weten hoe het geheel tot
een goed einde te krijgen. de meest omslachtige oplossing is via
de card houder die het dan doorzendt met doorberekening van kosten.
Maar ik bewn ervan overtuigd dat zij iets slimmers weten, maar slimmer dan cash-carry
van CC kan bijna niet.
Dan volgende probleem of iemand die mee wil nemen van CC?
Misschien Jan Hellings?
(Jan geef mij je telefoon nummer dat ik je kan bellen.)
Vr. Gr. ---Kees---



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 11:48:00 +0200
From:   Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
Subject:   Re: UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.

>>>>> Piet Tutelaers <P.T.H.Tutelaers AT URC.TUE.NL> (PT) schrijft:

>>
>> Hallo,
>> Volgende week zijn ze er. Een van de russen---Renat Zagretdinov---
>> wil die CD van Walnut Creek kopen maar behoeft Visa o.i.d.
>> Ik heb dat ook niet. Wie-o-wie kan helpen?
>> Vr. Gr. ---Kees---
>>

PT> Kees,

PT> Ik heb een Postbank card (eorocard en mastercard). Is er echt niet op
PT> een andere manier aan deze CD te komen? Computercollectief (heb je al in
PT> hun collectie gekeken op de CD die we onlangs gratis gekregen hebben
PT> via TeX-NL?) of andere CD leveranciers. Trouwens hoe wil je de volgende
PT> week via een creditkaart de CD in handen krijgen?

Ik denk dat er goedkopere zijn dan Walnut Creek die minstens zo goed zijn
(ik ga er voor het gemak even vanuit dat het een Linux CD betreft), en ik
denk dat je via een nederlandse leverancier makkelijk volgende week een CD
kunt hebben, hetzij via giro, bankcheque of creditcard. Dat lijkt me
makkelijker dan van Amerika nar Rusland laten sturen. En een creditcard
adres verschillend van bezorgadres is ook al verdacht dus zul je dan
maatregelen moeten nemen om de leverancier te overtuigen dat het geen
fraude is. Misschien is er in Arnhem wel een winkel waar ze over de
toonbank gaan.

--
Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
http://www.cs.ruu.nl/~piet



Date:Fri, 1 Sep 1995 12:03:29 MET-1DST
From:   The Graphical Gnome <RDB AT ktibv.nl>
Subject:   Tweede nivo Enums met zo nu en dan Eerste nivo enums

Hallo,

Ik weet dat de omschijving niet duidelijk is, maar ik zal het met een
voorbeeld proberen duidelijk te maken.

bv

<--------- Geen 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
<---------- Geen 2
2.1
2.2
3   <------ Wel 3
4.1
4.2

etc.

Het maken van de 1.1 is geen probleem, het probleem zit hem in het
ophogen van de eerste nivo teller.

Ik heb het nu opgelost met twee definities voor \labelenumi:
de eerste is leeg en de tweede normaal (ik switch tussen de twee net
\lon en \loff.

Ik moet echter nog steeds \item tussen twee groepen zetten. Is er een
elegantere oplossing?

-------

Hoe haal ik de indent voor level 2 weg ? (ik heb de companion niet
bij mij).



Happy Hacking The Graphical Gnome

---------------------------------------------
| Rob den Braasem    | Voice :-31-79-531520 |
|                    | Fax   :-31-79-513561 |
|                    | Mail  : rdb AT ktibv.nl |
|                    |----------------------+----------------------+
| KTI bv             | "I die when it's time for me to die.        |
| P.O. Box 86        | So let me live  my life the way I want to." |
| 2700 AB Zoetermeer |                                             |
| The Netherlands    |   Jimi Hendrix                              |
-------------------------------------------------------------------+



Date:Fri, 1 Sep 1995 12:40:00 GMT+200
From:   Erik Frambach <E.H.M.Frambach AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   Walnut Creek TeX CD-ROM

Via WWW (zie onderaan) is (o.a.) de volgende informatie over de cd-roms
te verkrijgen. Ze blijken te bestaan uit een subset van CTAN, waaronder
4allTeX, ozTeX en Karl Berry's TeX voor Unix.

============================== README.TXT ================================

Welcome to the TeX CDROM (disc #1)!

This CDROM contains TeX, the professional typesetting system created by
Professor Donald Knuth of Stanford University.  These CDROMs contain
everything you need to install and use TeX and LaTeX.

==========================================================================

Here is a list of some important files and directories of the disc.

view.exe         MSDOS File Browser/Uncompressor
00global.txt     Global index of both discs

docs/            Documentation regarding these discs
docs/view.doc    Documentation regarding VIEW.EXE

filename.txt      A list of all the files on this disc
readme.txt        Walnut Creek CDROM's Readme file

biblio/           bibliography formatting and maintenance
dviware/          utilities for .DVI files
graphics/         graphics programs
macros/           TeX macros and extensions
systems/          OS specific TeX
systems/msdos/4alltex/        MSDOS systems
systems/msdos/4alltex/INDEX   Index file for MSDOS systems
tex-k/            Karl Berry's TeX for Unix systems
web/              A Literate Programming System

==========================================================================

This disc set contains a snapshot of the CTAN archive.  This snapshot was
made in February and March 1995.

The installation of TeX, LaTeX, Metafont, and a DVI converter can be
complicated.  Fortunately many popular systems already have binaries
or patches available.  Look on disc 1 in the /systems subdirectory for a
complete list.


These text files contain installation instructions for the most popular
operating systems:

Unix: Disc 1 /tex-k/unixtex.ftp

MSDOS: Disc 1 /systems/msdos/4alltex/INDEX

Macintosh: Disc 1 /systems/mac/oztex/Read-Me


All of the material you need to start out with can be found on disc 1 - the
Programs disc.  Some of the more advanced packages were moved to disc 2 -
the User disc - for space reasons.  There is a lot more material here than
most people will ever need, but if you need it - it's right here on these
discs!

==========================================================================

WHAT IS TeX?

TeX is one of the first real computer typesetting programs ever
developed.  It was conceived of and developed by Prof. Donald E. Knuth
of Stanford University.  TeX is not a WYSIWYG text formatter as is now
common in programs such as Microsoft Word and WordPerfect.  With TeX
instructions are embedded into an ASCII document file, which is then
processed by TeX to produce a typeset document.  TeX is similar in
concept to the *roff programs, if you are familiar with those.

TeX despite its primitive interface is incredibly powerful in its ability
to format text and formulas - but like many powerful things, it is often
difficult to use.  The answer to this difficulty is LaTeX by Leslie
Lamport.  LaTeX adds the concept of logical mark-up to TeX.  LaTeX provides
a system where you specify the type of document you are writing and it uses
logical mark-up and its notion of the document style to produce the final
output.  LaTeX's style sheets radically simplify TeX for most users.  And
since LaTeX incorporates an open and flexible interface by which it can be
extended, LaTeX maintains access to the power of TeX for advanced users.
Most users today, will use LaTeX and extend it where necessary rather than
use raw TeX.

Prof. Knuth developed TeX to be readily usable on many systems and freely
available.  In order to satisfy these goals he developed Metafont, and DVI
utilities.  At the time TeX was initially being developed, fonts were
expensive and non-standard.  As a solution for this problem, Metafont was
developed.  Metafont has two functions: as a design tool for fonts, and as
the font renderer for TeX output.  The DVI utilities were developed to
solve the problems of incompatible output systems.  Essentially DVI is an
intermediate file output by the TeX program that describes the final output
down to the finest detail.  The DVI utilities convert these files into
something your printer can understand and use to produce a page that
faithfully reproduces the DVI file - thus whether you have a 9-pin dot
matrix printer or a 1200dpi typesetter, you get results that are as close
as the differing printers can make.  Of course, the 1200dpi typesetter is
going to produce much better quality output than the 9-pin printer could!

Over the years, many others have contributed add-on utilities (for document
types like bibliographies, graphics, indexes, etc.) which make TeX and
LaTeX even more useful.  You will find all these add-ons here on these
discs.


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS:

Special thanks to Karl Berry for his distribution found on disc 1 in
/tex-k, Dr. George Greenwade and the CTAN people for their work in
maintaining the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, Jack & Bob for their
patience, and Corinna for her proofreading and moral support.


FOR MORE INFO:

TeX:
The definitive book of course is D. E. Knuths "The TeXbook" - hard to
read but full of lots of useful info for all levels of users.  Another
useful book is "TeX by Example" written by Arvind Borde.

LaTeX:
Definitely Leslie Lamports "LaTeX: A Document Preparation System" and
"The LaTeX Companion" by Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and
Alexander Samarin.

Users Groups:
The TeX Users Group (TUG)
P.O. Box 869
Santa Barbara, California 93102 USA
Tel.: +1 (805) 963-1338
Fax: +1 (805) 963-8358
email: tug AT tug.org

There are other groups listed on disc 2 in the directory /usergrps.
Support these groups, really.  They are working to keep a free and
useful piece of software free and useful.


BASIC INSTRUCTIONS:

There are two discs in this set: disc 1 is the Programs disc and disc
2 is the User disc.  In general disc 1 contains the files you will
need to install TeX, LaTeX, Metafont, and the necessary DVI drivers
you need.

Unless you're using a Unix or Unix-like system, the best starting
place is the /systems directory on disc 1.  If you find a subdirectory
for your system, you're in luck - just follow the instructions in the
subdirectory to install.  If you're using a Unix(-like) system or you
can't find a subdirectory for your system, the best starting place is
the /tex-k directory on disc 1.  This is Karl Berry's TeX distribution
for Unix which contains everything needed for a basic installation.

Once you've gotten TeX installed, I strongly recommend that you read
the books listed above.  You can also find some introductory material
on disc 2 in the directory /docs.


FINALLY:

Again, I strongly encourage you to join the TeX Users Group or your
local users group.  I also recommend that if you have access to Usenet
subscribe to the newsgroup comp.text.tex, which is also a good source
of information.  Buy Walnut Creek CDROM products - they're good
people.  If you have any comments or suggestions about the TeX disc
email me at dave AT cdrom.com.  If you have comments for Walnut Creek CDROM
email them to info AT cdrom.com.

Thanks again for buying this disc set!

Dave Cornejo

==========================================================================

Disclaimer:

This CDROM comes with a full money back guarantee.  If you are
dissatisfied for any reason, you can return it for a full refund.
Walnut Creek CDROM makes no warranty about any file on this CDROM,
including any written by Walnut Creek.  You, not Walnut Creek CDROM,
assume all risk of using any of the files on this CDROM.  We reserve
the right to limit any effort on our part to rectify problems with
any file on this CDROM.

==========================================================================

You also need to be aware that we cannot accept any responsibility,
or liability in the event that using the software on this disk causes
you grief, malfunction, data loss or thinning of the hair.  As with
any new software, make sure that you back up your system regularly so
that you can recover from unforeseen crashes.

Although we have made every attempt to examine every program on this
disc, some non-shareware or public domain programs may have slipped
by.  If you find such a program on this disc, please notify us
immediately so we can rectify the situation.  Thanks.

==========================================================================

All trademarks belong to their respective trademark holders.
Third-Party applications/software/information are copyrighted by
their respective owners.

==========================================================================

This CDROM copyright (c) 1995 Walnut Creek CDROM.  All rights reserved.

==========================================================================

This CDROM is unconditionally guaranteed.  If you are dissatisfied
for any reason, simply return it with a short note and your contact
information for a full refund.

        Walnut Creek CDROM
        Suite 260
        1547 Palos Verdes Mall
        Walnut Creek CA  94596
        USA

         1 800 786-9907 (Toll Free Sales)
         1 800 731-7177 (Toll Free Tech Support)
        +1 510 674-0783 (Sales)
        +1 510 603-1234 (Tech Support)
        +1 510 674-0821 FAX
        Email: orders AT cdrom.com (Orders)
        Email: info AT cdrom.com (Information)
        Email: support AT cdrom.com (Tech Support)
        WWW:   http://www.cdrom.com/
        FTP:   ftp.cdrom.com

=============================== README.TXT ==================================



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 15:27:10 +0200
From:   Jeroen Balkenende <jeroen AT RULGM0.LEIDENUNIV.NL>
Subject:   telefoontjesfont

Weet iemand of er een metafont bestaat voor een klein telefoontje, om
in een adresopsomming voor een telefoonnummer te zetten,
i.p.v. `tel.'? Ik zoek ook een deugdelijk symbool voor een faxnummer
en een e-mail-adres. Ik heb ergens anders al eens een beeldschermpje
gezien voor e-mail, en een fax-apparaatje voor fax.
Bedankt voor alle tips,
Jeroen Balkenende.



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 15:35:47 +0200
From:   Martien Hulsen <M.A.Hulsen AT wbmt.tudelft.nl>
Subject:   Re: telefoontjesfont

>
> Weet iemand of er een metafont bestaat voor een klein telefoontje, om
> in een adresopsomming voor een telefoonnummer te zetten,

Zit in 't wasy font


--
Martien Hulsen                            tel: +31-15-784194
Delft University of Technology,           fax: +31-15-782947
Laboratory for Aero and Hydrodynamics,
Rotterdamseweg 145,
2628 AL Delft,  The Netherlands.          email: M.A.Hulsen AT WbMt.TUDelft.NL



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 19:17:18 +0200
From:   Erik-Jan Vens <erikjan AT LUNATIX.ICCE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: cmti6

dixit Andrea de Leeuw van Weenen:

> Volgens Computer Modern Typefaces is de kleinste maat voor cmti
> pointsize 7. Heeft iemand ook een cmti6 gemaakt?

In de sauter fonts zit een cmti6.

EJee

--

Erik-Jan Vens   (erikjan AT icce.rug.nl)



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 20:13:14 +0200
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   FIFO and the mouth, an in principle example

%Dear Bernd,
%It is fine with me that the fifo approach can be applied, and that a paradigm emerges
%which handles `storage,' instead of the \edef, although I like that code better'
%It works with \ea instead of the triple \ea but I thought that \<number> is the
%appropriate level of dereferencing during the expansion.
%Best wishes, ---Kees---
%Pedagogical stepping stone, a slightly different (simpler) problem is solved first
%\tracingmacros1
\def\0{}
\def\1{*}
\def\2{**}
\def\3{***}
\def\4{****}
\def\5{*****}
\def\6{******}
\def\7{*******}
\def\8{********}
\def\9{*********}
\def\fifo#1#2{%#1 to store intermediate result of the recursion
              %#2 next \digit and ultimately the sentinel \ofif
    \ifx\ofif#2 #1\ofif\fi%At sentinel yield result and backtrack
    \fifo{#2#1#1#1#1#1#1#1#1#1#1}}%multiply, add and store
\def\ofif#1\fifo#2{\fi}
%\fifo{}19\ofif
\message{`n'=19 --> \fifo{}\1\9\ofif}
\bye
%The drawback of the above approach is that it uses the digits as command and not the real digits
%(from \the\n or so). To overcome this we have to \csname the digits and correct for the stopping.
%TeXnically  triple of \ea-s were needed next to a modified backtrack code in \ofif.
%The extension to use a counter variable \n instead of the explicit number goes via the
%use of \ea and \the\n.
%(The coding has been inspired on Russell's approach as explained by Bernd Raichle
% in his Orale Spielereien I. DANTE Technische Komoedie 1994.)
%Version 1. cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl sept 199



Date:Fri, 01 Sep 1995 20:14:46 +0200
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   FIFO and the mouth: storage handling

%\tracingmacros1
\let\ea\expandafter \newcount\n
\def\0{}
\def\1{*}
\def\2{**}
\def\3{***}
\def\4{****}
\def\5{*****}
\def\6{******}
\def\7{*******}
\def\8{********}
\def\9{*********}
\def\fifo#1#2{%#1 to store intermediate result of the recursion
              %#2 next digit and ultimately the sentinel \ofif
    \ifx\ofif#2 #1\ofif\fi%At sentinel yield result and backtrack
    \ea\ea\ea\fifo\ea\ea\ea{\process#2#1#1#1#1#1#1#1#1#1#1}}
\def\process#1{\csname#1\endcsname}
\def\ofif#1\fifo\ea\ea\ea#2{\fi}
\n19
\ea\fifo\ea{\ea}\the\n\ofif
%and to be sure it is all in the mouth do the next
%\ea\message\ea{\ea\fifo\ea{\ea}\the\n\ofif}
\bye



Date:Sat, 02 Sep 1995 11:11:26 +0200
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   FIFO and accumulating in the mouth. The paradigm :-).

Dear Bernd,
As template the following
\def\fifo#1#2{\ifx\ofif#2 #1\ofif\fi
   \fifo{\p{#2}#1}}
\def\ofif#1\fifo#2{\fi}

With \p a process to be defined by the user (fully expandable :-) )
>From this template we can derive an nasteriks solution for example
by replacing \p#2 by \csname#2\endcsname, and if we don't like this
long sequence stored, we can insert \expandafters to expand it.

I hope you agree with me that it is paramount to have templates
which can be used as starting point ofr variants.
Best wishes ---Kees---



Date:Sat, 02 Sep 1995 17:40:53 +0200
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   n asteriks again, meanest and leanest solution

Hallo,
Bernd Raichel in Orale Spielereien II geeft de oplossing voo rhet n-* opgave
maar helass ondergesneeuwd onder group openings en endings. Jammer omdat er iets
fundamenteels inzit. Ik heb het uitgebot en denk dat het een aanwijzing voor andre's
probleem van een tijdje terug bevat.

\uccode`m=`*
\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\n000 }
\bye

Aangenomen is \n een counter met waarde.

Tot zover het iontrinsieke. Wat je er verder meewilt en dan bijv. de grouping
trickery nodig hebt is een ander aspect.

(Sorry ans is Andrea's (typefoutje))

Vr. Gr. ---Kees---



Date:Mon, 04 Sep 1995 13:53:05 +0200
From:   Eric Veldhuyzen <Eric.Veldhuyzen AT si.hhs.nl>
Subject:   Re: UNIX like OS from Walnut Creek. Help wanted from Kazan.

-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----

You (Kees van der Laan) wrote:

> Hallo,
> Volgende week zijn ze er. Een van de Russen---Renat Zagretdinov---
> wil via VISA card o.i.d. die CD van Walnut Creek kopen.
> Hij heeft geen Visa o.i.d. en ik ook niet. Hij neemt het geld mee.
> Is er iemand die hem hierbij zou kunnen helpen?

Is het niet simpeler om gewoon even kooyker (ofzo) binnen te lopen en
daar die InfoMagic Linux 4 CD box te halen? Dat is nog een stuk
goedkoper ook. Let er dan wel op dat je de versie van augustus te pakken
krijgt. Dat is de nieuwste

- --
Eric Veldhuyzen                                                   TEAM OS/2
Eric.Veldhuyzen AT si.hhs.nl                                CIS: [100010,3051]
Eric AT terra.xs4all.nl                                  PGP-KeyID: 0xFB64FCB3
  ************ FIGHT to keep your right to PRIVACY. Use PGP! ************

-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: 2.6.2

iQCVAwUBMEropiRI0DH7ZPyzAQF55AP/ZvR7oRouy/7ml/NLOUQKnL0zXe7ydFps
i+bGO6pgEqSMH4GDH6T5iPOHmrHRY85EbuZcSkBx69gu0J8hjnL0PlobRMOudZE/
mMbnN8MOdFvpwIAB9vSAAn7mJvYF7aV506vpiLvuDT42SGTM4A9y6lEKFyJP02n4
3CqyZ3FSb64=
=tqD/
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----



Date:Wed, 06 Sep 1995 11:55:01 +0100
From:   Frans Goddijn <goddijn AT fgbbs.iaf.nl>
Subject:   DOS command line werk op de 4TEX CD! .. nu al op het NTG fgbbs

* Forwarded (from: fgbbs.lokaal) by Frans Goddijn using timEd/2 1.01+.
* Originally from Frans Goddijn (314:85/1) to all.
* Original dated: Sep 06 '95, 11:49

Gisteren op de EuroTeX conferentie sprak ik Siep Kroonenberg (ontwerpster van
o.a. de EuroTeX beker, de omslag van de EuroTeX proceedings, van de CD opdruk,
omslag CD boekje en ook van een prachtig zweefvliegboekje.

Zij heeft een trucje geschreven en toegelicht waarmee we de power van de 4TEX
CD kunnen combineren met de snelheid en de kale eenvoud van command line
opdrachten. Daarmee kun je in een klap bijvoorbeeld een file vanaf de command
line compileren en printen.

De bestanden staan in de file afdeling voor "4alltex aanvullingen":

texcfgcd.arj DOS command line driven 4TEX CD, bedacht en verzorgd
             door Siep Kroonenberg

Thanks SIEP KROINENBERG!!!

Dit is voor DOS... nu hoop ik eigenlijk dat Henk de Haan iets dergelijks voor
OS/2 users gaat maken!

Win'95 users en -programmeurs: laat maar, doe geen moeite.

Met hartelijke groet!

                          FG



Date:Mon, 11 Sep 1995 15:53:37 +0200
From:   Erik Van Eynde <Erik.VanEynde AT cc.kuleuven.ac.be>
Subject:   DVIPS32.exe | pk problem

Beste TeX-ers

Probleem bij DVIPS32 : | recursive repeat count in pk file

 Wat gaat mis| Hoe moet dat opgelost worden.

Dank bij voorbaat

------------------ooOoo--- (~) ----ooOoo--------------------------------
Erik Van Eynde              -
 Universitair Rekencentrum           phone: +32 16 322-243
 Decroylaan 52a                        fax: +32 16 322-999
 3001 Heverlee
 Belgie
Electronic adress:
         earn : LAAAA18 AT BLEKUL11.BITNET
     internet : LAAAA18 AT cc1.kuleuven.ac.be
 gepers.E-mail: Erik.VanEynde AT cc.kuleuven.ac.be



Date:Mon, 11 Sep 1995 16:34:00 +0200
From:   Piet Tutelaers <P.T.H.Tutelaers AT urc.tue.nl>
Subject:   Re: DVIPS32.exe | pk problem

>
> Beste TeX-ers
>
> Probleem bij DVIPS32 : | recursive repeat count in pk file
>
>  Wat gaat mis| Hoe moet dat opgelost worden.
>
> Dank bij voorbaat
>

Dat is op grond van deze informatie moeilijk te zeggen. PK fonts
bevatten gecomprimeerde bitmaps. Om ruimte te besparen worden
bitpatronen die zich herhalen opgeslagen met een `repeat count'.
Probeer eens wat het programma PKTYPE doet met de betreffende PK font
file. PKTYPE is een programma waarmee je PK fonts kunt `bekijken'. Ik
heb zelf het programma PK2BM geschreven waarmee je van een PK font een
karakter kunt bekijken. Dat programma is onder andere beschikbaar in
ftp.tue.nl:pub/tex/ps2pk14x.

Groeten en succes,

--Piet



Date:Tue, 12 Sep 1995 09:01:47 +0200
From:   Erik Van Eynde <Erik.VanEynde AT cc.kuleuven.ac.be>
Subject:   Re: DVIPS32.exe | pk problem

On Mon, 11 Sep 1995 16:34:00 +0200 Piet Tutelaers said:

Piet,

Bedankt, voor je vlug antwoord. Waarschijnlijk had ik corrupte fli files.
ik heb andere fli files gebruikt en alles werkte zonder problemen.
De desbetreffnde fli files gingen niet door de "integrity test" van fontlib|||


>>
>> Beste TeX-ers
>>
>> Probleem bij DVIPS32 : | recursive repeat count in pk file
>>
>>  Wat gaat mis| Hoe moet dat opgelost worden.
>>
>> Dank bij voorbaat
>>
>
>Dat is op grond van deze informatie moeilijk te zeggen. PK fonts
>bevatten gecomprimeerde bitmaps. Om ruimte te besparen worden
>bitpatronen die zich herhalen opgeslagen met een `repeat count'.
>Probeer eens wat het programma PKTYPE doet met de betreffende PK font
>file. PKTYPE is een programma waarmee je PK fonts kunt `bekijken'. Ik
>heb zelf het programma PK2BM geschreven waarmee je van een PK font een
>karakter kunt bekijken. Dat programma is onder andere beschikbaar in
>ftp.tue.nl:pub/tex/ps2pk14x.
>
>Groeten en succes,
>
>--Piet

Erik



Date:Tue, 12 Sep 1995 14:31:16 +0100
From:   "John van Pol, KVI Groningen (NL), +31-50-633665 (633600)"
Subject:   newcommand question

Hi there,

Ik heb een vraagje over het gebruik van newcommand. Als ik dit gebruik zoals
hieronder aangegeven:

\newcommand{\etal}{{\it et al.}}

en in de tekst gebruik ik het volgende:

Peter \etal hebben

dan laat TEX geen spatie tussen "et al." en "hebben", is er een eenvoudige
reden waarom dat zo is ?

                                        John

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John van Pol                                      Tel.   ++31.50.633600 (KVI)
Kernfysisch Versneller Instituut (KVI)                           633665 (office)
Zernikelaan 25                                    Fax.   ++31.50.634003
9747 AA Groningen, The Netherlands                E-mail pol AT kvi.nl
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Date:Tue, 12 Sep 1995 14:40:50 +0200
From:   Bruno Tersago <Bruno.Tersago AT ccl.kuleuven.ac.be>
Subject:   Re: newcommand question

>>>>> "John" == John +31-50-633665 (633600 <John> writes:

    John> Hi there, Ik heb een vraagje over het gebruik van
    John> newcommand. Als ik dit gebruik zoals hieronder
    John> aangegeven:

    John> \newcommand{\etal}{{\it et al.}}

    John> en in de tekst gebruik ik het volgende:

    John> Peter \etal hebben

    John> dan laat TEX geen spatie tussen "et al." en "hebben",
    John> is er een eenvoudige reden waarom dat zo is ?


Je moet je \newcommand als volgt definieren:
\newcommand{\etal}{{\it et al.\/}}
                              ~~~

Dat zou het moeten doen.


-- Bruno



Date:Tue, 12 Sep 1995 14:45:33 +0200
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Backward and forward

Subject: Terug- en vooruitblik
Subject: Terug- en vooruitblik

De EuroTeX 95 is achter de rug.
De contacten---zeker met de Polen (GUST) en de Russen (CyrTUG)---
kunnen niet meer stuk.
Zoals bekend is volgend jaar in de zomer TUG/EuroTeX 96 in Dubna, 100km van Moskou.
Een unieke kans om de `gouden ring,' een van Rusland's culturele erfschatten te
ervaren. (Lees mijn verslagen van de CyrTUGs er nog maar eens op na om de smaak
          te pakken te krijgen, ennne sorry voor de typos, maar dat mag de pret
          niet drukken. Op de voorjaarsbijeenkomst zal ik wat documentatie
          ter inzage leggen.)
Kosten? Uit de losse pols zo'n Fl 2000, waarvan de helft reiskosten en een kwart
congreskosten. Mogelijk dat er zo'n 10% bespaard kan worden voor de vroege
aanmelders als die bijvoorbeeld  Warsaw<->Moskou als groep reizen.
Als wij in grote getale deelnemen dan kunnen wij misschien zelf een groepsreis
charteren. (Ik denk niet erg realistisch :-) ).

Kortom, meld je vroeg aan.
Vr. Gr. ---Kees---

P.S. Als je al een voorproefje van `Guitars at night' wilt hebben denk dan eens
     de BachoTeX 96, in begin Mei neem ik aan.



Date:Tue, 12 Sep 1995 15:08:41 +0200
From:   Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
Subject:   Re: newcommand question

>>>>> "John van Pol, KVI Groningen (NL),              +31-50-633665 (633600)" <POL AT KVI.NL> (JvP) schrijft:

JvP> Hi there,
JvP> Ik heb een vraagje over het gebruik van newcommand. Als ik dit gebruik zoals
JvP> hieronder aangegeven:

JvP> \newcommand{\etal}{{\it et al.}}

JvP> en in de tekst gebruik ik het volgende:

JvP> Peter \etal hebben

JvP> dan laat TEX geen spatie tussen "et al." en "hebben", is er een eenvoudige
JvP> reden waarom dat zo is ?

TeX vreet spaties op na een command waarvan de naam uit letters bestaat
(zodat het ook gewoon gevolgd kan worden door tekst die met letters
begint). Dat heeft niets met \newcommand te maken, het geldt voor alle
commando's. Normaal gebruik zal dan moeten zijn: '\etal\ ' of '\etal{} '.
Je kunt de spatie ook in de commandodefinitie zetten, maar dat is weer
lastig als je eens een keer geen spatie wilt.
Je kunt om het jezelf makkelijker te make het xspace package gebruiken,
waarbij je aan het eind van "et al." \xspace toevoegt. Dit commando
probeert op semi-intelligente wijze te gokken of er al dan niet een spatie
toegevoegd moet worden. Dit werkt alleen als \etal in de normale
tekststroom gebruikt wordt, dus niet in commando's.

>>>>> Bruno Tersago <Bruno.Tersago AT CCL.KULEUVEN.AC.BE> (BT) schrijft:

BT> Je moet je \newcommand als volgt definieren:
BT> \newcommand{\etal}{{\it et al.\/}}
BT>                               ~~~

Op zich een redelijke suggestie, alleen lost dit het probleem niet op.
--
Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
http://www.cs.ruu.nl/~piet



Date:Tue, 12 Sep 1995 16:24:53 +0200
From:   msinke AT prl.philips.nl
Subject:   Re: newcommand question

You wrote,

>
> >>>>> "John" == John +31-50-633665 (633600 <John> writes:
>
>     John> Hi there, Ik heb een vraagje over het gebruik van
>     John> newcommand. Als ik dit gebruik zoals hieronder
>     John> aangegeven:
>
>     John> \newcommand{\etal}{{\it et al.}}
>
>     John> en in de tekst gebruik ik het volgende:
>
>     John> Peter \etal hebben
>
>     John> dan laat TEX geen spatie tussen "et al." en "hebben",
>     John> is er een eenvoudige reden waarom dat zo is ?
>
>
> Je moet je \newcommand als volgt definieren:
> \newcommand{\etal}{{\it et al.\/}}
>                               ~~~
>

> Dat zou het moeten doen.
>
>
Dat is niet het echte probleem. Italics correction (\/) is nodig
om de spatie tussen woorden te corrigeren, niet om hem te maken.
Dat je je spatie kwijt bent ligt aan het feit dat \etal een commando is
en TeX zoekt het eind van een commando op door te zoeken tot de eerstvolgende
niet-letter, de spatie dus, in dit geval. Die spatie ben je dan wel kwijt!

Wat je kunt doen als remedie is er een lege groep, dus {}, achter zetten,
accolades zijn ook niet-letters en een lege groep `doet niets'. Ook kun je
een spatie forceren met het commando `\ ', dus backslash gevolgd door een
spatie. Dan moet je dus `\etal\ ' tikken (met een spatie aan het eind).

Succes!

Mark.


--

        Mark J. Sinke

        Stephensonstraat 58
        5621 GV Eindhoven

        Current project at:
        Philips Research Laboratories --  Building
        Prof. Holstlaan 4
        5656 AA Eindhoven
        The Netherlands

        Phone:  +31-40-73880/73883
        E-mail: marks AT stack.urc.tue.nl



Date:Tue, 12 Sep 1995 16:39:27 +0000
From:   "DIRK. L. KETTENIS" <KETTENIS AT RCL.WAU.NL>
Subject:   Andere naam boven references

Beste LaTeXperts,
Ik wilde een overzicht maken van publikaties van mijzelf. Dacht dat met
LaTeX te doen, maar voor dit doel is het niet zo netjes er References boven
te zetten. Dus ik pak LaTeX Handleiding van Piet van Oostrom en lees dat
de kreet die daar gebruikt kan worden, kan worden gezet door \refname een
andere inhoud te geven. Echter dat werkt niet in versie 2.09 van LaTeX.
Het alternatief dat wel werkt heb ik niet kunnen vinden. Weet iemand
toevallig hoe het wel moet?
Weet iemand ook toevallig welke bib style file ik moet gebruiken als ik de
nummers die er bij plain voor de references komen, weg wil hebben?
Ik heb een apalike bibstyle file, maar die blijkt in de gegeven setting niet
te werken. Dank alvast, Dik



Date:Wed, 13 Sep 1995 00:22:26 +0200
From:   "Johannes L. Braams" <JLBRAAMS AT MIKMAK.bitnet>
Subject:   Re: Andere naam boven references

On Tuesday, September 12 KETTENIS wrote:

> andere inhoud te geven. Echter dat werkt niet in versie 2.09 van LaTeX.
> Het alternatief dat wel werkt heb ik niet kunnen vinden. Weet iemand
> toevallig hoe het wel moet?
Err, welke versie van LaTeX 2.09 hebben we het over? De laatste versie
van 25 maart 1992 bevat wel degelijk \refname in article.sty en
\bibname in book.sty en report.sty.
Natuurlijk zou je eigenlijk LaTeX moeten gebruiken in plaats van
LaTeX2.09, maar je zult wel een reden hebben...

Met vriendelijke groeten,

        Johannes Braams

TeXniek,                                Kooienswater 62,
2715 AJ Zoetermeer                      The Netherlands.
Phone    : +31 79 3522819               E-mail : JLBraams AT cistron.nl
Fax      : +31 70 3432395
------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Date:Wed, 13 Sep 1995 23:33:13 +0200
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Fat braces

Hallo,
Op de laatste EuroTeX merkte J"org Knappen dat mijn matrix met
extra haken boven elkaar ernaast om de partitioning aan te geven
uit lijn waren. Bovendien was er een discussie over in the math font
groepje. Het resultaat is dat je onafhankelijk van de grootte de vetheid
kunt afdwingen.
De mailtjes gaan hierbij.
Vr. Gr. ---Kees--
Dear J"orgen,
Aha I got it, the left braces are aligned now. So there was a typo
in there. Do you know by chance the code for the fat right brace
delimiter?
And thank you I adapted the PWT script with proper credit.
I hope they will ask me again when NTG brings out the PR set anew,
because I provided these examples.
Best wishes, ---Kees---
Kees,

the counterpart is defined by

\def\fatlbrace{\delimiter"4000309 }
                           ***
the trick is just to zero the 3 marked digits in plain TeX's definition.
If needed, the same can be done to square or round braces as well.

Met vriendlijke groeten,
J"org.



Date:Thu, 14 Sep 1995 18:48:00 +0100
From:   Frans Goddijn <Frans.Goddijn AT f214.n512.z2.fidonet.org>
Subject:   the MODE.COM line in autoexec.bat
Sender:   "4TeX: a TeX work bench for ms-dos pc's" <4TEX AT nic.surfnet.nl>
To:   Multiple recipients of list 4TEX <4TEX AT nic.surfnet.nl>
To:   Multiple recipients of list 4TEX <4TEX AT nic.surfnet.nl>
To:   Multiple recipients of list 4TEX <4TEX AT nic.surfnet.nl>
Organization:   TeX, LaTeX on FGBBS [31] 85-217041
Organization:   TeX, LaTeX on FGBBS [31] 85-217041
Organization:   TeX, LaTeX on FGBBS [31] 85-217041
Organization:   TeX, LaTeX on FGBBS [31] 85-217041
Organization:   TeX, LaTeX on FGBBS [31] 85-217041
Status:   RO

Hello,

Using OS/2, I inserted the following line in my autoexec.bat:

d:\os2\mode.com lpt1 retry=r

and in response I get:

"SYS1614: de waarde retry kan niet worden
gebruikt voor de MODE-parameter TEKENS"

Translatable as:

"SYS1614: the value retry can not be
used for the MODE parameter CHARACTERS"

(not sure if I translated "TEKENS" properly here.)

Any idea? 4TEX works PERFECT all the same!! I merely want to oblige the advice
given in the manual...

Met hartelijke groet!

                          FG



Date:Fri, 15 Sep 1995 16:22:36 +0200
From:   Dirk Van Heule <dvheule AT mmww.rma.ac.be>
Subject:   4dos ndos

een vraagje : de Ndos die bij de Norton Utilities 7.0 hoort, is datzelfde als
de door in 4allTeX gebruikte 4Dos ?
in elk geval wordt JP Software  - Arlington vermeld

maw kan ik mijn command.com vervangen door ndos.com ?

met vriendelijke groet,

Dirk.

===========================================================

Dirk Van Heule
Kon. Militaire School
Brussel



Date:Fri, 15 Sep 1995 16:36:56 GMT+200
From:   Erik Frambach <E.H.M.Frambach AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   Re: 4dos ndos

> een vraagje : de Ndos die bij de Norton Utilities 7.0 hoort, is datzelfde als
> de door in 4allTeX gebruikte 4Dos ?
> in elk geval wordt JP Software  - Arlington vermeld
>
> maw kan ik mijn command.com vervangen door ndos.com ?

ndos in een oude versie van JP Software's 4DOS, versie 3 of 4 geloof ik.
In 4TeX wordt 4DOS versie 5.5 gebruikt.

Niettemin is ndos een gigantiese verbetering tov. command.com en dus
van harte aanbevolen.

Erik Frambach



Date:Fri, 15 Sep 1995 17:04:26 +0000
From:   Wietse Dol <W.DOL AT lei.agro.nl>
Subject:   Re: 4dos ndos

>een vraagje : de Ndos die bij de Norton Utilities 7.0 hoort, is datzelfde als
>de door in 4allTeX gebruikte 4Dos ?
>in elk geval wordt JP Software  - Arlington vermeld

Inderdaad is 4dos door Norton verkocht als NDOS. Het is echter een oude
versie van 4DOS. Je mag natuurlijk NDOS installeren als command.com (beter
dan command.com) maar dan heb je nog niet alle functionaliteit van 4Dos.
4TeX heeft dus nog steeds 4dos nodig. 4TeX zal zelf constateren dat 4dos
niet geladen is en alsnog de shareware versie pakken. Als je 4TeX wilt
blijven gebruiken dan zul je formeel na 21 dagen 4DOS moeten aanschaffen...


Met vriendelijke groet,
Wietse Dol


+------------------------------------------------------------+
| Work:                           | Private:                 |
|   Landbouw Economisch Instituut |                          |
|   Burgemeester Patijnlaan 19    |   Coebergerstraat 12     |
|   2585 BE Den Haag              |   5624 AV Eindhoven      |
|   The Netherlands               |   The Netherlands        |
|   tel:+31 (0)70-3308229         |   tel: +31 (0)40-467083  |
+------------------------------------------------------------+



Date:Fri, 15 Sep 1995 19:57:49 +0200
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Useful feedback to NTG's board and a question from Evans

On 14 Sep 95 at 19:39, Kees van der Laan <cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl> wrote
(in a somewhat different order than the order presented here):

> This is handy for proofers to indicate more precisely the commented parts.

Yes. This is exactly the purpose that I want it for.

> See his OTR articles as published in \TUB
> \Dash or his courseware `Insights \& Hindsights'
>       MAPS Special {\oldstyle1992}\Dash
> for the modified OTR.

This is probably on the first 4TeX CD somewhere, but I haven't found it
(both the 2 1992 MAPS files look like ordinary non-specials). I guess
I'll go look on CTAN later and see if I can find it there. (The trouble
with all those MAPS files is that they are PS, which can't be searched
quickly using something like grep. After many attempts, I gave up trying
to get PS2ASCII to work, so I've never been able to get searchable MAPS
files, which is a real pain, becuae there's a lot of good stuff in MAPS,
but it's essentially useless because one can never find it without a
specific refence.) There is no indication on the CD as to which of the
MAPS files are Specials.

The solution to your exercise indeed points the way to the solution, but
it does not actually provide usable code:

> \exercise One of the problems induced by paragraphs as building blocks is that
>           it is not easy to provide for line numbering.
>           How can we achieve this\ftn{Courtesy Jan Kybic.}?
> \answer Jan Kybic reported about the several ways  he received as answers
>         to this problem on comp.text.tex.
>         Below is the solution due to Petr Olsak. Beware it is limited.
>         The general idea in the solutions collected by Kybic
>         is to take apart the lines set in a vbox either
>         starting at the end via \cs{lastbox} or starting at the begin
>         via \cs{vsplit}, collect these
>         lines extended by their line numbers, and reinsert these later.
>        \beginverbatim
> %Due to Petr Olsak
> %Disclaimer: Macros for plain prose line
> %numbering only for ordinary paragraphs
> %without display mathematics or other
> %specialities.
> %(Note added: no \footnote, \centerline.)
    ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
  Big problem!



> The numbering of verbatim lines has been treated separately.
> Another variant is mentioned by Salomon to number the lines on
> {\it each page}.

As I say, I haven't been able to find this yet. (I think this refers to
the MAPS Special.)

> Knuth in \tubissue8(2) {\oldstyle1987}\Dash about letting text
> flow around figures\Dash provided the basics for
> Hoenig's approach \tubissue{15}(3) {\oldstyle1994}, to let the OTR
> create one-line pages\Dash i.e., one can lay hands on each line\Dash
> and introduce a `mock'-\cs{everyline}. Promising.
>

Yes, this seems to be the best approach. Indeed, he mentions it
off-handedly in the TeXbook. But no one seems to have implemented it.

In detail, I have spent, off and on, more than a year looking for a line
numbering macro with the following characteristics, without success:

1. Works under plain TeX; (Most seem to work only with blah-TeX, where
blah usually equals La)

2. Works if there is glue in \baselineskip; (Some simply put "rulers"
down the side of pages, and that doesn;t work if one doesn't know in
advance how widely separated the lines are going to be)

3. Permit one to use \everypar (or, alternatively, to redefine \par);
(the edmac package works well, except that one can't use one's own
\everypar, which makes it unusable for me)

4. Numbers each page separately (i.e., the top line on each page is
line number 1); (Several macros I have seen work well, except they can't
number each page separately)

5. Handles footnotes (and other insertions) reasonably intelligently.

It is clear that it would be possible to write one or more macros to do
this job, and the trick of one-line pages is (I think) the way to go, but
I have yet to see anyone who has actually succeeded in doing it. (I know
that the task is beyond my TeXpertise, otherwise I would have tried long
ago.)



--------------------------------------------------------
D.R. Evans NQ0I / G4AMJ : devans AT lynx.colorado.edu
                          al019 AT freenet.uchsc.edu

"Palindor Chronicles" information and extracts:
   http://spot.colorado.edu/~romigj/drevans.html
--------------------------------------------------------



Date:Sat, 16 Sep 1995 09:55:44 +0100
From:   Wietse Dol <dolly AT fgbbs.iaf.nl>
Subject:   Useful feedback to NTG's board and a question from Evans

 KvdL> This is probably on the first 4TeX CD somewhere, but I haven't found it
 KvdL> (both the 2 1992 MAPS files look like ordinary non-specials). I guess
 KvdL> I'll go look on CTAN later and see if I can find it there. (The trouble
 KvdL> with all those MAPS files is that they are PS, which can't be searched
 KvdL> quickly using something like grep. After many attempts, I gave up
 KvdL> trying
 KvdL> to get PS2ASCII to work, so I've never been able to get searchable MAPS
 KvdL> files, which is a real pain, becuae there's a lot of good stuff in
 KvdL> MAPS,
 KvdL> but it's essentially useless because one can never find it without a
 KvdL> specific refence.) There is no indication on the CD as to which of the
 KvdL> MAPS files are Specials.

The MAPS editors had a long discussion about how the publish the old MAPS
files. We agreed that giving the source file (TeX) format would not be
sufficient, simply because there are always a lot of sophisticated tricks to
get all the stuff running (eg font problems, format files, style files etc,
just a simple example: some files from the euroTeX proceedings couldn't be
compiled by Goossens and Taylor. If they cann't do it how could we expect
that YOU could compile it...).
Also publishing the source is a LEGAL problem (copyrights...). Another
simple problem is that we use the TIMES font (not FREEWARE) and that the
layout is determined by that font.

I can understand that you like to search for words etc. This CAN BE DONE, by
using the Acrobat reader and the PDF MAPS files. So that argument does not
hold. Of course search procedures can be better. This can simply be
accomplished if YOU follunteer to do it (I think it will cost you about 400
hours of work to get a propper index on all MAPS stuff).

Just for your information: I think that the numbering of the MAPS files are
quite clear!!!! in the usergrps\ntg\maps directory you will find for all
the MAPS issues a seperate directory, e.g. maps13 will have the MAPS volume
13. All the PDF stuff from the NTG can be found in usergrps\ntg\ACROBAT.

The editors had also a discussion about the MAPS specials and concluded that
it would be nice to have those as well on CD but eg SALOMONS courseware is
NOT on the current CD-rom. The only MAPS SPECIAL you will find on the CD-rom
is the 100FAQ. This was deliberately not put into the MAPS directory because
the work was done by UKTuG and not the NTG. So they should have the credits
and not MAPS (we simply translated it into our format...) All directories in
the usergrps\ntg directory are not to be considered MAPS specials but simple
information files (so do not quote anywhere that they are MAPS specials
simply because some of the files are in our NTG public relation set).

Met vriendelijke groet, Wietse Dol
___ Terminate 1.50/Pro



Date:Mon, 18 Sep 1995 10:54:00 +0100
From:   Frans Goddijn <goddijn AT fgbbs.iaf.nl>
Subject:   Het nummer van de heer Graham

Vorige week was ik met mijn jongste dochter Veerle naar de Openbare
Bibliotheek. terwijl zij kinderboeken uitzocht, verdreef ik de verveling (die
bij mij altijd toeslaat tussen een zooi boeken) met het dorbladeren van het
Guiness Book of Records.

Bij afdeling "grootste getallen" kwam ik bij het grootste getal ooit gebruikt
bij een mathematische berekening en dat blijkt een getal te zijn dat een naam
heeft, "Graham's number".

Bijzonderheid: het is alleen uit te drukken in "arrow notation" en
>> die notatie is in 1976 door ene KNUTH ontworpen!

Aldus het boek.

Met hartelijke groet!

                          FG



Date:Mon, 18 Sep 1995 13:44:34 +0200
From:   Eric Veldhuyzen <Eric.Veldhuyzen AT si.hhs.nl>
Subject:   Re: 4dos ndos

-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----

You (Dirk Van Heule) wrote:

> een vraagje : de Ndos die bij de Norton Utilities 7.0 hoort, is datzelfde als
> de door in 4allTeX gebruikte 4Dos ?
> in elk geval wordt JP Software  - Arlington vermeld

Inderdaad is 4DOS 3.3 verkocht aan Symantec toen 4DOS naar versie 4.0
ging. 4dos zit inmiddels alweer op versie 5.51, en Ndos (alhoewel een al
een aardige verbetering tov command.com) zal dus hoogstwaarschijnlijk
altijd wel achter de 4DOS versie aan blijven hollen. Ik heb ook begrepen
dat ze niet altijd meer compatible zijn. Ik zelf heb 4DOS vanaf versie
4.0 al geregistreerd, en heb dus geen ervaring met NDOS.

> maw kan ik mijn command.com vervangen door ndos.com ?

Niet voor 4AllTeX, in alle andere gevallen wel. Maar 4DOS zal denk ik
altijd wel een superset van NDOS blijven, en ik zie dan ook geen reden
om toch NDOS te blijven gebruiken.

De laatste versie van 4DOS is altijd te vinden op
ftp.std.com:/pub/vendors/jpsoft. Er is ook een OS/2 en WinNT versie van.

- --
Eric Veldhuyzen                                                   TEAM OS/2
Eric.Veldhuyzen AT si.hhs.nl                                CIS: [100010,3051]
Eric AT terra.xs4all.nl                                  PGP-KeyID: 0xFB64FCB3
  ************ FIGHT to keep your right to PRIVACY. Use PGP! ************

-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: 2.6.2

iQCVAwUBMF1bpyRI0DH7ZPyzAQHI+wP/UcLJwtSsqmJH3AR8Oyvwawpgf2u+qQYE
WockE3fbOTUvF6ngokOvp4BiOD9H+RKLK3E7eCDybpED90ZYUofYYlZV8zRQBrbm
qCJhlGf7vHkUUR3EV79KCo5E1X1nIZVgwwDeNnzY4YATMA9xCxbZ2r0c2+BTeveD
HN25EYKihlE=
=WYOQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----



Date:Mon, 18 Sep 1995 14:56:23 +0200
From:   Jeroen Balkenende <jeroen AT RULGM0.LEIDENUNIV.NL>
Subject:   cmcyralt

De cmcyralt-fonts, in combinatie met de latex2e-package cmcyralt en
een geschikte editor, werken geweldig! Maar heeft iemandook ervaring
met deze zelfde cmcyralt-fonts in PLAIN TeX? M.a.w., zijn er voor
plain TeX wat input files die het mogelijk maken om op dezelfde
eenvoudige manier deze cyrillische fonts te gebruiken?
Dank,
Jeroen Balkenende.



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 11:55:24 +0200
From:   Dirk Van Heule <dvheule AT mmww.rma.ac.be>
Subject:   Re: 4dos ndos

Hartelijk dank aan iedereen die reageerde op mijn vraag
in verband met NDOS en 4DOS.
Ik wordt een fan van 4DOS.

Met vriendelijke groeten,

Dirk



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 13:53:13 GMT+200
From:   Siep Kroonenberg <N.S.Kroonenberg AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   \@addtoreset

Weet iemand hoe je \@addtoreset ongedaan kan maken? Sommige van mijn
collega's willen bv. vergelijkingen en/of figuren doornummeren.

Siep Kroonenberg



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 14:13:09 +0200
From:   Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
Subject:   Re: \@addtoreset

>>>>> Siep Kroonenberg <N.S.Kroonenberg AT ECO.RUG.NL> (SK) writes:

SK> Weet iemand hoe je \@addtoreset ongedaan kan maken? Sommige van mijn
SK> collega's willen bv. vergelijkingen en/of figuren doornummeren.

In een .sty file of tussen \makeatletter en \makeatother:
(bron: J.L. Braams)

\def\@removefromreset#1#2{%
  \def\@tempa{#1}%
  \expandafter\let\expandafter\old@cl\csname cl@#2\endcsname
  \expandafter\let\csname cl@#2\endcsname\empty
  \def\@elt##1{\def\@tempb{##1}%
    \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else\@addtoreset{##1}{#2}\fi}%
  \old@cl}

SK> Siep Kroonenberg
SK> --
Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
http://www.cs.ruu.nl/~piet



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 14:16:06 +0100
From:   Johan Wevers <johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl>
Subject:   emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

Hallo TeXperts,

Ik gebruik tot op heden TeX386 3c-beta-8 uit de emTeX distributie. Ik wilde
overgaan op versie 3c-bata-12 omdat deze versie o.a. lange filenamen onder
OS/2 aankan. Ik kreeg het programma echter niet aan de gang, hij blijft maar
zeuren dat hij emx niet kan vinden (ook onder DOS). Dat snap ik niet, ik
heb emx 0.8h in libpath staan. Iemand een idee waar dat aan kan liggen?

--
ir. J.C.A. Wevers          ||    The only nature of reality is physics.
johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl    ||    http://www.xs4all.nl/~johanw/index.html
Finger johanw AT xs4all.nl for my PGP public key.     PGP-KeyID: 0xD42F80B1



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 15:14:49 +0200
From:   Frank Poppe <POPPE AT swov.nl>
Subject:   Re: \@addtoreset

Siep Kroonenberg <N.S.Kroonenberg AT ECO.RUG.NL> vroeg naar "het
omgekeerde" van \@addtoreset.
Piet van Oostrum gaf al de macro die Johannes Braams ooit gemaakt heeft.

Ik heb ooit een poging gedaan te beschrijven wat daar precies gebeurt
(een soort zelfkastijding). Hieronder dus voor de ge"interesseerden,
dezelfde macro, met voor wat het waard is mijn poging tot begrip.

Denk ook aan het opnieuw defini"eren van \thetable en \thefigure!

Frank Poppe
===========================


%From: "Johannes L. Braams" <J.L.Braams AT RESEARCH.PTT.NL>
% macro om counters uit de reset van `hogere' counters te halen
% commentaar met uitleg van FP (anders snap ik straks zelf weer niet)
%
% We need this because the default style numbers tables and figures
% within chapters. The default SWOV-style is to number them throughout
% the entire report.
%
% Define a general macro
%
\def\@removefromreset#1#2{%
% #1 - counter to be removed
% #2 - counter from whose associated list #1 has to be removed
% These lists are kept under the name of cl@<counter>
%
% Put #1 in a scratch-register
  \def\@tempa{#1}%
% Retain the old cl@#2 in old@cl
% We need the \emph{contents} of cl@#2, so we use \expandafter's
% I don't really understand this, but an explanation
% is something like:
%  \expandafter\let\expandafter\old@cl\csname cl@#2\endcsname
% means after the first \expandafter has been seen:
%  \let EXPANSION OF: \ea\old@cl\csname cl@#2\endcsname
% which then becomes:
% \let\old@cl EXPANSION OF: \csname cl@#2\endcsname
% which resolves to let-ting the register \old@cl to the
% contents of cl@<counter>.
% So
  \expandafter\let\expandafter\old@cl\csname cl@#2\endcsname
% Clear the old cl@#2
  \expandafter\let\csname cl@#2\endcsname\empty
% The names of the counters in the list (now in old@cl)
% are tokens separated by the
% @elt-token. (why is it called elt??). In this way we can do different
% things with this list by giving different meanings to @elt.
% Now we give @elt the task of:
% 1. putting its argument (which will be the next token, i.e. the next
% counter name, into scratch register @tempb;
% 2. comparing this to @tempa (the counter to be removed);
% 3. if they are equal, do nothing, otherwise add this counter again
% to the list being built up again in cl@#2.
  \def\@elt##1{\def\@tempb{##1}%
    \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else\@addtoreset{##1}{#2}\fi}%
% Now execute this by `calling' old@cl
  \old@cl
% And restore the meaning of @elt to \relax
  \let\@elt\relax}
% (This is not restoring, because we didn't bother to look what the old
% meaning of @elt whas before we started. Add this.
% Now apply the macro to the figure and table counters w.r.t to the
% chapter-list,
\@removefromreset{figure}{chapter}
\@removefromreset{table}{chapter}

% The default representations contained the chapter number, so make new
% ones without it.
\renewcommand\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
\renewcommand\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 15:23:18 GMT+200
From:   Siep Kroonenberg <N.S.Kroonenberg AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   Re: \@addtoreset

> Siep Kroonenberg <N.S.Kroonenberg AT ECO.RUG.NL> vroeg naar "het
> omgekeerde" van \@addtoreset.
> Piet van Oostrum gaf al de macro die Johannes Braams ooit gemaakt heeft.
>
> Ik heb ooit een poging gedaan te beschrijven wat daar precies gebeurt
> (een soort zelfkastijding). Hieronder dus voor de ge"interesseerden,
> dezelfde macro, met voor wat het waard is mijn poging tot begrip.
>
> Denk ook aan het opnieuw defini"eren van \thetable en \thefigure!
>
> Frank Poppe
> ===========================

Hij werkt dus? Ik ben ermee bezig, maar krijg een TeX capacity
exceeded op de input stack. Ik probeer het nu met de huge versie van
emtex. Ring any bells?

Siep Kroonenberg



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 15:48:05 GMT+200
From:   Siep Kroonenberg <N.S.Kroonenberg AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   \@addtoreset

Enkele nadere details:
- ik gebruik LaTeX2e.
- Eerst was de parameter stack te klein, bij het ophogen daarvan de
  input stack.
- Met huge TeX kon ik de parameter stack tot de maximale waarde
  (1000) ophogen zonder dat de input stack te klein werd.
  Maar de parameter stack was nog steeds te klein.

Siep Kroonenberg



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 16:00:24 +0200
From:   Bernd Raichle <Raichle AT informatik.uni-stuttgart.de>
Subject:   \@addtoreset

Siep Kroonenberg said:

> Hij werkt dus? Ik ben ermee bezig, maar krijg een TeX capacity
> exceeded op de input stack. Ik probeer het nu met de huge versie van
> emtex. Ring any bells?
[...and then...]
> - Eerst was de parameter stack te klein, bij het ophogen daarvan de
>   input stack.

No, no bells are ringing :-) If the parameter or the input stacks are
to small, it is almost always a sign for an unwanted macro recursion
and I'm sure it is, if both will overflow.  (At the beginning of the
expansion of a new token list, an entry is put onto the input stack.
An inserted macro argument is a token list etc.etc.)

How about showing us your shortest(!), but complete input file?

> - Met huge TeX kon ik de parameter stack tot de maximale waarde
>   (1000) ophogen zonder dat de input stack te klein werd.
>   Maar de parameter stack was nog steeds te klein.

Btw, I have never increased the standard parameter/input stack size
(and I'm normally using a smallTeX, not a bigTeX version)... even for
the highly recursive quicksort macros of "Sorting in TeX's mouth".

Bernd Raichle



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 16:08:32 GMT+200
From:   Siep Kroonenberg <N.S.Kroonenberg AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   Re: \@addtoreset

> No, no bells are ringing :-) If the parameter or the input stacks are
> to small, it is almost always a sign for an unwanted macro recursion
> and I'm sure it is, if both will overflow.  (At the beginning of the
> expansion of a new token list, an entry is put onto the input stack.
> An inserted macro argument is a token list etc.etc.)
>
> How about showing us your shortest(!), but complete input file?
>

This is the style file noreset.sty:

\def\@removefromreset#1#2{%
  \def\@tempa{#1}%
  \expandafter\let\expandafter\old@cl\csname cl@#2\endcsname
  \expandafter\let\csname cl@#2\endcsname\empty
  \def\@elt##1{\def\@tempb{##1}%
    \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else\@addtoreset{##1}{#2}\fi}%
  \old@cl}

and this the tex file that calls it:

\documentclass{report}
\usepackage{noreset}
\makeatletter
\@removefromreset{equation}{chapter}
\makeatother

\begin{document}
\chapter{c1}
\begin{equation}
x
\end{equation}
\chapter{c2}
\begin{equation}
y
\end{equation}
\end{document}

I really hope I did something stupid!

Siep Kroonenberg



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 16:20:50 +0200
From:   Bernd Raichle <Raichle AT informatik.uni-stuttgart.de>
Subject:   Re: \@addtoreset

Siep Kroonenberg <N.S.Kroonenberg AT ECO.RUG.NL> said:
SK> This is the style file noreset.sty:
SK>
SK> \def\@removefromreset#1#2{%
SK>   \def\@tempa{#1}%
SK>   \expandafter\let\expandafter\old@cl\csname cl@#2\endcsname
SK>   \expandafter\let\csname cl@#2\endcsname\empty
SK>   \def\@elt##1{\def\@tempb{##1}%
SK>     \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else\@addtoreset{##1}{#2}\fi}%
SK>   \old@cl

!!!! Missing part: !!!!

      \let\@elt=\relax

SK>  }

SK> and this the tex file that calls it:
SK>
SK> \documentclass{report}
[...]
SK> \chapter{c1}
[...]
SK> I really hope I did something stupid!

Yes, you have used an incorrect version of \@addtoreset :-(

Reason: LaTeX uses \@elt for a lot of internal lists.  In your case
the \clearpage at the beginning of \chapter toggles the output routine
which looks through the lists of floats containing elements in the
form \@elt<floatboxnr>.  Normally \@elt have to be the unexpandable
\relax, but after the incorrect \@removefromreset macro the changed
definition of \@elt which is expandable was still active.

Now \@elt was expanded which expands the \@addtoreset, then the \@cons
macro inside \@addtoreset, which leads to the expansion of \@elt
inside \@cons and and and and... filling up the parameter stack and
the input stack.

Best wishes,
  Bernd



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 16:22:44 +0200
From:   Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
Subject:   Re: \@addtoreset

Hier is er een die het wel doet (uit een oude post van Bernd, een copie van
CTAN: macros/latex209/contrib/misc/removefromreset.sty :

\def\@removefromreset#1#2{\let\@tempb\@elt
   \def\@tempa#1{@&#1}\expandafter\let\csname @*#1*\endcsname\@tempa
   \def\@elt##1{\expandafter\ifx\csname @*##1*\endcsname\@tempa\else
         \noexpand\@elt{##1}\fi}%
   \expandafter\edef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{\csname cl@#2\endcsname}%
   \let\@elt\@tempb
   \expandafter\let\csname @*#1*\endcsname\@undefined}
--
Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
http://www.cs.ruu.nl/~piet



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 16:38:23 GMT+200
From:   Siep Kroonenberg <N.S.Kroonenberg AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   Re: \@addtoreset

> Hier is er een die het wel doet (uit een oude post van Bernd, een copie van
> CTAN: macros/latex209/contrib/misc/removefromreset.sty :
>
> \def\@removefromreset#1#2{\let\@tempb\@elt
>    \def\@tempa#1{@&#1}\expandafter\let\csname @*#1*\endcsname\@tempa
>    \def\@elt##1{\expandafter\ifx\csname @*##1*\endcsname\@tempa\else
>          \noexpand\@elt{##1}\fi}%
>    \expandafter\edef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{\csname cl@#2\endcsname}%
>    \let\@elt\@tempb
>    \expandafter\let\csname @*#1*\endcsname\@undefined}
> --

Gelukt!

Siep Kroonenberg



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 17:07:25 +0200
From:   Taco Hoekwater <TACO.HOEKWATER AT wkap.nl>
Subject:   need help on openin and ifeof

Hoi,

Weet er iemand een distributieonafhankelijke methode om te testen of een
.tfm file bestaat?

De gedachte is dat als het font barcodes.fm niet bestaat, de defnitie van
\barcode{} niet gebruikt wordt, zonder een foutmelding van TeX.


Ik heb het volgende geprobeerd, maar dat werkt niet:


\newread\dummyin
\openin\dummyin=barcodes.tfm
\ifeof\dummyin
        \closein\dummyin
\else
      ........
\fi

Terwijl

\openin\dummyin=/emtex/tfm/barcodes/tfm

wel werkt.
Ik hoop  dat iemand hier iets van af weet?

Taco


Taco.Hoekwater AT wkap.nl



Date:Thu, 21 Sep 1995 18:28:37 +0100
From:   Joerg Knappen Uni-Mainz <KNAPPEN AT VKPMZD.KPH.UNI-MAINZ.DE>
Subject:   Re: need help on openin and ifeof

The problem here is, that your proposed test fails, because the search paths
of openin and TeX (searching for tfm files) do not agree. You may try a
test of the kind:

\openin TEX_FONTS:barcodes.tfm % Depends on your TeX implementation and
                               % operating system, this is VMS style...

Of course, this can be refined by using ideas from texsys.cfg from LaTeX2e.

--J"org Knappen.



Date:Fri, 22 Sep 1995 08:47:51 METDST
From:   Erick Branderhorst <branderhorst AT fgg.eur.nl>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

Ik gebruik zelf geen emtex maar er is een versie van emx nieuwer dan 0.8
als ik me niet vergis 0.9. Misschien is dat het probleem?
Erick



Date:Fri, 22 Sep 1995 09:01:53 +0200
From:   Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

>>>>> Johan Wevers <johanw AT VULCAN.XS4ALL.NL> (JW) schrijft:

JW> Hallo TeXperts,
JW> Ik gebruik tot op heden TeX386 3c-beta-8 uit de emTeX distributie. Ik
JW> wilde overgaan op versie 3c-bata-12 omdat deze versie o.a. lange
JW> filenamen onder OS/2 aankan. Ik kreeg het programma echter niet aan de
JW> gang, hij blijft maar zeuren dat hij emx niet kan vinden (ook onder
JW> DOS). Dat snap ik niet, ik heb emx 0.8h in libpath staan. Iemand een
JW> idee waar dat aan kan liggen?

EMTEX is allang uit betatest, dus het is beter om een compleet nieuwe
installatie te doen. Je hebt ongeveer 7 diskettes nodig, en de installatie
bestaat voornamelijk uit het verwijderen van oude files, en oude
environment variabelen, het zetten van 1 nieuwe env. var en het unzippen
van de files op de diskettes. I.p.v de diskettes kan je ook de 4allTeX
CDROM nemen.
--
Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
http://www.cs.ruu.nl/~piet



Date:Fri, 22 Sep 1995 10:27:51 +0200
From:   Dirk Van Heule <dvheule AT mmww.rma.ac.be>
Subject:   4dos

dank aan iedereen die reageerde op mijn vraag
i.v.m. Ndos en 4dos.

dirk



Date:Fri, 22 Sep 1995 22:04:56 +0100
From:   Johan Wevers <johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

You (Erick Branderhorst) wrote:

>Ik gebruik zelf geen emtex maar er is een versie van emx nieuwer dan 0.8
>als ik me niet vergis 0.9. Misschien is dat het probleem?

De emx die bij dit pakket meegeleverd wordt is 0.8h, dus daar zou het niet
aan mogen liggen.

--
ir. J.C.A. Wevers          ||    The only nature of reality is physics.
johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl    ||    http://www.xs4all.nl/~johanw/index.html
Finger johanw AT xs4all.nl for my PGP public key.     PGP-KeyID: 0xD42F80B1



Date:Fri, 22 Sep 1995 22:05:49 +0100
From:   Johan Wevers <johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

You (Piet van Oostrum) wrote:

>EMTEX is allang uit betatest, dus het is beter om een compleet nieuwe
>installatie te doen.

Maar dan moet ik ook meteen "up"graden naar LaTeX2e, en daar heb ik
voorlopig geen zin in.

--
ir. J.C.A. Wevers          ||    The only nature of reality is physics.
johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl    ||    http://www.xs4all.nl/~johanw/index.html
Finger johanw AT xs4all.nl for my PGP public key.     PGP-KeyID: 0xD42F80B1



Date:Fri, 22 Sep 1995 23:46:03 +0200
From:   "Johannes L. Braams" <jlbraams AT CISTRON.NL>
Subject:   nieuw e-mail adress

        Hallo,

        Graag wil ik jullie erop attent maken dat ik een nieuw e-mail
        adres heb. Er is mij verteld dat het oude adres vanaf 1
        oktober a.s. niet meer zal werken (m.a.w. de mail zal
        terugsturen).

        Mijn nieuwe e-mail adres is: JLBraams AT cistron.nl

        Met vriendelijke groeten,

        Johannes Braams

TeXniek,                                Kooienswater 62,
2715 AJ Zoetermeer                      The Netherlands.
Phone    : +31 79 3522819               E-mail : JLBraams AT cistron.nl
Fax      : +31 70 3432395
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Date:Sat, 23 Sep 1995 10:30:55 +0200
From:   Erik-Jan Vens <erikjan AT LUNATIX.ICCE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

dixit Johan Wevers:

> You (Piet van Oostrum) wrote:

> >EMTEX is allang uit betatest, dus het is beter om een compleet nieuwe
> >installatie te doen.

> Maar dan moet ik ook meteen "up"graden naar LaTeX2e, en daar heb ik
> voorlopig geen zin in.

Je kunt best een nieuwe set executables installeren en toch de normale latex
gebruiken.

Ik reageer overigens voornamelijk daarom omdat ik blij ben te merken dat ik
niet de enige ben die nog gewoon latex gebruikt. Latex2e voegt geen extra
functionaliteit toe, en bovendien past geen van de uitbreidingen die ik in de
loop der jaren gemaakt heb in het keurslijf van latex2e.

EJee

--

Erik-Jan Vens   (erikjan AT icce.rug.nl)



Date:Sat, 23 Sep 1995 18:13:04 +0200
From:   Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

>>>>> Erik-Jan Vens <erikjan AT LUNATIX.ICCE.RUG.NL> (EV) schrijft:

EV> dixit Johan Wevers:
>> You (Piet van Oostrum) wrote:

>> >EMTEX is allang uit betatest, dus het is beter om een compleet nieuwe
>> >installatie te doen.

>> Maar dan moet ik ook meteen "up"graden naar LaTeX2e, en daar heb ik
>> voorlopig geen zin in.

EV> Je kunt best een nieuwe set executables installeren en toch de normale
EV> latex gebruiken.

EV> Ik reageer overigens voornamelijk daarom omdat ik blij ben te merken
EV> dat ik niet de enige ben die nog gewoon latex gebruikt. Latex2e voegt
EV> geen extra functionaliteit toe, en bovendien past geen van de
EV> uitbreidingen die ik in de loop der jaren gemaakt heb in het keurslijf
EV> van latex2e.

Latex2e = gewoon latex, en geen keurslijf. Niet t.o.v. LaTeX 2e in ieder
geval. Als je uitbreidingen niet passen dan komt het omdat ze in het
keurslijf van latex 2.09 gewrongen zijn. Je kunt trouwens ook gewoon
latex2.09 en LaTeX2e tegelijk installeren.
--
Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
http://www.cs.ruu.nl/~piet



Date:Sat, 23 Sep 1995 22:46:20 +0100
From:   Johan Wevers <johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

You (Piet van Oostrum) wrote:

>Latex2e = gewoon latex, en geen keurslijf. Niet t.o.v. LaTeX 2e in ieder
>geval.

Waar dat niet tov. latex2e op slaat is me niet helemaal duidelijk. Het is
geen keurslijf t.o.v. zichzelf?

>Als je uitbreidingen niet passen dan komt het omdat ze in het
>keurslijf van latex 2.09 gewrongen zijn.

De laatste keer dat ik een LaTeX file verspreidt heb over het net kreeg
ik anders nogal wat commentaar: mijn omgewerkte documentstyle werkte niet
met LaTeX2e (rep10.sty not found). Het enige dat voor beide versies werkte
was met de \makeatother ... \makeatletter commando's alles dat anders was
dan de standaard documentstyles in de .tex file zetten. Niet echt downward
compatible.

>Je kunt trouwens ook gewoon latex2.09 en LaTeX2e tegelijk installeren.

Als ik weer geld heb voor een nieuwe harddisk wel.

--
ir. J.C.A. Wevers          ||    The only nature of reality is physics.
johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl    ||    http://www.xs4all.nl/~johanw/index.html
Finger johanw AT xs4all.nl for my PGP public key.     PGP-KeyID: 0xD42F80B1



Date:Sun, 24 Sep 1995 09:21:36 +0100
From:   Erik-Jan Vens <erikjan AT LUNATIX.ICCE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

dixit Piet van Oostrum:
>
> >>>>> Erik-Jan Vens <erikjan AT LUNATIX.ICCE.RUG.NL> (EV) schrijft:

> EV> Ik reageer overigens voornamelijk daarom omdat ik blij ben te merken
> EV> dat ik niet de enige ben die nog gewoon latex gebruikt. Latex2e voegt
> EV> geen extra functionaliteit toe, en bovendien past geen van de
> EV> uitbreidingen die ik in de loop der jaren gemaakt heb in het keurslijf
> EV> van latex2e.

> Latex2e = gewoon latex, en geen keurslijf. Niet t.o.v. LaTeX 2e in ieder
> geval. Als je uitbreidingen niet passen dan komt het omdat ze in het
> keurslijf van latex 2.09 gewrongen zijn. Je kunt trouwens ook gewoon
> latex2.09 en LaTeX2e tegelijk installeren.

Al mijn uitbreidingen hebben te maken met fonts, en latex2e dwingt je tot een
nieuwe manier van fontselectie met een ingebakken characterset, en een
vastgebakken extensie en een onhandige notatie voor het selectieschema.

Verder voegt het documentclassificerings mechanisme geen functionaliteit toe,
en was de oude notatie voor documentoptie veel handiger.

Ik ben gewoon afgehaakt. Mijn latex werkt precies zoals ik het zou willen, en
de LaTeXwereld mag van mij best verder draaien naar een latex2e, latex3,
latex4, latex5 en vooral latex6, als ik maar niet meer mee hoef te doen met
die onzin.

EJee

--

Erik-Jan Vens   (erikjan AT icce.rug.nl)



Date:Mon, 25 Sep 1995 09:19:39 +0000
From:   Wietse Dol <W.DOL AT lei.agro.nl>
Subject:   Re: nieuw e-mail adress

>        Graag wil ik jullie erop attent maken dat ik een nieuw e-mail
>        adres heb. Er is mij verteld dat het oude adres vanaf 1
>        oktober a.s. niet meer zal werken (m.a.w. de mail zal
>        terugsturen).
Ik dacht dat de ptt op 10/10/95 omging? Het staat in mijn database...


Met vriendelijke groet,
Wietse Dol


+------------------------------------------------------------+
| Work:                           | Private:                 |
|   Landbouw Economisch Instituut |                          |
|   Burgemeester Patijnlaan 19    |   Coebergerstraat 12     |
|   2585 BE Den Haag              |   5624 AV Eindhoven      |
|   The Netherlands               |   The Netherlands        |
|   tel:+31 (0)70-3308229         |   tel: +31 (0)40-467083  |
+------------------------------------------------------------+



Date:Mon, 25 Sep 1995 10:40:10 +0100
From:   Dirk Van Heule <dvheule AT mmww.rma.ac.be>
Subject:   epson stylus colour

Hallo,

heeft er iemand ervaring met het installeren  van een
Epson Stylus Colour.
We installeerden de eerste 4 diskettes van de CD-rom en
alles werkt prima behalve de printer !

Reeds bedankt voor de reakties.

Met vriendelijke groeten,

Dirk

====================================================================
Dirk Van Heule
Dept. Wiskunde
Kon. Militaire School
Brussel



Date:Mon, 25 Sep 1995 10:50:31 +0100
From:   Jan Joris Vereijken <janjoris AT WIN.TUE.NL>
Subject:   Re: Het nummer van de heer Graham

>Bij afdeling "grootste getallen" kwam ik bij het grootste getal ooit gebruikt
>bij een mathematische berekening en dat blijkt een getal te zijn dat een naam
>heeft, "Graham's number".
>
>Bijzonderheid: het is alleen uit te drukken in "arrow notation" en
>die notatie is in 1976 door ene KNUTH ontworpen!

Bwah, wat een onzin!

Dat getal is ook best gewoon in arabische cijfers op te schrijven
hoor, als je maar genoeg papier hebt. In dit heelal zal dat niet meer
lukken, maar dat is nog geen reden om in hoger sferen te geraken over
rare pijlnotaties.

Laten we wel wezen; het getal 42 is ook verdomd moeilijk op te
schrijven als je te weinig papier hebt.

Dagdag,

- Jan Joris -

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eagles may fly, but a weasel will never get sucked into a jet engine.



Date:Mon, 25 Sep 1995 11:01:06 +0100
From:   Robert Best <best AT ZEUS.RIJNH.NL>
Subject:   keurslijf

Ik begrijp de opwinding over keurslijf, downward incompatibility, dwang,
onzin, enz in LaTeX niet goed. Lamport is er zelf mee begonnen.

Hij heeft de ca 900 plain-TeX commando's naar eigen goeddunken gehandhaafd,
veranderd of verwijderd. De filosofie achter LaTeX is toch dat je je niet
met de opmaak moet bemoeien, dat doet Lamport voor je. Die procedure lijkt
zich met latex2e gewoon te herhalen.

Als je dat niet leuk vindt, gebruik dan plain-TeX, ev aangevuld met een
macroset zoals TeXsis die wel compatibel is.

Robert Best



Date:Mon, 25 Sep 1995 11:08:58 +0100
From:   Erik-Jan Vens <erikjan AT LUNATIX.ICCE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: keurslijf

dixit Robert Best:

> Als je dat niet leuk vindt, gebruik dan plain-TeX, ev aangevuld met een
> macroset zoals TeXsis die wel compatibel is.

Ik heb geen bezwaren tegen een standaard, maar ik heb wel bezwaren tegen het
invoeren van een nieuwe standaard die --voor wat betreft mijn gebied (fonts)--
op geen enkele wijze rekening houdt met vorige versies. Die geen
functionaliteit toevoegt, en die --voor zover ik dat op mijn gebied kan
overzien-- als een wankel kaartenhuisje in elkaar steekt.

Ik heb latex2e op mijn systeem ge<i">nstalleerd, al was het alleen maar omdat
ik niet pers<e'> tegen vernieuwing ben, en ik kan er mee werken. Maar toen ik
mijn hele systeem in latex2e wilde overzetten bleek dat zo'n gigantische klus
te zijn dat ik de nadelen niet tegen de voordelen (ondersteuning? is er meer?)
vind opwegen.

EJee

--

Erik-Jan Vens   (erikjan AT icce.rug.nl)



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 13:14:06 +0100
From:   Johan Wevers <johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl>
Subject:   Re: keurslijf

You (Robert Best) wrote:

>Ik begrijp de opwinding over keurslijf, downward incompatibility, dwang,
>onzin, enz in LaTeX niet goed. Lamport is er zelf mee begonnen.

Dat kan wel zijn, maar dat was in ieder geval een werkend geheel. LaTeX
biedt wel extra functionaliteit t.o.v. TeX, maar ik zie geen extra's in
LaTeX2e t.o.v. 2.09, alleen maar extra problemen (waarom moeten alle style
files nou weer herschreven worden? Het lijkt WP wel, 5.1 macro's werken
ook niet goed onder 6).

>Hij heeft de ca 900 plain-TeX commando's naar eigen goeddunken gehandhaafd,
>veranderd of verwijderd.

Hier en daar een \newcommand door \def vervangen wil inderdaad wel eens
problemen voorkomen. Daarom gebruik ik ook altijd \def.

>Als je dat niet leuk vindt, gebruik dan plain-TeX, ev aangevuld met een
>macroset zoals TeXsis die wel compatibel is.

Maar er is toch al LaTeX 2.09? Ik heb geen zin om al mijn tex files om te
gaan zetten naar LaTeX2e, ik schiet er niets mee op.

--
ir. J.C.A. Wevers          ||    The only nature of reality is physics.
johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl    ||    http://www.xs4all.nl/~johanw/index.html
Finger johanw AT xs4all.nl for my PGP public key.     PGP-KeyID: 0xD42F80B1



Date:Mon, 25 Sep 1995 14:52:12 GMT+200
From:   Erik Frambach <E.H.M.Frambach AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   Re: PostScript fonts & LaTeX

Beste Sander,

De mailing list TEX-NL is een betere plaats om jouw vraag te stellen,
dus heb ik hem daar naartoe doorgestuurd.

Groeten,
Erik Frambach

> Date sent:      Mon, 25 Sep 1995 12:34:58 +0100
> Send reply to:  Netherlands Tex users-Group <NTG AT nic.SURFnet.nl>,
>                 Sander de Graaf <degraaf AT KGS.TWI.TUDELFT.NL>
> From:           Sander de Graaf <degraaf AT KGS.TWI.TUDELFT.NL>
> Subject:        PostScript fonts & LaTeX
> To:             Multiple recipients of list NTG <NTG AT nic.SURFnet.nl>

> Hallo, ik ben Sander De Graaf en ik heb een probleem
> met de PostScript fonts en LaTeX.
>
>
> Ik gebruik Latex2e (ongeveer een jaar oud) en de nieuwste
> dvips. Ik heb geprobeerd om type1 fonts te gebruiken, maar
> geaccentuurde letter (e met accent grave, of e met trema)
> komen niet goed in de PS-file. Een e met trema word een
> (no.) (nummer-tekentje) en andere letters verdwijnen helemaal.
> Ik heb geprobeerd te achterhalen waar deze tekens gegenereerd`
> worden:
>
>   - Als in mijn LaTeX-file zo'n accent staat, komt het goed met
>     de Computer Modern Roman-fonts. Alleen bij type1-fonts gaat
>     het fout. Dit merk ik als ik de .dvi ga gekijken: Bij T1 cmr
>     staat er wat ik bedoel en bij T1 ptm (Times) (er komen nu alleen
>     vierkantjes i.p.v. letters (dvipm)) is te zien dat er letters
>     weg zijn. Het enige wat ik verander om de fonts te veranderen
>     is het toevoegen van '\usepackage{times}' in the preamble.
>
> Het lijkt dat het coderen van letters met accenten niet goed gaat
> bij de type1-fonts, maar er is nog niet gebruikt gemaakt van
> virtuele fonts, want dvips is nog niet gebruikt. Dat fout gaan
> doet latex dus.
>
> Ik hoop dat U een oplossing heeft voor dit probleem. Als U niet
> helemaal goed begrijpt wat is bedoel, kunt u mij altijd Emailen
>
> Alvast bedankt              Sander
>
> --
> S. De Graaf
> Simonsstraat 54
> 2628 TJ Delft
> email: s.degraaf AT twi.tudelft.nl



Date:Mon, 25 Sep 1995 15:03:13 +0100
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: keurslijf

Ik ben ook begonnen met LaTeX een lange tijd geleden. Zelfs de CWI syllabus
gemaakt/gecoordineerd. Het grote probleem was niet zozeer de uitwendige
commandos gebruiken, maar als je styles wilde aanpassen, afgezien nog
van taalaspecten met hardwired zaken die Babel wat losser heeft gemaakt.

Juist het vergemakkelijken van andere styles te maken was een van de
redenen LaTeX aan te passen, begonnen in 1989. Het duurde en duurde
en ik ben het wat uit zicht verloren. Ook vernaderde de projectdoelstellingen.

Zie de diverse EuroTeXs sinds 1990 maar.

Enfin, uiteindelijk is het ervan gekomen en hebben wij de nieuwe LaTeX.
Of het functionaliteit heeft toegevoegd kan ik niet zo beoordelen.
Wat ik er zo van zie, is dat niet het geval, en zeker niet kosteneffectief
als ik NFFS2<-, zie de change ook daar, beschouw dan heb ik al dat instabiele en
ingewikkelde niet nodig. Ik wil communiceren in het Engels, als wereldtaal,
en binnen die beperking wordt alles een stuk eenvoudiger.

Mijn grootste bezwaar tegen zaken als de nieuwe LaTeX, zoals al eerder in MAPS
gemeld, is het quasi-statische, het blijft veranderen omdat het
de nieuwste ontwikkelingen op het gebruikersnivo wil bijhouden.
De laatste veranderen waren volgens mij veel Syntactische suikertjes.

Plain TeX, een een format daarop, en waarom niet BLUe's format?,
zijn veel stabieler omdat het de ontwikkelingen vrijlaat.
Eenmaal geleerd is het een tool voor het leven, IMHO.

Daarnaast is er nog de discipline. LaTeX scripts bevatten veel markup
zaken, veel meer dan nodig is. Ik noem dat non-minimale markup.
het hele verschil zit in
LaTeX \begin{document} ... o.i.d.  etc
versus gewoon ASCII
met her en der een wat markup ertusen gestrooid, gebruikmakend
van de reeds aanwezige wederom minimale visuele layout.
Ik heb dit uitgewerkt in het text hoofdstuk van mijn Publishing with TeX
gebruikersgids, jawel de opvolger van `Publiceren met laTeX.'
Daarnaast bevat het veel meer aan ervaring verwerkt zodanig dat
men zegt is dat nu alles?
Ja, inderdaad je mee laten voeren door het kunnen van (La)/AMS/..TeX
heeft het gevaar in zich dat je het doel uit het oog verliest:

Redelijk tot goede overdraagbare scripts maken met een minimale
inspanning, waarbij het gereedschap niet onderdeel van het probleem
wordt om te communiceren.

Ach, ieder zo zijn smaak, en men moet het zelf maar weten,

Vr. Gr. ---Kees---



Date:Mon, 25 Sep 1995 18:42:05 +0100
From:   Frans Goddijn <goddijn AT fgbbs.iaf.nl>
Subject:   keurslijf

said Kees van der Laan  to All:

 KvdL> Plain TeX, een een format daarop, en waarom niet BLUe's
 KvdL> format?, zijn veel stabieler

Het ligt er dus aan of je van verandering houdt. Denk je "hee, iets n=
ieuws, kijken of ik daar iets mee kan!" of "wat moet ik met dat neiuw=
s?"

 KvdL> Eenmaal geleerd is het een tool voor het leven, IMHO.

Zoals een vulpen.

 KvdL> LaTeX scripts bevatten veel markup zaken, veel meer dan nodig

 KvdL> versus gewoon ASCII met her en der een wat markup ertusen

Punt is: als ik naar plain tex kijk zie ik veelal massa's codes waar =
ik niks van begrijp. Als ik 4TEX gebruik, werkt bijna alles al en dat=
 het achter de schermen allemaal veel ingewikkelder is hoef ik niet d=
oor te hebben. EJ Vens heeft problemen met fonts in 2e, ik vrijwel ni=
et omdat Wietse die tevoren heeft opgelost. Misschien is LaTeX alleen=
 al beter omdat het het contact tussen de mensen bevordert: er is zov=
eel te vragen en uit te leggen! Zou het werkelijk doodgemakkelijk zij=
n en ook nooit meer veranderen, waar had je dan medegebruikers voor n=
odig?

 KvdL> Ach, ieder zo zijn smaak, en men moet het zelf maar weten,

Ik vind HTML ineens nogal leuk! na de diverse artikelen van o.a. Mich=
el Goossens en zijn aanstekelijke lezingen ben ik zaterdag eindelijk =
aan de slag gegaan om te zien of ik dat ook kan. Heerlijk om dan te o=
ntdekken dat HTML en TeX inderdaad zusjes van elkaar zijn!

(En zo fijn dat mensen die me hielpen met het leren van LaTeX ook goe=
d op de hoogte blijken te zijn van HTML zaken!)

Met hartelijke groet!

 Frans Goddijn   | bbs: +31 (0)26 3217041
 Postbus 30196   | email: goddijn AT fgbbs.iaf.nl
 6803 AD Arnhem  | fax: +31 (0)26 3210500
 The Netherlands | http://www.pi.net/~fg




Date:Mon, 25 Sep 1995 22:39:34 +0100
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Keurslijf en wat concreets

Hallo Frans, and andere luisteraars

Als een vulpen? Dat is een fraai compliment wetend hoe jij met vulpennen
omgaat. (excuus vioor dit uit zijn verband herhalen van een stukje, maar het
 is niet de pointe van mijn bericht, dus even doorgaan met lezen s.v.p.)

Overigens snap jij de LaTeX codes? Knap hoor. Ik niet, en zeker de neveneffecten
weet ik nooit helemaal zeker, noch waar ik het een en ander vandaan moest
halen als ik wat wilde aanpassen. Maar dat is hopelijk historie met de nieuwe
LaTeX.

Mijn eerdere krabbeltje was on-line en deed niet helemaal recht aan alle
kanten (Hmmm, pleonasme, tja...)

Om het wijdverbreide misverstand voor eens en voor altijd de NTG wereld
uit te helpen dat met een format op plain geen structurele en simpele,
lees minimale, markup beoefend kan worden, geef ik hierachter de script
van het Publishing with TeX hoofdstuk Afterthoughts. Ook doe ik hiermee
recht aan de pros-en-cons van o.a. LaTeX.
De markup is minimal en lijdt niet aan curly braces mania, hoezo testen
op matching braces? (Eeen non-problem, ofwel geintroduceerd.)

(Enne als men in de verleiding mocht komen dit met BLUe's format system
 te TeX-en, sluit dan af met \sortindex\pasteupindex\bye,
 hoezo extra functionaliteit?)

Vr. Gr. ---Kees---

%pwt.aft chapter of Publishing with TeX users' guide
\input blue.tex \loadindexmacros \report
\newdimen\x \newdimen\y

\bluechapter Afterthoughts

\beginsummary
This chapter relates BLUe's format to existing formats and styles,
especially \AmS-(La)\TeX, (La)\TeX, LAmS\TeX, and the TUGboat styles.
At the end some statistics about processing PWT has been included.
\endsummary

Why this work?
Is \LaTeX{} not sufficient?
\LaTeX{} was not necessary, the \TeX book contained it all, \smiley.
This advantage turned out to be a severe disadvantage.
\TeX{} was simply too much, too unusual and ahead of its time.
The bad news is, alas, that \TeX{} is very error-prone,
in the hands of the casual layman.\ftn{Don't misunderstand me,
   the software itself is as free of errors as bugfree can be.
    No, it has all to do with people who partly
   understand the system, but need macros.
   Many a released macro\Dash the more so for collections of macros\Dash
   is immediately followed by an improved version, and so on. The last
   observation is due to George Greenwade, and I agree with him.}
One has to be very precise, has to oversee all the consequences,
and has to be utmost, utmost consequent.

Perhaps because of the latter Lamport dared to do less,
thought that simplifying is the way out.  To quote Dijkstra
\begincenter\noindent`Abstraction is our only mental tool to
                           master complexity'
\endcenter
He provided a system tuned for the end user,
along with a user's guide.
The latter is the big deal, for general acceptance.
\begincenter
If only there had been a user's guide for manmac,
the \AllTeX{} world would have looked much different
from what it is today.
\endcenter
Below I'll very roughly characterize other formats, which enjoy a general
acceptance, in relation to BLUe's format.
The AMS and TUG styles, and the work of Spivak, have been
surveyed\Dash and commented in depth\Dash in separate articles.


^^{\AmSTeX}
\bluehead \AmS-(La)\TeX

These formats are not personal but provided and maintained by the \AMS.
It is a rich and wealthy source. My comments date back to {\oldstyle1992},
when I studied the formats in detail.
Their user and installation guides are very good.
The coding is clever, very clever, but tends to be monolithic.
It is not easy to borrow parts from it. The formatting of references
in \bluetex{} has been inspired upon \AmSTeX's preprint style.

^^{\LAMSTeX}
\bluehead \LAMSTeX

Michael Spivak did a great job.
His macros for tables and commutative diagrams
are impressive, very impressive.
The way he recast the \LaTeX{} functionality looks very promising.
It is only a pity that his code does not enjoy general acceptance,
as far as I know.
It is even sadder that his codings have not been
studied nor borrowed from.\ftn{I must confess that I was put off by
   his argument for why an \cs{else} is needed within \cs{loop} \cs{repeat}.
   Not true, IMHO, with all respect. A little Boolean arithmetic will do,
   and is useful for other purposes too. I explained that in `Syntactic
   Sugar,' and showed codes for that.}


^^{\LaTeX}
\bluehead La\TeX

Indeed, \LaTeX{} is not sufficient, although much of
the functionality of BLUe's format was already provided by \LaTeX.
The setup of BLUe's format is much different though.
\LaTeX{} does not suit my purposes.
Its Achilles heel is customization.
Some features of BLUe's format are
its open eye for change,
its openendedness,
next to its databases,\ftn{This is much more general than {\em separately stored\/}
   style files.}
and last but not least its indexing on the fly,
that is what I need.
I understand \bluetex{} and feel happy with it, \winksmiley,
probably for the rest of my life.
The great\Dash not to be underestimated\Dash virtues of \LaTeX{} are
\begincenter
separate style files
user's guide
general acceptance
\endcenter
BLUe's format is stable, compatible with plain \TeX,
well-organized, and reasonably compact.
I have tried to combine the best of both worlds.
\begincenter
Stay with Knuth with respect to his unsurpassed markup, and
borrow Lamport's awareness of the necessity of a user's guide.
\endcenter
If you ponder about a manmac user's guide, it is mandatory to pay attention
to developments since.\ftn{However, I must confess that I'm not
   completely up to date with \PS, Adobe's Photoshop, nor Acrobat.}
That is how BLUe's format emerged.
A tribute to manmac and some more, that is the royal road I passed by.
Reality shows that manmac.tex has been neglected by the \AllTeX{}
community.
Given the reputation of Don Knuth, and the wide-spread use of \LaTeX,
I'm realistic about the acceptance of BLUe's format.\ftn{Thinking aloud:
    I would be happy if {\oldstyle50}\% of NTG's members finds something of
    interest in BLUe's format, be it the system, a nice macro, or just
    an eye-opener with respect to markup or computer-assisted
    typesetting in general. From CyrTUG I expect that even {\oldstyle75}\% of their
    members can take advantage of the system.
    And what about {\oldstyle10}\% of the {\it unorganized\/} \TeX{} users,
    \winksmiley?}
Nevertheless, I hope that BLUe's format will find its niche within the spectrum of tools
for computer-assisted production and consumption of information.
IMHO, with all respect, it deserves it. \winksmiley.

In the past I used \LaTeX{} but was unhappy with
the layout, and therefore added modifications, like many of us.
The results did not satisfy me, because
I never got the feeling that I understood the coding.
Even worse, I never felt happy with the coding of \LaTeX.

Since then, I have become more and more enthusiastic about Knuth's markup,
especially about the subtleness of plain and manmac.
Understanding his macros is a real challenge, but once mastered
you feel like in heaven. It gave me such a pleasure.
The beneficial spinoff of this thorough study was that
the knowledge gained contributed much to the compactness of
BLUe's format.


At the Euro\TeX{} {\oldstyle94} the new, long-awaited
\LaTeX{\oldstyle2}$\epsilon$ went public.
During the conference I was asking myself over and over the same questions,
to uncover the reasons why I don't believe that the approach taken
is the right one, especially for self-publishing authors.
My septicisms come down to the following.

\bitem \LaTeX{} is essentially quasi-static in contrast with
       plain, which is frozen and hence stable. I know that dynamics is the
       nature of progress, but only a small amount needs change.
       The lack of the awareness to separate the quasi-static part
       from the stable part, is what I don't like.
\bitem The macros are essentially one-part macros with flexibility
       via optional and ordinary parameters. The mechanism of parsing
       optional arguments, is a non-\TeX{} approach, at the expense of
       cumbersome and monolithic coding.
       Two-part macros should be at the basis,
       with options via token variables. As far as my experience goes
       this will yield simpler coding, with the benefits of
       easier maintenance.
\bitem \LaTeX{} is verbose and far from minimal markup
\bitem \LaTeX{} is not easy to customize
\bitem \LaTeX's macros are incompatible with plain, even the use of
       \cs{def} is not possible\ftn{I know of the annoyance
          of silently redefined macros, but nevertheless.}
\bitem \LaTeX{} turns out to be a cuckoo's egg
\bitem \LaTeX{} tends  to represent the establishment,
       not what individuals really need, IMHO, with all respect.
       The imposing character is believed to be beneficial for
       publishers, to ascertain that authors don't use markup
       different from the standard style. Much truth in there, but the
       world is changing.  I favour simple tools,
       which I understand to a high degree, and which are cooperative.
\smallbreak
I only hope that the \LaTeX{} developers can take advantage of my views.

^^{TUGboat styles}
\bluehead TUGboat styles

I learned a lot from those. The functionality of the OTR has
been taken over in BLUe's format.
It is just a pity that a preprint style is lacking.
I also consider the approach of the separate streams
\TeX{} next to \LaTeX, cumbersome to maintain.
At the lower level separate collections are in use next to each other.
For example the verbatim macros for \TeX{} differ from those for \LaTeX.
A common picture environment for both streams is not there either.
Similar to the AMS formats the coding is monolithic.
It is not easy to borrow parts from it.

\displaycenterline{Not a common \TeX{} format with a \LaTeX{}
user interface on top.}

I have used them for quite a while, but once I looked into the code,
I decided to go over to the manmac line of thought, back to the roots,
so to say, with all respect.

\bluehead The future

More important, and thinking positively, is to day-dream about the future
and especially to ponder about the new media to assist information
production and consumption.

It is a little peculiar that I sympathize so much with the new media,
the newer developments, which will make it possible for the
    \displaycenterline{masses to access information easily,}
the more so because this file is much like a traditional book.
It does not combine different media like text, sound, colours or graphics
in general. Not even does it allow you to click through the file
in a hyperlink sense. I'm not ashamed of that.
There are so many problems to be solved,
before we come even close to coping better
with information, I mean taking real advantage of the information.

The buzzword which goes along
with this is the `electronic highway,'
having rapid and cheap access to
information stored digitally.
Perhaps the words `database publishing,'  and
`multi-media' appeal even more.
Whatever the value of these approaches and promises,
let us  down-to-earth ponder
about electronic equivalents of the old goodies, such as
a table of contents,
an index,
and cross-references.


\thissubhead{\runintrue}
\bluesubhead A Table of Contents\par is getting more and more important.
When tables of contents, ToCs for short, are generated automatically, which is nice,
they can't be searched for in a script.
A surprising consequence is to store a ToC also explicitly,
and perhaps separately from the work, because
people first like to browse through a table of contents or
read.me file.
For electronic use the page numbers attached are not that important.
How to access parts is more important. Therefore the ToC should contain
hyperlinks to the real information.

\thissubhead{\runintrue}
\bluesubhead An Index\par is also no longer tied up with one book.
Databases can be searched on keywords, or more selectively browsed via queries,
to spot what one is looking for, whatever the context.
When we have spotted what we are looking for,
another click would be all that is needed to get
into it.\ftn{Let us forget, for the moment, the reality of
   the morning-after invoice.}

\thissubhead{\runintrue}
\bluesubhead Cross-referencing\par is really outdated.
Electronically, we are not limited by the traditional sequential
order of numbered pages. Relational links are there to
bring you immediately to the material required, be it to more details or
to just the opposite, a survey, with fewer details,
or, \dots\thinspace another representation, like spoken
in a different language.

\thissubhead{\runintrue}
\bluesubhead The bad news\par is that none of those goodies mentioned are
part of this work. Just an afterthought, some wishful thinking,
pondering about future work.

Frank Poppe communicated that he would be happy with the \TeX book script
with hyperlinks. That he could easily click through the related material
spread over the file. Indeed that would be nice.

\bluehead Statistics about processing PWT

The booklet contains in the draft version of spring {\oldstyle1995},
{\oldstyle125} odd pages and some
{\oldstyle400} index entries,
all processed in one pass.
The sorting of the index did take an hour on my Mac Classic II,
and {\oldstyle10}K words of memory.
For re-runs without page changes one can do without \cs{sortindex}
because \cs{pasteupindex} reads from index.elm.
\begincenterblock
{\oldstyle967} strings out of {\oldstyle5259}
{\oldstyle4438} string characters out of {\oldstyle31539}
{\oldstyle63053} words of memory out of {\oldstyle65536}
{\oldstyle2531} multiletter control sequences out of {\oldstyle10000}
{\oldstyle18} hyphenation exceptions out of {\oldstyle307}
{\oldstyle22}i,{ \oldstyle21}n,{\oldstyle16}p, {\oldstyle216}b,%
          {\oldstyle1015}s stack positions
out of {\oldstyle200}i, {\oldstyle60}n,{\oldstyle60}p, {\oldstyle5000}b, {\oldstyle2000}s
\endcenterblock
Remark. The needed save-stack size is larger than the usual default\Dash
        as of {\oldstyle1995}\Dash for a PC.
\endinput



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 00:00:54 +0100
From:   "Johannes L. Braams" <jlbraams AT CISTRON.NL>
Subject:   Re: nieuw e-mail adress

On Monday, September 25 W.DOL wrote:

> Ik dacht dat de ptt op 10/10/95 omging? Het staat in mijn database...
Ja, dat klopt, maar dan heb je het over telefoonnummers; ik had het over mijn
e-mail adres bij KPN research dat niet meer werkt omdat mijn account daar
opgeheven wordt.

m.vr.gr.,

        Johannes Braams

TeXniek,                               Kooienswater 62,
2715 AJ Zoetermeer                     The Netherlands.
Phone    : +31 79 3522819              E-mail : JLBraams AT cistron.nl
Fax      : +31 70 3432395               http://www.cistron.nl/~jlbraams/
------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 09:57:18 +0100
From:   Erik-Jan Vens <erikjan AT LUNATIX.ICCE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: keurslijf

dixit Frans Goddijn:

> Punt is: als ik naar plain tex kijk zie ik veelal massa's codes waar ik niks
van begrijp. Als ik 4TEX gebruik, werkt bijna alles al en dat het achter de
schermen allemaal veel ingewikkelder is hoef ik niet door te hebben. EJ Vens
heeft problemen met fonts in 2e, ik vrijwel niet omdat Wietse die tevoren
heeft opgelost. Misschien is LaTeX alleen al beter omdat het het contact
tussen de mensen bevordert: er is zoveel te vragen en uit te leggen! Zou het
werkelijk doodgemakkelijk zijn en ook nooit meer veranderen, waar had je dan
medegebruikers voor nodig?

Vreselijk. En dan bedoel ik niet het intermenselijk contact, want daar ben ik
een groot voorstander van en actief deelnemer aan. Maar ik bedoel het
vreselijke van de introductie van een ondoordringbaar systeem.

LaTeX is bedoeld als de 'family sedan', waarmee je weliswaar niet zo snel kunt
racen als met TeX, maar waarmee je gewoon comfortabel je teksten kunt
presenteren. En wanneer je een erg moeilijke pagina in elkaar wilt knutselen
dan gebruik je TeX. Dat werkt in 95 van de 100 gevallen ook precies zoals je
het wilt. Maar er is een schemergebied waarbij TeX te veel rompslomp is en
LaTeX te weinig armslag biedt. Dan kom je in de problemen.

Je wilt in zo'n geval vaak gebruik kunnen maken van de machine van LaTeX maar
er dan zelf wat onderdelen in vervangen. Je opent de motorkap, en prikt er
zelf wat bij, sleutelt wat hier en daar, en 't werkt. Daarvoor moet je motor
goed kennen. Wat er nu bij de introductie van latex2e gebeurd is, is een
volledige vervanging van de motor op een schijnbaar ondoorgrondelijke wijze.
Ik kan goed programmeren, en ik kan ook uitstekend programmacode in de meest
uiteenlopende talen en dialecten lezen, maar de brei en wirwar van latex2e
verwart me zodanig dat ik me elke keer weer afvraag waarom ik mezelf dit in
vredesname aandoe.

Het 4TEX dat je noemt, is een systeem voor DOS computers, en ik ben geen
gebruiker van een DOS computer. Wietse heeft geen zaken voor je opgelost, hij
heeft keuzes voor je gemaakt. Keuzes waar ik het niet altijd mee eens ben,
maar die niets te maken hebben met het bieden van de haken en ogen die ik
graag beschikbaar wil hebben in de code opdat ik zelf mijn onderdelen er in
kan plaatsen.

Wanneer LaTeX een echt modulair systeem zou worden, met een goede beschrijving
van de input, de output, en de gebruikte parameters van elke module, dan komt
het een stuk dichter in de buurt van wat ik zou willen zien. Ik wil de
standaard van de LaTeX markup kunnen combineren met mijn eigen idee<e">n. In
latex209 kon ik dat omdat ik de internals zo goed ken, maar ik heb geen zin om
dat van latex2e weer te leren wanneer dat net zo ondoorzichtig in elkaar
steekt als latex209 dat ook deed. Alleen was latex209 een gegeven, en zou
latex2e een stap in de goede richting hebben kunnen betekenen. Nu het net zo
rammelt als latex209 ga ik het niet leren.

> Ik vind HTML ineens nogal leuk! na de diverse artikelen van o.a. Michel
Goossens en zijn aanstekelijke lezingen ben ik zaterdag eindelijk aan de slag
gegaan om te zien of ik dat ook kan. Heerlijk om dan te ontdekken dat HTML en
TeX inderdaad zusjes van elkaar zijn!

HTML en TeX zijn in de verste verte geen familie van elkaar. HTML en LaTeX
zijn beide uitgewerkte SGML implementaties. En dat je daarom grote stukken van
de ene taal <e'><e'>n-op-<e'><e'>n in de andere taal kunt vertalen, is dus
niet verwonderlijk. Maar daar houdt dan ook elke vergelijking op.

EJee

--

Erik-Jan Vens   (erikjan AT icce.rug.nl)



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 10:12:03 +0100
From:   Frans Goddijn <goddijn AT fgbbs.iaf.nl>
Subject:   Keurslijf en wat concreets

said Kees van der Laan  to All:

 KvdL> Om het wijdverbreide misverstand voor eens en voor altijd de
 KvdL> NTG wereld uit te helpen dat met een format op plain geen
 KvdL> structurele en simpele, lees minimale, markup beoefend kan
 KvdL> worden, geef ik hierachter de script

Zag er fraai uit, in die zin dat het zo simpel was dat een lezer er
op het scherm even gemakkelijk en snel LaTeX van kan maken als HTML.
Prima!

Overigens, het moge duidelijk zijn dat de discussie plain TeX vs.
LaTeX versus het obsolete LaTeX209 wat mij betreft slechts dient om
wat geanimeerd van elkaars geluid te genieten. Werkelijke kritiek
hoor ik er niet in: signalen van onbegrip en schampere opinies kunnen
we best overlaten aan de mensen van het "andere" kamp, bijvoorbeeld
WP gebruikers (waarvan het weldenkende deel trouwens ook weleens
LaTeX gebruikt, he Siep?)

Met hartelijke groet!

 Frans Goddijn   | bbs: +31 (0)26 3217041
 Postbus 30196   | email: goddijn AT fgbbs.iaf.nl
 6803 AD Arnhem  | fax: +31 (0)26 3210500
 The Netherlands | http://www.pi.net/~fg



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 10:49:32 +0100
From:   Eric Veldhuyzen <Eric.Veldhuyzen AT si.hhs.nl>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----

You (Johan Wevers) wrote:

> Hallo TeXperts,

> Ik gebruik tot op heden TeX386 3c-beta-8 uit de emTeX distributie. Ik wilde
> overgaan op versie 3c-bata-12 omdat deze versie o.a. lange filenamen onder
> OS/2 aankan. Ik kreeg het programma echter niet aan de gang, hij blijft maar
> zeuren dat hij emx niet kan vinden (ook onder DOS). Dat snap ik niet, ik
> heb emx 0.8h in libpath staan. Iemand een idee waar dat aan kan liggen?

Onder dos moet je SET EMX=D:\PATH\EMX.EXE in je environnment hebben
staan.  Nog beter is het als je die vervangt door RSX, de DPMI variant.
Waarom het ding onder OS/2 niet werkt begrijp ik ook niet. Tenminste
niet als je EXM.DLL in je libpath hebt staan.

Ik ben blij dat ik gewoon de UNIX versie zelf even geport heb, die
werkt al TIJDEN met lange bestandsnamen.

- --
Eric Veldhuyzen                                                   TEAM OS/2
Eric.Veldhuyzen AT si.hhs.nl                                CIS: [100010,3051]
Eric AT terra.xs4all.nl                                  PGP-KeyID: 0xFB64FCB3
  ************ FIGHT to keep your right to PRIVACY. Use PGP! ************

-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: 2.6.2

iQCVAwUBMGfMtCRI0DH7ZPyzAQFyZQP+IMYEcUmzVbVYP1gjuM65kT4meCXTnR1h
SqSppbrap0e2hEm6RHRx17fqgP+tvcarGqyCeJO8Uo5xfz1wuSXnfO8e+plHHgdb
4JZZCkhBJJ3ZAkUI1phwWJet+Ts5pswMhxHs4mHhFTAiY4tX4fUCkH0mBecsq5FX
mPFUnjndHCI=
=PfpX
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 11:07:48 +0000 (GMT)
From:   Frank De Clerck <fdc AT CAGE.RUG.AC.BE>
Subject:   doorstreepte letters

Hallo,

Ik ben op zoek naar een "doorstreepte I", het wordt door ons gebruikt
als een mathematische binaire operator die staat voor "niet incident met"
Tot hiertoe gebruiken we de volgende definitie:

 \def\nI{\mathop{{\not\kern-.5pt\mbox{\rm I}}}}

of

\def\nnI{\mathop{\rlap{\rm I}\backslash}}

In beide gevallen is echter de  doorstreping  te groot.
 Het  amssymb package heeft "negated binary
relations" met inderdaad kleine negatiestreep, maar de doorstreepte letters
heb ik hier niet gevonden. In Helvetica bestaat een doorstreepte L, maar ook
niet meer.

Kan iemand helpen met een fontaanwijzing en/of een constructie.

Bedankt,

Frank De Clerck
Universiteit Gent
Galglaan 2
9000 Gent
e-mail: fdc AT cage.rug.ac.be



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 11:38:27 +0100
From:   Erik-Jan Vens <erikjan AT LUNATIX.ICCE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: PostScript fonts & LaTeX

dixit Siep Kroonenberg:

> Ik begrijp dat de afm2tfm van dvips niet compatibel is met PSNFSS2
> (ie. NFSS voor PostScript fonts onder LaTeX2e). Probeer inplaats
> daarvan FONTINST, daarmee is het mij althans gelukt om een Adobe
> fontfamilie binnen LaTeX te gebruiken, met correcte accenten. Ik heb
> zelf alleen de OT1 encoding getest.

Ach, de meest gebruikte DVI naar Postscript converter is niet compatibel met
het fontselectieschema van de nieuwe latex? Of bedoel je dat de nieuwe latex
niet compatibel is met de voor 99% van de Postscript gebruikers onmisbare
dvips?

EJee

--

Erik-Jan Vens   (erikjan AT icce.rug.nl)



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 12:35:22 GMT+200
From:   Siep Kroonenberg <N.S.Kroonenberg AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   Re: PostScript fonts & LaTeX

> > Hallo, ik ben Sander De Graaf en ik heb een probleem
> > met de PostScript fonts en LaTeX.
> >
> >
> > Ik gebruik Latex2e (ongeveer een jaar oud) en de nieuwste
> > dvips. Ik heb geprobeerd om type1 fonts te gebruiken, maar
> > geaccentuurde letter (e met accent grave, of e met trema)
> > komen niet goed in de PS-file. Een e met trema word een
> > (no.) (nummer-tekentje) en andere letters verdwijnen helemaal.
> > Ik heb geprobeerd te achterhalen waar deze tekens gegenereerd`
> > worden:
> >
> >   - Als in mijn LaTeX-file zo'n accent staat, komt het goed met
> >     de Computer Modern Roman-fonts. Alleen bij type1-fonts gaat
> >     het fout. Dit merk ik als ik de .dvi ga gekijken: Bij T1 cmr
> >     staat er wat ik bedoel en bij T1 ptm (Times) (er komen nu alleen
> >     vierkantjes i.p.v. letters (dvipm)) is te zien dat er letters
> >     weg zijn. Het enige wat ik verander om de fonts te veranderen
> >     is het toevoegen van '\usepackage{times}' in the preamble.
> >
> > Het lijkt dat het coderen van letters met accenten niet goed gaat
> > bij de type1-fonts, maar er is nog niet gebruikt gemaakt van
> > virtuele fonts, want dvips is nog niet gebruikt. Dat fout gaan
> > doet latex dus.
> >
> > Ik hoop dat U een oplossing heeft voor dit probleem. Als U niet
> > helemaal goed begrijpt wat is bedoel, kunt u mij altijd Emailen

Het lijkt me niet onlogisch dat het al in de dvi-file fout gaat, maar
daar weet ik ook niet het fijne van.

Ik begrijp dat de afm2tfm van dvips niet compatibel is met PSNFSS2
(ie. NFSS voor PostScript fonts onder LaTeX2e). Probeer inplaats
daarvan FONTINST, daarmee is het mij althans gelukt om een Adobe
fontfamilie binnen LaTeX te gebruiken, met correcte accenten. Ik heb
zelf alleen de OT1 encoding getest.

Siep Kroonenberg



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 12:39:11 +0200
From:   Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
Subject:   Re: doorstreepte letters

>>>>> Frank De Clerck <fdc AT CAGE.RUG.AC.BE> (FDC) schrijft:

FDC> Hallo,
FDC> Ik ben op zoek naar een "doorstreepte I", het wordt door ons gebruikt
FDC> als een mathematische binaire operator die staat voor "niet incident met"
FDC> Tot hiertoe gebruiken we de volgende definitie:

FDC>  \def\nI{\mathop{{\not\kern-.5pt\mbox{\rm I}}}}

FDC> of

FDC> \def\nnI{\mathop{\rlap{\rm I}\backslash}}

FDC> In beide gevallen is echter de  doorstreping  te groot.
FDC>  Het  amssymb package heeft "negated binary
FDC> relations" met inderdaad kleine negatiestreep, maar de doorstreepte
FDC> letters heb ik hier niet gevonden. In Helvetica bestaat een
FDC> doorstreepte L, maar ook niet meer.

De doorgestreepte L is een Poolse letter. TeX heeft daarvoor een accent,
code '040 (32). Je kunt de definitie van \L bewerken en er een I voor
substitueren:

\def\nnI{\mathop{\rlap{\char32\hss}\rm I}}

Het streepje wordt dan wel heel klein. Je zou kunnen proberen twee streepjes
te positioneren: een ervoor en eer erachter.

Dit is natuurlijk dan wel heel erg CM georienteerd.
--
Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
http://www.cs.ruu.nl/~piet



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 12:47:19 +0200
From:   Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
Subject:   Re: PostScript fonts & LaTeX

>>>>> Erik-Jan Vens <erikjan AT LUNATIX.ICCE.RUG.NL> (EV) schrijft:

EV> dixit Siep Kroonenberg:
>> Ik begrijp dat de afm2tfm van dvips niet compatibel is met PSNFSS2
>> (ie. NFSS voor PostScript fonts onder LaTeX2e). Probeer inplaats
>> daarvan FONTINST, daarmee is het mij althans gelukt om een Adobe
>> fontfamilie binnen LaTeX te gebruiken, met correcte accenten. Ik heb
>> zelf alleen de OT1 encoding getest.

EV> Ach, de meest gebruikte DVI naar Postscript converter is niet
EV> compatibel met het fontselectieschema van de nieuwe latex? Of bedoel je
EV> dat de nieuwe latex niet compatibel is met de voor 99% van de
EV> Postscript gebruikers onmisbare dvips?

Onzin. Stemmingmakerij.

dvips is wel degelijk compatibel met latex2e. Als je maar psnfss
installeert, en dan ben je gelijk van het keurslijf van het font mechanisme
van latex 2.09 af.
--
Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
http://www.cs.ruu.nl/~piet



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 12:58:01 GMT+200
From:   Siep Kroonenberg <N.S.Kroonenberg AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   Re: PostScript fonts & LaTeX

> >>>>> Erik-Jan Vens <erikjan AT LUNATIX.ICCE.RUG.NL> (EV) schrijft:
>
> EV> dixit Siep Kroonenberg:
> >> Ik begrijp dat de afm2tfm van dvips niet compatibel is met PSNFSS2
> >> (ie. NFSS voor PostScript fonts onder LaTeX2e). Probeer inplaats
> >> daarvan FONTINST, daarmee is het mij althans gelukt om een Adobe
> >> fontfamilie binnen LaTeX te gebruiken, met correcte accenten. Ik heb
> >> zelf alleen de OT1 encoding getest.
>
> EV> Ach, de meest gebruikte DVI naar Postscript converter is niet
> EV> compatibel met het fontselectieschema van de nieuwe latex? Of bedoel je
> EV> dat de nieuwe latex niet compatibel is met de voor 99% van de
> EV> Postscript gebruikers onmisbare dvips?
>
> Onzin. Stemmingmakerij.
>
> dvips is wel degelijk compatibel met latex2e. Als je maar psnfss
> installeert, en dan ben je gelijk van het keurslijf van het font mechanisme
> van latex 2.09 af.
> --

Ik had het over de compatibiliteit van afm2tfm, niet over die van
dvips zelf.

Siep Kroonenberg



Date:Tue, 26 Sep 1995 20:08:01 +0100
From:   Frans Goddijn <goddijn AT fgbbs.iaf.nl>
Subject:   keurslijf

said Erik-Jan Vens  to All:

 EV> ik bedoel het vreselijke van de introductie van een
 EV> ondoordringbaar systeem.

 EV> In latex209 kon ik dat omdat ik de internals zo goed ken,
 EV> maar ik heb geen zin om dat van latex2e weer te leren

Ik denk dat het ene met het andere verband houdt. Je bent gewend dat
je LaTeX van binnen en buiten kent, en dan verandert het. Voor mij
veranderde er niet veel: in de loop van de tijd leer ik alleen maar
meer mensen kennen die LaTeX van binnen en van buiten kennen. Herman
Haverkort las het TeXbook en ook de documentatie van LaTeX (2e) en
hij vond het allebei even gemakkelijk. Ik vind wat onder de motorkap
zit allemaal even moeilijk, maar ik vind de cartoons in het TeXbook
wel vrij goed.

 EV> HTML en TeX zijn in de verste verte geen familie van elkaar.

Als je naar mij en mijn zus kijk zou je dat vermoedelijk ook zeggen.

Met hartelijke groet!

 Frans Goddijn   | bbs: +31 (0)26 3217041
 Postbus 30196   | email: goddijn AT fgbbs.iaf.nl
 6803 AD Arnhem  | fax: +31 (0)26 3210500
 The Netherlands | http://www.pi.net/~fg



Date:Wed, 27 Sep 1995 08:14:50 +0100
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Keurslijf en conversie

Hallo Frans an andere luisteraars,
`Prachtig!'?
Dat je de Afterthoughts BLUe script zo kunt omzetten in LaTeX, HTML,...
Helaas pindakaas, te vroeg gejuichd.\ftn{Alhoewel conversie op zich een
   basis as pect is van BLUe's format---je leeft immers niet alleen op
   de wereld, en `times are changing'---naast de personificatie.}

LaTeX (en MAPS.sty) missen de running-in head functionaliteit op
sub-sub-nivo. Zie de MAPS maar waar mijn running-in heads wat verminkt
  zijn, :-(((.\ftn{Ik weet wel dat er te kludgen valt met \paragraph,
  maar dat is structureel wat anders.}
Ipso facto dus voor HTML met LaTeX als formatting engine.
En waarom zou ik jou en de goeigemeente mijn behandeling van de conversie
problemetiek onthouden tot MAPS 96.1? Wij zijn toch voorstander van EP?
OK, dus aan het eind mijn notitie over BLUe-2-<whatever>, en commentaar
liefst onderbouwd met eigen ervaring t.a.v. conversie is welkom en
zal als het enigszins kan erin verwerkt worden. ;-).

Ten slotte, maar dat is niet helemaal terecht, kun je ook geen mini-index
per hoofdstuk in LaTeX doen, en on the fly. Toch? Kortom conversie?
Eeen moeilijke en onoplosbare zaak in zijn algemeenheid om het volledig\te automatiseren
Vr. Gr. ---Kees---
P.S. BLUe-2-<whatever>
%Sept 1995
%C.G. van der laan, cgl AT rc.service.rig.nl
\input blue.tex  %\tolerance500\hbadness=499\hfuzz=5pt
%\parindent=1pc
\everyverbatim{\emc}
\bluetitle BLUe-2-younameit?

\blueissue \maps{96}1

\blueabstract It is argued that conversion should not be a problem. It is best to use
              a general accepted tool. Until BLUe's format is generally accepted
              we have to do something when we like to communicate via publishers.
              In netland it does not matter because BLUe's format system
              is available from CTAN and NTG's 4All\TeX\ CD-ROM, and therefore
              everybody can format BLUe scripts.

%\blueauthor Kees van der Laan
\newwrite\toc
\immediate\openout\toc=aaa
\let\bh\bluehead
\long\def\bluehead#1\par{\immediate\write\toc{#1}\bh#1\par}
\let\bsh\bluesubhead
\long\def\bluesubhead#1\par{\immediate\write\toc{\nx\quad#1}\bsh#1\par}
\let\bssh\bluesubsubhead
\long\def\bluesubsubhead#1\par{\immediate\write\toc{\nx\qquad#1}\bssh#1\par}
\let\be\blueexample
\long\def\blueexample#1\par{\immediate\write\toc{ex:#1}\be#1\par}

\beginscript

\bluehead Introduction

Suppose that you have adapted BLUe's format system as your personalized system.
Suppose further that you like to submit articles to a journal\Dash for example
         to MAPS\smiley\ or AMS.
How to achieve this with little conversion hazzle?

There are various possibilities.
The starting point is a table of BLUe's format markup tags and the corresponding
tags for the journal, in the spirit of the table as provided
in the customization chapter of the `Publishing with \TeX' users' guide,
which accompanies  BLUe's format system.

In this note I'll discuss the various ways and will summarize the pros-and-cons.
At the end there is the Columbus' egg solution.\ftn{Basically, it is not a \TeX nical problem
    but it has all to do with the degree of acceptance of BLUe's format system,
    not in the least by publishers. If the publishers accept BLUe's format
    system the default format can act as a preprint style to suite the author
    and publisher, and the conversion problem has fainted into thin air.}

\bluehead Why?

Of course I have touched upon the conversion problem before while submitting the various BLUe's
notes to MAPS. However, only after Irina Makhovaja asked me
\beginquote
`And what about a BLUe-2-AMS conversion tool?'
\endquote
I started to ponder seriously about the subject, and
about how far we can get by with \TeX{} alone.

\bluehead What are the problems?

In essence we have a mapping problem between {\em incompatible\/} sets.
Incompatibilities are for example that BLUe's format
lacks explicit markup for the author,
makes use of selective loading from databases,
allows generating an index on the fly, and
uses a special way of handling options.
On the other hand MAPS\Dash\LaTeX-biased\Dash
allows for switching from 1-column into 2-column
and vice versa anywhere on the page, next to having adopted NFSS,
to name but a few things.
\beginquote
I really don't see how to provide for a general, automatic and complete conversion tool.
\endquote
Therefore the conversion problem has to be simplified and reduced
to the tags which provide similar functionalities,
differently in spelling let us say
in BLUe's format and MAPS for example.

Jos Winnink\Dash one of MAPS editors\Dash commented that the requirements they have
are that scripts should not
\bitem exercise their own layout
\bitem interfere with existing control sequences, especially \cs{global}-s
        are nasty.
\smallbreak

\bluehead What are the possibilities?

The possible ways I can think of are
\aitem Demarkup a BLUe script and insert the publisher's markup tags in the
       ASCII file
\aitem Leave the script as is, but provide
\itemitem{} 1. \cs{maps} command, to yield the MAPS look-and-feel in plain
\itemitem{} 2. macros which invoke the MAPS \LaTeX{} markup commands
\aitem Change BLUe's outer level markup tags into MAPS markup tags, via
\itemitem{} 1. an editor, for example EMACS
\itemitem{} 2. \TeX{} itself, where the conversion is done via expansion while
              writing to a file.
\smallbreak

\bluesubhead Pondering aloud

Roughly speaking method (a) is in use for example while transforming a Wordperfect script into
\AllTeX.\ftn{I know of automatic convertors, and I'm also aware of their limitations.}
To demarkup a script is very close to tag replacement and therefore this approach is
close to method (c1). The advantage is that it works at the expense of some tedious editing
and trial-and-error formatting runs.

I'm not aware of anybody who welcomes method (b1).\ftn{I would be delighted to hear about
   it \smiley. For the moment this approach is not realistic.
   But if for example the MAPS editors  adopt BLUe's format system,
   then definitely a \cs{maps} tag\Dash and the accompanying macros\Dash must be provided.}

The (b2) method is how I do it at the moment. I provide a set of macros\Dash see
   the Appendix\Dash
which yield the \LaTeX-MAPS tags. Tthis is in agreement with
Jos Winnink's requirements with respect to MAPS submissions.\ftn{Moreover, my aim is
   to submit clean, i.e.\ minimal marked up, scripts.}
Along with these macros lower level (plain) macros have to be provided too.
For example to allow the use of \cs{btable} or Turtle graphics.\ftn{An editor must always allow
   lower level tags.
   For example would you replace some fancy commutative diagram markup,
   done by the author, by your markup?}
I call this suite `bluemaps.'
The advantage of this approach is that the markup does not have to be changed,
except for replacing the prelude part, let us say.

I suspect the MAPS editors to use method (c1) when I submit my notes together with
the bluemaps macros. The advantage of their approach is that the editors don't end up
with a mash of macro sets.

As far as I know (c2) is a new approach, and induced by \TeX's mouth
processing capabilities.\ftn{Bernd Raichle communicated that he already used the basic
    idea in his CTAN convertor programs: tex-archive/supportconvert/\dots}
If it is true that \TeX{} is all about text replacement this approach
deserves attention, if not for finding out its limitations.
Difficulties are how to handle BLUe's
items,
verbatims,
and |\this<tag>s| in general.
As yet it is not a complete solution, but who knows it may be useful anyway.
Because it is new and highly adaptable I have worked on it a little.
\thisverbatim{\catcode`!=12 \catcode`*=0 }
\beginverbatim
%A very preliminary idea of BLUe-2-<younameit>,
%cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl Sept 95
%The idea is to provide something very simple
%and highly extensible, to assist converting,
%which  must automate 80% or more of the work.
\let\nx\noexpand \let\ea\expandafter
\immediate\write16{blue file to be transformed:}
%Prompt for input file name and destination
%file name
\read16 to\namein
\newread\bluesrc \openin\bluesrc\ea=\namein
\immediate\write16{Resulting MAPS file name:}
\read16 to\nameout
%Write in log file the input and result file.
\message{Conversion from \namein --> \nameout.}
%
\newwrite\maps
\immediate\openout\ea\maps\ea=\nameout
\newif\ifneof \neoftrue
\let\nx\noexpand
%Transformation table
\def\beginscript{\nx\begin{bijlage}}
\def\endscript{\nx\end{bijlage}}
\def\bluehead{\nx\section}%etc. use of \head{...}
                          %simplifies conversion
\def\beginverbatim{\nx\verbatim}
%<escapechar>endverbatim needs hand adjustment
\def\beginquote{\nx\begin{quote}}
\def\endquote{\nx\end{quote}}
\def\ftn{\nx\footnote}
%writing braces
\bgroup\catcode`{=12 \catcode`}=12
   \catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 \catcode`\%=12
   \gdef\lbr[{%] \gdef\rbr[}%]
\egroup
%
%All cs-s which should remain invariant
\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi\process#1\fifo}
\def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi}
\def\process#1{\let#1\relax}
%To inhibit expansion in \write
\fifo\btable
     \newcol
     \medskip
     \medbreak
     \makesignature
     %etc highly flexible and easily extensible
\ofif
%
%
%And there you go
\loop\ifeof\bluesrc \neoffalse\fi
\ifneof
\read\bluesrc to\inp
\immediate\write\maps{\inp}
\repeat
\bye
%Test very rudimentary, but shows that the
%idea is ok. Further work is needed to find
%out whether there is practical value in there.
%Difficulties:
%   \bitem and ilks,
%   <escapechar>endverbatim,
%   \this<whatever>{...}
%
%Input for example
%BLUe.src elementary -in principle- example
%(paradigm.template apart from preliminary
% matter, the prelude say.)
\beginscript

\bluehead BLUe's Design IX

Hi folks.
$$x^2$$

\beginverbatim
!endverbatim
\medbreak
Have fun, and all the best
\makesignature
\newcol
\beginquote
   blah blah
\endquote
\endscript
%
%Result after the above conversion program
%
\begin {document}

\section BLUe's Design IX
\par
Hi folks.
$$x^2$$
\par
\verbatim
!endverbatim
\medbreak
Have fun, and all the best
\relax
\newcol
\begin {quote}
blah blah
\end {quote}
\end {document}
\par
%The last \par can and should be gobbled,
%not so relevant for the moment.
*endverbatim

\bluehead Outer vs.\ inner

Where do outer level markup tags end and inner markup tags start?
What is the borderline between them?
As argued before\ftn{See the PWT users' guide.} this is context dependent, and
has to be discussed casu quote negotiated between all parties involved.

\bluehead Prelude matter

In BLUe's format system the order of specification of the prelude items is immaterial.
Author and affilition details are known by the system.
References are specified in the prelude and set in a box to be pasted up
at a place at will, allowing as side-effect refereeing to the literature
items in one-pass.\ftn{That I don't supply references any longer in MAPS submissions is an aside,
    which does not matter for the general problem. I urge readers to browse lit.dat
    by keyword separately, to look up for the references.}
Pictures can also be specified in the prelude and selectively loaded from the pic.dat database.
In general these must be adapted to \LaTeX's picture environment, or perhaps recasted into
\PS.
Acknowledgements is  something which does not belong to the script proper, similar
to keywords and abstract, IMHO, with all respect.
All these non-script proper issues have to be supplied in the
prelude part in BLUe's format system.

All these aspects differ with MAPS style  either in philosophy, markup or both.

\bluehead Copy proper

Stripped form all the differences the real mapping has been reduced
to transforming the begin and end script tags, headings, quotations and ilks.
In short virtual hardly nothing.\ftn{However, in practice I stumbled upon a difference in
   philosophy. BLUe's format system allows for running-in heads which is absent in MAPS
   as such, yielding not nice opening sentences when converted more or less
   automatically to MAPS. And I like running-in heads especially for \cs{subsubhead}.
   The way out is to replace these \cs{subsubhead}-s by \cs{(sub(sub))paragraph}-s.}

\bluehead Columbus' egg

What if \dots publishers adopt BLUe's format system with for example the default
format as the preprint format?

Aha, then we don't have to muddle around any longer, because the author and the publisher
use the same tags, be it that the publisher adjusts the tags to the various journals.

As far as I can see it, this is the way how publishers and authors cooperate nowadyas
with \LaTeX\ as formatting tool.

In netland\Dash as self-publishing author\Dash it does not matter because
BLUe's format system is available from CTAN and NTG's 4All\TeX\ CD-ROM, and therefore
everybody can format BLUe scripts.

\bluehead Acknowledgements

Thank you Irina Makhovaja for challenging me to consider conversion of |BLUe-2-<whatever>|.

\bluehead Conclusion

Aren't we captivated by \TeX nical solutions, while now and then the problem must be solved
by other means?
IMHO, with all respect conversion is such a kind of problem.
Conversion is not a \TeX nical problem, or better it should not be.
The assumption is that general accepted tools or formats\Dash standards
   so to say \winksmiley\Dash
have to be used.
I hope only that BLUe's format system will ever enjoy general acceptance if not
in the off-off-\TeX{} netland.
My case rest.
\medbreak
Have fun, and all the best
\makesignature

\bluehead Appendix: bluemaps

\beginverbatim
%bluemaps.tex. March 1995, C.G van der Laan,
%cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Purpose: macros to facilitate blue.tex notes
%to be processed via LaTeX.
%blue outer commands are redefined with LaTeX
%replacement texts.
%(Nice is \bitem...\smallbreak into LaTeX)
%Lower level blue macros have to be copied
%from blue into this file, such as:
%-fifo, fifow, fifol etc.
%-quotation
%-verbatim
%-btable
%-gkppic (Graham, Knuth, Pastashnik)
%-turtle graphics
%
\catcode`@=11 %
%Initializations
\hyphenchar\tentt='055
\font\eighttt=cmtt8
\hyphenchar\eighttt='055
\tolerance500 \hbadness499 \hfuzz5pt
\hsize=8.5cm\vsize=25cm
\textheight\vsize \textwidth\hsize
\columnsep=.5cm
\advance\textwidth\hsize
\advance\textwidth\columnsep
\columnwidth\hsize
\hoffset=-1.2cm \voffset=-.5cm
\smallskipamount=3pt plus1pt minus1pt
\medskipamount=6pt plus2pt minus2pt
\bigskipamount=12pt plus4pt minus4pt
\def\smallskip{\vskip\smallskipamount}
\def\medskip{\vskip\medskipamount}
\def\bigskip{\vskip\bigskipamount}
%
\newif\iffound
\let\ea=\expandafter
\let\nx=\noexpand
\let\ag=\aftergroup
\def\Dash{---} \def\dash{--}
%
\let\oldstyle\relax
%
\def\\{\hfil\break}
\def\se{\\\noindent\null\quad}
\def\sse{\\\noindent\null\qquad}
\def\tiny{\fiverm\baselineskip7pt\let\it
  \fivei\let\bf\fivebf}%\let\tt\fivett}
\def\em{\it}
\def\cs#1{{\tt\char92#1}}
%To process FIFO
\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi
   \process{#1}\fifo}
\def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi}
%
{\obeylines\gdef\fifol#1
 {\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi%
  \processl{#1}\fifol}}
\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi}
%
{\obeyspaces\gdef\fifow#1 {\ifx
\wofif#1\wofif\fi\processw{#1}\ \fifow}}
\def\wofif#1\fifow{\fi}
%
\def\loc#1#2{\def\locate##1#1##2\end
 {\ifx\empty##2\empty\foundfalse
 \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate#2.#1\end}
%Alias blueheads
\def\blueexample#1\par{\example{#1}}
\def\bluetitle#1\par{\begin{title}
   #1\end{title}}
\def\bluesubtitle#1\par{\begin{subtitle}
   #1\end{subtitle}}
\def\blueissue#1\par{}
\def\blueabstract#1\par{\medskip
   \begin{abstract}#1\end{abstract}}
\def\bluekeywords#1\par{\begin{keywords}
   #1\end{keywords}}
\def\bluehead#1\par{\section*{#1}}
\def\bluesubhead#1\par{\subsection*{#1}}
\def\bluesubsubhead#1\par{\subsubsection*{#1}}
\def\contents#{\endgraf\noindent
   Contents\startcontents\let\dummy=}
\def\startcontents{\bgroup\obeylines}
%Alias heads
\def\head{\section*}
\def\subhead{\subsection*}
\def\subsubhead{\subsubsection*}
%
\def\bluetex{blue.tex}
\let\ftn\footnote
%
\def\beginquote{\begin{quote}}
\def\endquote{\end{quote}}
\def\bitem{\bgroup\begin{itemize}%
   \let\bitem\item
   \def\smallbreak{\end{itemize}\egroup}%
   \item}
\newcount\itemno
\def\nitem{\bgroup\begin{enumerate}%
   \let\nitem\item
   \def\smallbreak{\end{enumerate}\egroup}%
   \item}
\def\example#1{\medbreak
   Example {\sl(#1)}\nobreak\par\noindent
   \ignorespaces}
%a tool from tools.dat
\def\xyz#1#2#3{\leavevmode
   \setbox0=\vbox{\hbox{/}\kern0pt}
   \lower2.65\ht0\hbox{\copy0%
             \rlap{\qquad#1}}%
   \kern-.185\ht0\lower1.8\ht0\copy0%
   \kern-.185\ht0\lower0.95\ht0\copy0%
   \kern-.11\ht0%
   \vrule height9ex depth0pt\relax
   \raise7ex\rlap{\qquad#3}%
   \vrule height.1pt depth.1pt width 8ex
   \qquad\lower.6ex\hbox{#2}}
%
\newtoks\acknowledgementsname
\newtoks\preacknowledgements
\newtoks\postacknowledgements
\newbox\acknowledgementsbox
\def\beginacknowledgements{\setbox
 \acknowledgementsbox=\vbox\bgroup}
\def\endacknowledgements{\egroup
      \the\postacknowledgements}
\def\acknowledgements#{\beginacknowledgements
 \bgroup\aftergroup\endacknowledgements
 \afterassignment\ignorespaces
 \let\dummy=}
\acknowledgementsname{Acknowledgements}
\preacknowledgements{\bigbreak\leftline{\bf
 \the\acknowledgementsname}\nobreak
 \medskip\noindent}
\def\pasteupacknowledgements{\ifvoid
  \acknowledgementsbox
  \else\the\preacknowledgements\unvbox
  \acknowledgementsbox\fi}
%
%add needed lower level macro sets
%
!endverbatim
%\newcol
\immediate\closeout\toc
\bluehead Appendix: Contents

{\obeylines
\input aaa
}
\let\makesignature\relax
\endscript



Date:Wed, 27 Sep 1995 09:01:28 +0100
From:   Erik-Jan Vens <erikjan AT LUNATIX.ICCE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: keurslijf

Ik laat het latex gedeelte maar zitten, want ik ben toch niet van plan om over
te schakelen. Hoewel ik psnfss wel even zal bekijken na de tip van Piet van
Oostrum. Misschien dat dat mijn oordeel kan veranderen. Afijn,

dixit Frans Goddijn:

>  EV> HTML en TeX zijn in de verste verte geen familie van elkaar.

> Als je naar mij en mijn zus kijk zou je dat vermoedelijk ook zeggen.

Goed, jij en je zus dragen dezelfde achternaam. TeX en HTML zijn beide leden
van de familie van tekstgerelateerde computertalen. Alleen implementeert de
eerste de taken van een zetter, en de ander de taken van een redacteur waarna
de uitvoer nog door een ander gezet zal moet worden.

LaTeX en HTML lijken al weer heel wat meer op elkaar, maar toch ook alleen
maar zoals alle primaten op elkaar lijken.

EJee

--

Erik-Jan Vens   (erikjan AT icce.rug.nl)



Date:Wed, 27 Sep 1995 10:15:00 +0100
From:   Andrea de Leeuw van Weenen <LETTVA AT RULMVS.LEIDENUNIV.NL>
Subject:   Japanse TeX

Een student heeft dringend behoefte aan een Japanse TeX.
Ik meen dat er twee (of meer?) bestaan. Waar kunnen we dat vandaan
halen?
Is er ook een Japanse gebruikersgroep?
BVD

Andrea de Leeuw van Weenen
Dept of Comparative Linguistics
Universiteit Leiden PO Box 9515, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands
LETTVA AT rulmvs.LeidenUniv.nl(from 1-1-96 LeeuwvW AT RULLET.LeidenUniv.nl)



Date:Wed, 27 Sep 1995 11:14:01 +0100
From:   Frans Goddijn <goddijn AT fgbbs.iaf.nl>
Subject:   Japanse TeX

said Andrea de Leeuw van Weenen  to All:

 AdLvW> Een student heeft dringend behoefte aan een Japanse TeX.

Kort geleden heb ik daar heel heftig naar gezocht en ik had al vlot
met hulp van de twee Japanners die in de MAPS publiceerden een
SCHITTERENDE manual van LaTeX in het Japans geprint. De PS file ervan
staat op FGBBS. Ik neem aan dat daar ook in het Japans bij staat waar
het te vinden is, LUG info etc, maar mijn Japans is niet zo best.

Met hartelijke groet!

 Frans Goddijn   | bbs: +31 (0)26 3217041
 Postbus 30196   | email: goddijn AT fgbbs.iaf.nl
 6803 AD Arnhem  | fax: +31 (0)26 3210500
 The Netherlands | http://www.pi.net/~fg



Date:Wed, 27 Sep 1995 20:38:23 +0100
From:   de coninck l <ldc AT kihwv.be>
Subject:   BLUe

Kees,

Naar aanleiding van de twee laatste mails met teksten (Afterthoughts en
BLUe-2-younameit?) was ik nieuwgierig om die teksten te lezen, vandaar
TeXen met "plain", "blue.tex" e.a. (afgehaald van de CDROM, versie 3)...
Ik krijg echter voor allebei de teksten steeds meldingen in verband met
"\smiley" en dergelijke: "undefined control sequence". Wat laad ik niet
bij of wat doe ik verkeerd? Dank bij voorbaat voor een ruggesteuntje.

Luc De Coninck

"de kraal"                                    Zeedijk 101
8400 OOSTENDE                                 Belgie
tel.: +32 (0)59 506139                        e-mail: ldc AT KIHWV.BE
fax.: +32 (0)59 704215
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:09:01 +0100
From:   Piet Tutelaers <P.T.H.Tutelaers AT urc.tue.nl>
Subject:   Kanttekeningen bij LaTeX2e en PSNFSS

Onder de rubriek `keurslijf' en `PostScript en LaTeX2e' is door
sommigen kritiek geuit op LaTeX2e en het gebruik van PostScript fonts
in 2e. Hoewel de meningen varieren denk ik toch dat er met recht
sprake is van enige kritische kanttekeningen.

1) LaTeX2e versus LaTeX2.09

   Als je besluit om LaTeX te blijven gebruiken dan ontkom je er vroeg
   of laat niet aan om de nieuwe versie te installeren. Persoonlijk
   hebben we hier op de TUE ervoor gekozen om 2.09 en 2e naast elkaar
   te installeren zodat de gebruikers niet de dupe worden van mogelijke
   incompatibiliteiten. Om beide versies naast elkaar te kunnen
   gebruiken heb je een TeX versie nodig waarin het mogelijk is de
   LaTeX 2.09 macros ruimtelijk te scheiden van die van 2e en de
   zoekpaden zo te definieren dat op de goede plekken wordt gekeken.
   Bovendien kun je door de uitbreidingen tegen limieten in TeX
   aanlopen met name in emTeX. Daarom is het verstandig over te gaan
   naar de allerlaatste TeX versie voordat je 2e installeert. Omdat
   LaTeX2e een compatibiliteits-mode kent, kunnen de meeste 2.09
   bestanden ook in 2e worden verwerkt. Er zijn wat uitzonderingen met
   name als je PS fonts gebruikt.

2) LaTeX en PSNFSS2e

   De meeste problemen ten aanzien van 2e vloeien voort uit het feit
   dat de PSNFSS2e fonts niet compatibel zijn met de dvips fonts.  Als
   je `times' gebruikt in 2.09 of 2e gebruik je twee disjunkte sets TFM
   en VF fonts.  Ik heb zelf nooit begrepen, en begrijp het nog niet,
   waarom men de oude set heeft vervangen door de inferieure 2e-set.
   De 2e-set had beter ge-introduceerd kunnen worden met de invoering van
   de EC fonts zodat we maar een keer pijn hadden hoeven te leiden.

   Toen ik PSNFSS installeerde, heb ik me behoorlijk ge-ergerd aan het
   feit dat men de gebruiker (beheerder) geen standaard pakket biedt
   met de 35 meest gebruikte PostScript fonts zoals Tomas Rockiki
   altijd deed met zijn dvips en afm2tfm. Nee je ontkomt er niet aan om
   je over te leveren aan `fontinst' een TeX programma dat PL en VPL
   fonts voor je maakt. Een probleem van fontinst is dat het geen dvips
   compatibele checksums kan genereren.  Daarom heb ik toentertijd zelf
   een aantal perl-scripts geschreven die als front-end werken voor
   fontinst waarmee ik wel de goede fonts kan maken (deze staan
   trouwens in pub/tex/ps2pk-fonts2e op ftp.tue.nl inclusief de scripts).

   Om de situatie te verbeteren heeft het PSNFSS team, met als
   krachtigste motor Karl Berry, een nieuwe set PS fonts gemaakt die
   kunnen worden gebruikt als opvolger van de dvips en PSNFSS2e set.
   Als je die gebruikt beschik je inmiddels over drie disjunkte sets,
   tenzij je erop durft te vertrouwen dat ze echt de oude sets
   vervangen ...

   Een tijdje terug heb ik een artikel geschreven voor `De Brabantse
   Leeuw', een genealogisch tijdschrift wat met LaTeX gezet wordt op
   een Linitronic in `times'. Wanneer we emTeX en LaTeX2e gebruikten
   ging de de layout behoorlijk mis door veel uitstekende regels. Zelfs
   met de door PSNFSS2e geadviseerde instellingen kregen we geen
   acceptabele layout. Ik herinner me dat er in de PSNFSS2e fonts
   essentiele parameters ontbraken zodat de redakteur uiteindelijk maar
   besloten heeft om LaTeX2.09 te gebruiken. (Ik kan nog wel eens in
   het probleem duiken en de details hier melden.)

3) Conclusie

   Lamport heeft geeist dat LaTeX2e volledig terugwaarts compatibel is
   met 2.09. Het LaTeX3 team heeft vergeten deze eis ook te stellen aan
   het PSNFSS team. Frapant is de volgende tekst in de README van
   dvips558:
      I will be convering dvips over to using fontinst fonts---soon.  I
      will also be adding some new `standard' specials and context
      specials.  So things will probably be changing a fair bit soon.
      (Of course, I plan to maintain full backward compatibility.)
                  ==============================================

   (Onderstreping van mij.)

   Zoals je weet is programmeren moeilijk zeker als je werkt in een team
   waar `vrijheid blijheid' als motto geldt. Dat laatste geldt zeker
   binnen TeX waar we afhankelijk zijn van vrijwilligers. Zo zitten we
   nu opgescheept met fontinst, een programma geschreven in TeX, om
   virtuele fonts te genereren. En het feit dat alle previewers onder
   MSWindows, inclusief de commerciele, geen virtuele fonts ondersteunen.

--Piet

Piet Tutelaers



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:13:04 +0100
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: BLUe

Beste Luc,
de versie op de CD bevat kennelijk nog niet de smileys, dus vergeet die.
Aan de andere kant mail ik je wel even apart blue.tex, tools.dat, pic.dat,
en fmt.dat, de belangrijkste files voor het smooth runnen.
Vr. Gr. ---Kees---
%Hier volgt blue.tex, andere separaat
%To prevent double loading
\ifx\beginscript\undefined\else
\message{---not loaded---}\endinput\fi
%The material is shareware and subject
%to the separate note on copyright.
%
%To print the format properly, copy
%the following 11-lines job and
%substitute the semicolon token
%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x)
%                         ---Kees---
%\input blue.tex
%\hfuzz10pt
%\title{File: blue.tex}
%\issue{Version 1.0}
%\beginscript
%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0
%  \catcode`\!=12
%  \catcode`\|=12
%  \input blue.tex}
%\beginverbatim
%`semi-col'endverbatim
%\endscript
%
%
%
%Copyright Notice BLUe's Format system
%-------------------------------------
%The software
%   blue.tex
%   fmt.dat
%   tools.dat
%is shareware available. It is not allowed
%to make any profit on it. A happy user is
%requested to send US$25 to the author, or
%better still according to the Macindex the
%equivalent of 20 breads in US dollars.
%(twenty-five US dollar)
%   C.G van der Laan
%   Hunzeweg 57
%   9893 PB Garnwerd
%   The Netherlands
%   (cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl)
%The contributors will be added to my
%   register.blu database.
%Russian users are relieved for the moment
%from the shareware request, with respect
%to personal use.
%Auxiliary and personalized files are the
%databases
%   address.dat  addresses
%   lit.dat      references
%   pic.dat      pictures.
%
%The main reason to ask for shareware support
%is to protect myself against too many request,
%and to raise some funds to continue my \TeX{}
%work.
%
%The user's guide `Publishing with \TeX,' and the
%accompanying articles are free for personal use.
%
%                                March, 1995
%                                C.G van der Laan%;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%general description%
\message{ ---blue.tex 1.0, Jan 95, cgl--- }
%                             ;nonum
%This file blue.tex   accompanies
%Publishing with TeX by Kees van der Laan
%Available from CTAN:
%-pwt.scr   (user's guide)
%-blue.tex  (macros)
%-fmt.dat, tools.dat,
%-lit.dat, pic.dat, address.dat.
%Author: C.G. van der Laan
%        Hunzeweg 57
%        9893 PB Garnwerd
%        The Netherlands
%        31 (0)5941 1525
%        cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Purpose: general independent format.
%It is composed of
%-- abbreviations, from tugboat.cmn
%-- manmac.tex (+customization macros)
%-- ppt.tex, my preprint proposal, from
%   TUGboat BLUes
%-- miscellaneous additions
%-- \eqalign family with multi-alignment
%   point, from Math into BLUes
%-- icon macros via LaTeX's line fonts
%-- btable.tex, my bordered table macros,
%   from Table Diversions
%-- vrb.tex (my verbatim mode suite), from
%   BLUe's Verbatim
%-- macros for cross-referencing, from
%   BLUe's Cross-Referencing
%-- macros for bibliography handling, from
%   BLUe's Bibliography
%-- gkppic.tex a subset of gkpmac.tex for
%   LaTeX's picture environment
%-- turtle graphics
%-- trs.tex for overhead transparencies
%-- crs.tex for crosswords via plain
%-- macros for creating an index
%   from BLUe's Index
%The problem is to keep the constituent
%collections unaltered.
%For each set a table of contents has
%been added to locate macros.
%The reason for putting it all in one file
%is to handle conflicting items and to
%facilitate fast loading, read make it a
%format.
%Note. In order to process this file
%verbatim the semicolon has been reserved
%as escape character.
%The files have not been ordered alphabe-
%tically, due to the hierarchy.
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%general description%;newpage
%
%
%
\catcode`\@=11
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%abbreviations%
%;numvrb
%Abbreviations borrowed from tugboat.cmn.
\newcount\TestCount
\def\smc{\tensmc}
\def\SMC{\ninerm}
\font\tensmc=cmcsc10

\def\AllTeX{(\La)\TeX}

\def\AMS{American Mathematical Society}

\def\AmS{{\the\textfont2 A}\kern-.1667em%
   \lower.5ex\hbox{\the\textfont2 M}%
   \kern-.125em{\the\textfont2 S}}
\def\AmSTeX{\AmS-\TeX}
   \def\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX}%Addition
\def\aw{A\kern.1em-W}
\def\AW{Addison\kern.1em-\penalty\z@
   \hskip\z@skip Wesley}

\def\BibTeX{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\smc i%
   \kern-.025emb}\kern-.08em\TeX}}

\def\CandT{{\sl Computers \&
   Typesetting}}

\def\DVItoVDU{DVIto\kern-.12em VDU}

\def\ISBN{{\SMC ISBN} }

%       Japanese TeX
\def\JTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{\lower.5ex%
   \hbox{J}\kern-.18em\TeX}}

\def\JoT{{\sl The Joy of \TeX}}

\def\LAMSTeX{L\raise.42ex\hbox{\kern
    -.3em\the\scriptfont2 A}\kern-.2em%
    \lower.376ex\hbox{\the\textfont2 M}%
    \kern-.125em{\the\textfont2 S}-\TeX}
   \let\LAmsTeX=\LAMSTeX%addition
\def\La{\TestCount=\the\fam \leavevmode
   L\raise.42ex\hbox{$\fam\TestCount
   \scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}}
\def\LaTeX{\La\kern-.15em\TeX}

%       for Robert McGaffey
\def\Mc{\setbox\TestBox=\hbox{M}M\vbox
   to\ht\TestBox{\hbox{c}\vfil}}

\font\manual=logo10
% font used for the METAFONT logo, etc.
\def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}
\def\MP{{\manual META}\-{\smc post}}
\def\MFB{{\sl The \slMF book}}

%       multilingual (INRS) TeX
\def\mtex{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex%
   \hbox{\^E}\kern-.125emX}

\def\pcMF{\leavevmode\raise.5ex\hbox
   {p\kern-.3ptc}MF}
\def\PCTeX{PC\thinspace\TeX}
\def\pcTeX{\leavevmode\raise.5ex\hbox
   {p\kern-.3ptc}\TeX}

\def\Pas{Pascal}

\def\PiC{P\kern-.12em\lower.5ex%
   \hbox{I}\kern-.075emC}
\def\PiCTeX{\PiC\kern-.11em\TeX}

\def\plain{{\tt plain}}

\def\POBox{P.\thinspace O.\ Box }
\def\POBoxTUG{\POBox\unskip\ 21041,
   Santa Barbara, CA93121-1041, USA}

\def\PS{{Post\-Script}}

\def\SC{Steering Committee}

\def\SGML{{\SMC SGML}}

\def\SliTeX{{\rm S\kern-.06em{\smc
   l\kern-.035emi}\kern-.06em\TeX}}

\def\slMF{\MF}
%Use \font\manualsl=logosl10 instead,
%if it's available, for
%\def\slMF{{\manualsl META}\-{\manualsl
%   FONT}}

%       Atari ST (Klaus Guntermann)
\def\stTeX{{\smc st\rm\kern-0.13em\TeX}}

\def\TANGLE{{\tt TANGLE}}

\def\TB{{\sl The \TeX book}}
\def\TP{{\sl \TeX\/}:
   {\sl The Program\/}}

\def\TeX{T\hbox{\kern-.1667em%
   \lower.424ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}

\def\TeXhax{\TeX hax}

%       Don Hosek
\def\TeXMaG{\TeX M\kern-.1667em%
   \lower.5ex\hbox{A}\kern-.2267emG}

\def\TeXtures{{\it Textures}}
\let\Textures=\TeXtures

\def\TeXXeT{\TeX--X\kern-.125em%
   \lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}

\def\ttn{{\sl TTN}}
\def\TTN{{\sl \TeX{} and TUG News}}

\def\tubfont{\sl}
\def\TUB{{\tubfont TUGboat\/}}

\def\TUG{\TeX\ \UG}

\def\UG{Users Group}

\def\UNIX{{\SMC UNIX}}

\def\VAX{\leavevmode\hbox{V\kern-.12em%
   A\kern-.1em X}}

\def\VorTeX{V\kern-2.7pt\lower.5ex%
   \hbox{O\kern-1.4pt R}\kern-2.6pt\TeX}

\def\XeT{\leavevmode\hbox{X\kern-.125em%
   \lower.424ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}}

\def\WEB{{\tt WEB}}
\def\WEAVE{{\tt WEAVE}}
%Additions
\def\maps#1#2{MAPS {\oldstyle#1}.%
                   {\oldstyle#2}}%;nonum
%
%Although not necessary because of
%alphabetical ordering, I supplied
%also
%
%Table of contents abbreviations TUG
%\AllTeX..........................7
%\AMS.............................9
%\AmS, \AmSTeX...................14
%\aw.............................16
%\AW.............................17
%\BibTeX.....................20, 21
%\CandT......................23, 24
%\DVItoVDU.......................26
%\ISBN...........................28
%\JTeX.......................31, 32
%\JoT............................34
%\LAMSTeX....................36--39
%\La.........................41--43
%\LaTeX..........................44
%\maps  (added)
%\Mc.........................47--48
%\MF.............................52
%\mf.............................53
%\MFB........................54, 55
%\mtex.......................57, 58
%\pcMF.......................60, 61
%\PCTeX..........................62
%\pcTeX......................63, 64
%\Pas............................66
%\PiCTeX.........................70
%\plain..........................72
%\POBox..........................74
%\POBoxTUG...................75--76
%\PS.............................78
%\SC.............................80
%\SGML...........................82
%\SliTeX.....................84, 85
%\slMF......................%90, 91
%\stTeX..........................94
%\TANGLE.........................96
%\TB.............................98
%\TP.............................99
%\TeX......................102, 103
%\TeXhax........................105
%\TeXMaG...................108, 109
%\TeXtures......................111
%\TeXXeT...................114, 115
%\ttn...........................117
%\TTN...........................118
%\TUB...........................121
%\TUG...........................123
%\UG............................125
%\UNIX..........................127
%\VAX......................129, 130
%\VorTeX...................132, 133
%\XeT......................135, 136
%\WEB...........................138
%\WEAVE.........................139
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%abbreviations%;newpage
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%manmac%
%;numvrb
%manmac.tex         cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Knuth's macros for formatting The TeXbook
%and The METAfont book.
%
%\catcode`@=11
%
\font\tentex=cmtex10

\font\inchhigh=cminch
\font\titlefont=cmssdc10 at 40pt

\font\ninerm=cmr9
\font\eightrm=cmr8
\font\sixrm=cmr6

\font\ninei=cmmi9
\font\eighti=cmmi8
\font\sixi=cmmi6
\skewchar\ninei='177
\skewchar\eighti='177
\skewchar\sixi='177

\font\ninesy=cmsy9
\font\eightsy=cmsy8
\font\sixsy=cmsy6
\skewchar\ninesy='60
\skewchar\eightsy='60
\skewchar\sixsy='60

\font\eightss=cmssq8

\font\eightssi=cmssqi8

\font\ninebf=cmbx9
\font\eightbf=cmbx8
\font\sixbf=cmbx6

\font\ninett=cmtt9
\font\eighttt=cmtt8

\hyphenchar\tentt=-1 % inhibit hyphenation
                     % in typewriter type
\hyphenchar\ninett=-1
\hyphenchar\eighttt=-1

\font\ninesl=cmsl9
\font\eightsl=cmsl8

\font\nineit=cmti9
\font\eightit=cmti8

\font\tenu=cmu10 % unslanted text italic
\font\magnifiedfiverm=cmr5 at 10pt
%Next two not available on my system
%\font\manual=manfnt % font used for the
                    % METAFONT logo, etc.
%\font\cmman=cmman % font used for
%
%miscellaneous Computer Modern variations
\newskip\ttglue
\def\tenpoint{\def\rm{\fam0\tenrm}%
  \textfont0=\tenrm\scriptfont0=\sevenrm
              \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
  \textfont1=\teni \scriptfont1=\seveni
               \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
  \textfont2=\tensy\scriptfont2=\sevensy
              \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
  \textfont3=\tenex\scriptfont3=\tenex
               \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
  \def\it{\fam\itfam\tenit}\def\oldstyle
  {\fam1 \teni}\textfont\itfam=\tenit
  \def\sl{\fam\slfam\tensl}%
  \textfont\slfam=\tensl
  \def\bf{\fam\bffam\tenbf}%
  \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
   \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
   \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
  \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\tentt}%
  \textfont\ttfam=\tentt
  \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
  \normalbaselineskip=12pt plus1pt minus1pt
  \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}%
  \let\sc=\eightrm
  \let\big=\tenbig
  \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule
    height8.5pt depth3.5pt width\z@}%
  \normalbaselines\rm}

\def\ninepoint{\def\rm{\fam0\ninerm}%
  \textfont0=\ninerm\scriptfont0=\sixrm
             \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
  \textfont1=\ninei\scriptfont1=\sixi
              \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
  \textfont2=\ninesy\scriptfont2=\sixsy
             \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
  \textfont3=\tenex\scriptfont3=\tenex
              \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
  \def\it{\fam\itfam\nineit}\def\oldstyle
  {\fam1 \ninei}\textfont\itfam=\nineit
  \def\sl{\fam\slfam\ninesl}%
  \textfont\slfam=\ninesl
  \def\bf{\fam\bffam\ninebf}%
  \textfont\bffam=\ninebf
   \scriptfont\bffam=\sixbf
   \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
  \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\ninett}%
  \textfont\ttfam=\ninett
  \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
  \normalbaselineskip=11pt plus1pt minus1pt
  \def\MF{{\manual hijk}\-{\manual lmnj}}%
  \let\sc=\sevenrm
  \let\big=\ninebig
  \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height8pt
   depth3pt width\z@}%
  \normalbaselines\rm}

\def\eightpoint{\def\rm{\fam0\eightrm}%
  \textfont0=\eightrm \scriptfont0=\sixrm
               \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
  \textfont1=\eighti \scriptfont1=\sixi
                \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
  \textfont2=\eightsy \scriptfont2=\sixsy
               \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
  \textfont3=\tenex \scriptfont3=\tenex
                \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
  \def\it{\fam\itfam\eightit}\def\oldstyle
  {\fam1 \eighti}\textfont\itfam=\eightit
  \def\sl{\fam\slfam\eightsl}%
  \textfont\slfam=\eightsl
  \def\bf{\fam\bffam\eightbf}%
  \textfont\bffam=\eightbf
   \scriptfont\bffam=\sixbf
   \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
  \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\eighttt}%
  \textfont\ttfam=\eighttt
  \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
  \normalbaselineskip=10pt plus1pt minus1pt
  \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}}%
  \let\sc=\sixrm
  \let\big=\eightbig
  \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height7pt
   depth2pt width\z@}%
  \normalbaselines\rm}

\def\tenmath{\tenpoint\fam-1 } % use after $
                     % in ninepoint sections
\def\tenbig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to8.5pt{}%
                          \right.\n@space$}}}
\def\ninebig#1{{\hbox{$\textfont0=\tenrm
 \textfont2=\tensy
 \left#1\vbox to7.25pt{}\right.\n@space$}}}
\def\eightbig#1{{\hbox{$\textfont0=\ninerm
 \textfont2=\ninesy
 \left#1\vbox to6.5pt{}\right.\n@space$}}}
% Page layout
\newdimen\manmachsize\newdimen\manmacvsize
\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
\newdimen\manmacparindent\newdimen\ruleht%Cornrules
\manmachsize29pc\manmacvsize44pc\maxdepth2.2pt
\manmacparindent=3pc \ruleht=.5pt
\pagewidth\manmachsize\pageheight\manmacvsize
\abovedisplayskip=6pt plus 3pt minus 1pt
\belowdisplayskip=6pt plus 3pt minus 1pt
\abovedisplayshortskip=0pt plus 3pt
\belowdisplayshortskip=4pt plus 3pt

\newinsert\footins
\def\manmacfootnote#1{\edef\@sf{\spacefactor
 \the\spacefactor}#1\@sf
 \insert\footins\bgroup\eightpoint
 \interlinepenalty100 \let\par=\endgraf
 \leftskip=\z@skip \rightskip=\z@skip
 \splittopskip=10pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
 \floatingpenalty=20000
 \smallskip\item{#1}\bgroup\strut
 \aftergroup\@foot\let\next}

\skip\footins=12pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
% space added when footnote is present
\count\footins=1000
% footnote magnification factor (1 to 1)
\dimen\footins=30pc
% maximum footnotes per page

\newinsert\margin
\dimen\margin=\maxdimen
\count\margin=0 \skip\margin=0pt
% marginal inserts take up no space

\newif\iftitle
\def\titlepage{\global\titletrue}
% for pages without headlines
\def\rhead{} % contains the running headline

\def\leftheadline{\hbox to \pagewidth{%
 \vbox to 10pt{}% strut to position the
                % baseline
 \llap{\tenbf\folio\kern1pc}% folio to
                            % left of text
  \tenit\rhead\hfil% running head flush left
}}
\def\rightheadline{\hbox to \pagewidth{%
 \vbox to 10pt{}% strut to position the
                % baseline
 \hfil\tenit\rhead\/% running head flush
                    % right
 \rlap{\kern1pc\tenbf\folio}% folio to
                            % right of text
}}

\def\onepageout#1{\shipout\vbox{ % here we
               % define one page of output
 \offinterlineskip % butt the boxes together
 \vbox to 3pc{ % this part goes on top of
               % the 44pc pages
  \iftitle % the next is used for title pages
   \global\titlefalse % reset the titlepage
                      % switch
   \setcornerrules % for camera alignment
  \else\ifodd\pageno \rightheadline\else
                     \leftheadline\fi\fi
 \vfill} % this completes the \vbox to 3pc
 \vbox to \pageheight{
  \ifvoid\margin\else%marginal info is present
   \rlap{\kern31pc\vbox to\z@{\kern4pt%
   \box\margin \vss}}\fi
  #1 % now insert the main information
  \ifvoid\footins\else%footnote info is present
   \vskip\skip\footins \kern-3pt
   \hrule height\ruleht width\pagewidth
   \kern-\ruleht \kern3pt
   \unvbox\footins\fi
   \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth
 } % this completes the \vbox to \pageheight
}\advancepageno}

\def\setcornerrules{\hbox to \pagewidth{%
 \vrule width 1pc height\ruleht
    \hfil \vrule width 1pc}
 \hbox to \pagewidth{\llap{\sevenrm(page
    \folio)\kern1pc}%
 \vrule height1pc width\ruleht depth\z@
    \hfil \vrule width\ruleht depth\z@}}

\def\manmacoutput{\onepageout{
  \unvbox255}}

\newbox\partialpage
\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup
 \output={\global\setbox\partialpage=
  \vbox{\unvbox255\bigskip}}\eject
 \output={\doublecolumnout}%
 \hsize=9cm \vsize=51cm}%cgl mods
\def\enddoublecolumns{\output=
 {\balancecolumns}\eject \endgroup
 \pagegoal=\vsize}

\def\doublecolumnout{\splittopskip=\topskip
 \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth \dimen@=25cm
 \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
 \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
 \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
 \onepageout\pagesofar
 \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty}
\def\pagesofar{\unvbox\partialpage
 \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to
 \pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}}
\def\balancecolumns{\setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255}
 \dimen@=\ht0
  \advance\dimen@ by\topskip
  \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
  \divide\dimen@ by2 \splittopskip=\topskip
 {\vbadness=10000
 \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0
  \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen@
 \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
  \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt
 \repeat}
 \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}
 \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}
 \pagesofar}

% To produce only a subset of pages,
% put the page numbers on separate
% lines in a file called pages.tex
\let\Shipout=\shipout
\newread\pages \newcount\nextpage
\openin\pages=pages
\def\getnextpage{\pages\else
 {\endlinechar=-1\read\pages to\next
  \ifx\next\empty % in this case we should
                  % have eof now
  \else\global\nextpage=\next\fi}\fi}
\ifeof\pages\else\message{OK, I'll ship only
 the requested pages}\getnextpage\fi
%
\def\shipout{\ifeof\pages
 \let\next=\Shipout\else
 \ifnum\pageno=\nextpage
  \getnextpage\let\next=\Shipout
 \else\let\next=\Tosspage\fi\fi \next}
%
\newbox\garbage
\def\Tosspage{\deadcycles=0
          \setbox\garbage=}

% Chapter formatting
% The preface and table of contents are
% formatted in place, not here.
\newcount\exno % for the number of exercises
               % in the current chapter
\newcount\subsecno % for the number of
  % subsections in the current chapter

\def\manmacbeginchapter#1 #2#3. #4\par{%
\global\exno=0\subsecno=0\def\chapno{#2#3}
 \ifodd\pageno
  \errmessage{You had too much text on
       that last page, I'm backing up}
  \advance\pageno by-1
 \fi \titlepage
 \def\\{ } % \\'s in the title will be
           % treated as spaces
 \message{#1 #2#3:} % show the chapter
                % title on the terminal
 \def\MF{{\manual 89:%insert semi-col
  <=>:}} % slant the logo
 \xdef\rhead{#1 #2#3: #4\unskip}
 {\def\TeX{T\kern-.2em\lower.5ex%
            \hbox{E}\kern-.06em X}
  \def\MF{{\vbox to30pt{}\manual ()*+,-.*}}
  \def\\{#3}
  \ifx\empty\\
   \rightline{\inchhigh #2\kern-.04em}
  \else\rightline{\inchhigh #2\kern-.06em%
                  #3\kern-.04em}%
  \fi \vskip 1.75pc
  \baselineskip 36pt \lineskiplimit
  \titlelsl \lineskip 12pt
  \let\\=\cr%now the \\'s are line dividers
  \halign{\line{\titlefont\hfil##}\\#4%
   \unskip\\}\vfill\eject} % output the
                   % chapter title page
  \tenpoint\noindent\ignorespaces}% the first
%paragraph of a chapter is not indented
\newdimen\titlelsl \titlelsl=1pt

\outer\def\manmacendchapter{\ifodd\pageno
 \else\vfill\eject\null\fi
 \begingroup\bigskip\vfill % beginning of
                           % the quotes
 \def\eject{\endgroup\eject}
 \def\par{\ifhmode\/\endgraf\fi}\obeylines
 \def\TeX{T\kern-.2em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}%
  \kern-.000em X}
 \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}}
 \eightpoint \let\tt=\ninett
 \baselineskip 10pt
 \parfillskip \z@
 \interlinepenalty 10000
 \leftskip \z@ plus 40pc minus \parindent
 \let\rm=\eightss \let\sl=\eightssi
 \everypar{\sl}}
%
\def\manmacauthor#1(#2){\smallskip
\noindent\rm--- #1\unskip\enspace(#2)}

\def\dbend{{\manual\char127}}
% dangerous bend sign
\def\d@nger{\medbreak\begingroup
 \clubpenalty=10000
 \def\par{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}
 \noindent\hang\hangafter=-2
 \hbox to0pt{\hskip-\hangindent\dbend
  \hfill}\ninepoint}
\outer\def\danger{\d@nger}
\def\dd@nger{\medbreak\begingroup
 \clubpenalty=10000
 \def\par{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}
 \noindent\hang\hangafter=-2
 \hbox to0pt{\hskip-\hangindent\dbend
  \kern1pt\dbend\hfill}\ninepoint}
\outer\def\ddanger{\dd@nger}
\def\enddanger{\endgraf\endgroup} % omits
                          % the \medbreak

\outer\def\subsection#1. {\medbreak
 \advance\subsecno by 1
 \noindent
 {\it \the\subsecno.\enspace#1.\enspace}}
\def\ansno#1.#2:{\medbreak\noindent
 \hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss#1.#2.\enspace}
 \ignorespaces}

% Composition macros
\hyphenation{man-u-script man-u-scripts
 ap-pen-dix xscaled}

%\def\AmSTeX{$\cal A\kern-.1667em\lower
% .5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.075em S$-\TeX}
\def\bull{\vrule height .9ex width .8ex%
 depth -.1ex } % square bullet
\def\SS{{\it SS}} % scriptscript style
\def\|{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\|}}
 % vertical line
\def\dn{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char'14}}
 % downward arrow
\def\up{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char'13}}
 % upward arrow
\def\]{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\ }}
 % visible space

\def\pt{$\,${\rm pt}} % units of points,
                    % in math formulas
\def\em{$\,${\rm em}} % units of ems,
                    % in math formulas
\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle$#1%
 \/$\rangle$}} % syntactic quantity
\def\oct#1{\hbox{\rm\'{}\kern-.2em\it
 #1\/\kern.05em}} % octal constant
\def\hex#1{\hbox{\rm\H{}\tt#1}}
 % hexadecimal constant
\def\cstok#1{\leavevmode\thinspace\hbox{%
 \vrule\vtop{\vbox{\hrule\kern1pt\hbox{%
 \vphantom{\tt/}\thinspace{\tt#1}%
 \thinspace}}\kern1pt\hrule}\vrule}%
 \thinspace} % control sequence token

{\obeyspaces\gdef {\ }}
\def\parbreak{\hfil\break\indent\strut}
\def\stretch{\nobreak\hskip0pt plus2pt\relax}

% macros for non-centered displays
\outer\def\begindisplay{\obeylines
 \startdisplay}
{\obeylines\gdef\startdisplay#1
 {\catcode`\^^M=5$$#1\halign\bgroup\indent
  ##\hfil&&\qquad##\hfil\cr}}
%
\outer\def\enddisplay{\crcr\egroup$$}
% (the following \begin...\end-type
%  macros do not appear in Appendix E)
% macros for demonstrating math constructions
\outer\def\beginmathdemo{
 $$\advance\baselineskip by2pt
 \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 160pt{##\hfil}&
  $##$\hfil\cr\noalign{\vskip-2pt}
}
\outer\def\begindisplaymathdemo{
 $$\advance\baselineskip by15pt
 \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 160pt{##\hfil}&
  $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\cr
  \noalign{\vskip-15pt}
}
\outer\def\beginlongmathdemo{
 $$\advance\baselineskip by2pt
 \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 210pt{##\hfil}&
  $##$\hfil\cr\noalign{\vskip-2pt}
}
\outer\def\beginlongdisplaymathdemo{
 $$\advance\baselineskip by15pt
 \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 210pt{##\hfil}&
  $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\cr
  \noalign{\vskip-15pt}
}
\outer\def\endmathdemo{\crcr\egroup$$}

% macros for font tables
\def\oddline#1{\cr
 \noalign{\nointerlineskip}
 \multispan{19}\hrulefill&
 \setbox0=\hbox{\lower 2.3pt\hbox{%
        \hex{#1x}}}\smash{\box0}\cr
 \noalign{\nointerlineskip}}
\def\evenline{\cr\noalign{\hrule}}
\def\chartstrut{\lower4.5pt\vbox to14pt{}}
\def\beginchart#1{$$\postdisplaypenalty=-10000
 \global\count@=0 #1
 \halign to\hsize\bgroup
  \chartstrut##\tabskip0pt plus10pt&
           &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##\cr
  \lower6.5pt\null
  &&&\oct0&&\oct1&&\oct2&&\oct3&&\oct4&&
     \oct5&&\oct6&&\oct7&\evenline}
\def\endchart{\raise11.5pt\null&&&\hex 8&&
 \hex 9&&\hex A&&\hex B&&\hex C&&\hex D&&
 \hex E&&\hex F&\cr\egroup$$}
\def\:{\setbox0=\hbox{\char\count@}%
 \ifdim\ht0>7.5pt\reposition
 \else\ifdim\dp0>2.5pt\reposition\fi\fi
 \box0\global\advance\count@ by1 }
\def\reposition{\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter
 {\kern2pt\box0\kern2pt}$}}
\def\normalchart{%
 &\oct{00x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&&\oddline0
 &\oct{01x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&\evenline
 &\oct{02x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&&\oddline1
 &\oct{03x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&\evenline
 &\oct{04x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&&\oddline2
 &\oct{05x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&\evenline
 &\oct{06x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&&\oddline3
 &\oct{07x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&\evenline
 &\oct{10x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&&\oddline4
 &\oct{11x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&\evenline
 &\oct{12x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&&\oddline5
 &\oct{13x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&\evenline
 &\oct{14x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&&\oddline6
 &\oct{15x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&\evenline
 &\oct{16x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&&\oddline7
 &\oct{17x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
  \:&\evenline}
%
% (now Appendix E resumes again)
% macros for verbatim scanning
\chardef\other=12
\def\ttverbatim{\begingroup
 \catcode`\\=\other
 \catcode`\{=\other
 \catcode`\}=\other
 \catcode`\$=\other
 \catcode`\&=\other
 \catcode`\#=\other
 \catcode`\%=\other
 \catcode`\~=\other
 \catcode`\_=\other
 \catcode`\^=\other
 \obeyspaces \obeylines \tt}

\outer\def\begintt{$$\let\par=\endgraf
 \ttverbatim \parskip=\z@
 \catcode`\|=0 \rightskip-5pc \ttfinish}
{\catcode`\|=0 |catcode`|\=\other
 % | is temporary escape character
 |obeylines % end of line is active
 |gdef|ttfinish#1^^M#2\endtt{#1|vbox{#2}%
 |endgroup$$}}
\catcode`\|=\active
{\obeylines \gdef|{\ttverbatim
 \spaceskip=\ttglue
\let^^M=\  \let|=\endgroup}}

% macros for syntax rules (again, not in
%                            Appendix E)
\def\[#1]{\silenttrue\xref|#1|\thinspace
 {\tt#1}\thinspace} % keyword in syntax
\def\beginsyntax{\endgraf\nobreak\medskip
 \begingroup \catcode`<=13 \catcode`[=13
 \let\par=\endsyntaxline \obeylines}
\def\endsyntaxline{\futurelet\next
 \syntaxswitch}
\def\syntaxswitch{\ifx\next\<\let\next=
 \syntaxrule\else
 \ifx\next\endsyntax\let\next=\endgroup
 \else\let\next=\continuerule
 \fi\fi \next
}
\def\continuerule{\hfil\break\indent\qquad}
\def\endsyntax{\medbreak\noindent}
{\catcode`<=13 \catcode`[=13
 \global\let<=\< \global\let[=\[
 \gdef\syntaxrule<#1>{\endgraf\indent
 \silentfalse%\xref%Mod cgl
 \<#1>}}         \def\alt{\ $\vert$ }
\def\is{\ $\longrightarrow$ }

% macros to demarcate lines quoted from
% TeX source files
\def\beginlines{\par\begingroup\nobreak
 \medskip\parindent\z@ \obeylines
 \hrule\kern1pt\nobreak \everypar{\strut}}
\def\endlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup
 \medbreak\noindent}
\def\weakendlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup
 \medskip\noindent}
\def\finalendlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup
 \medbreak}

\outer\def\manmacexercise{\medbreak
 \global\advance\exno by 1
 \noindent\llap{\manual\char'170
        \rm\kern.15em}% triangle in margin
 {\ninebf EXERCISE \bf\chapno.\the\exno}\par
 \nobreak\noindent}
\def\dexercise{\global\advance\exno by 1
 \llap{\manual\char'170
  \rm\kern.15em}% triangle in indented space
 {\eightbf EXERCISE \bf\chapno.\the\exno}\hfil
  \break}
\outer\def\dangerexercise{\d@nger\dexercise}
\outer\def\ddangerexercise{\dd@nger\dexercise}

\newwrite\ans
\immediate\openout\ans=answers
 % file for answers to exercises
\outer\def\manmacanswer{\par\medbreak
 \immediate\write\ans{}
 \immediate\write\ans{\string\ansno
  \chapno.\the\exno:}\copytoblankline}
\def\copytoblankline{\begingroup\setupcopy
 \copyans}
\def\setupcopy{\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=
 \other}\dospecials
 \catcode`\|=\other \obeylines}
{\obeylines \gdef\copyans#1
 {\def\next{#1}%
  \ifx\next\empty\let\next=\endgroup
  \else\immediate\write\ans{\next}%
   \let\next=\copyans
  \fi\next}}

% Macros for drawing figures (not in
%                        Appendix E)
\def\hidehrule#1#2{\kern-#1\hrule
 height#1 depth#2 \kern-#2 }
\def\hidevrule#1#2{\kern-#1{\dimen0=#1
 \advance\dimen0 by#2\vrule width\dimen0}%
 \kern-#2 }
% \makeblankbox puts rules at the edges of
% a blank box whose dimensions are those
% of \box0 (assuming nonnegative wd,ht,dp)
% #1 is rule thickness outside,
% #2 is rule thickness inside
\def\makeblankbox#1#2{\hbox{\lower\dp0
 \vbox{\hidehrule{#1}{#2}%
  \kern-#1% overlap the rules at the corners
  \hbox to\wd0{\hidevrule{#1}{#2}%
  \raise\ht0\vbox to #1{}% set the vrule height
  \lower\dp0\vtop to #1{}% set the vrule depth
  \hfil\hidevrule{#2}{#1}}%
  \kern-#1\hidehrule{#2}{#1}}}}
\def\maketypebox{\makeblankbox{0pt}{1pt}}
\def\makelightbox{\makeblankbox{.2pt}{.2pt}}

% \box\bigdot is a null box with a bullet
% at its reference point
\newbox\bigdot \newbox\smalldot
\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter{}$}
% \ht0 is the axis height
\setbox1=\hbox to\z@{$\hss\bullet\hss$}
% bullet is centered on the axis
\setbox\bigdot=\vbox to\z@{\kern-\ht1
 \kern\ht0 \box1 \vss}
\setbox1=\hbox to\z@{$\hss\cdot\hss$}
% cdot is centered on the axis
\setbox\smalldot=\vbox to\z@{\kern-\ht1
 \kern\ht0 \box1 \vss}

% \arrows makes things like <--- text --->
\def\arrows#1#2{% #1=width, #2=text
{\setbox0=\hbox{$\mkern-2mu\mathord
                -\mkern-2mu$}
 \hbox to #1{\kern-.055556em$\leftarrow
  \mkern-6mu$\cleaders\copy0\hfil
  \kern.4em #2\kern.4em\cleaders\copy0\hfil
  $\mkern-6mu\rightarrow$\kern-.055556em}}}

% \samplebox makes the outline of a box,
% with big dot at reference point
\def\samplebox#1#2#3#4{% #1=ht, #2=dp, #3=wd,
% #4=text
 {\setbox0=\vtop{\vbox to #1{\hbox to #3{}
  \vss}\nointerlineskip\vbox to #2{}}
  % now \box0 has the desired ht, dp, and wd
 \hbox{\copy\bigdot
  \vrule height.2pt depth.2pt width#3%
  \kern-#3\makelightbox\kern-#3%
  \raise#1\vbox{\hbox to #3{\hss#4\hss}
   \kern 3pt}}}}

% \sampleglue makes glue between sample boxes
\newdimen\varunit
\varunit=\hsize
\advance\varunit by-2\parindent
\divide\varunit by 58 % illustrations in
                      % Chapter 12
\def\sampleglue#1#2{% #1=width, #2=text
 \vtop{\hbox to #1{\xleaders\hbox to
 .5\varunit{\hss\copy\smalldot\hss}\hfil}
 \kern3pt
 \tabskip \z@ plus 1fil
 \halign to #1{\hfil##\cr#2\cr}}}

% Indexing macros
\newif\ifproofmode
\proofmodetrue % this should be false when
               % making camera-ready copy
\newwrite\inx
\immediate\openout\inx=index % file for
               % index reminders
\newif\ifsilent
\def\specialhat{\ifmmode\def\next{^}\else
 \let\next=\beginxref\fi\next}
\def\beginxref{\futurelet\next
 \beginxrefswitch}
\def\beginxrefswitch{\ifx\next\specialhat
   \let\next=\silentxref\else
 \silentfalse\let\next=\xref\fi \next}
\catcode`\^=\active \let ^=\specialhat
\def\silentxref^{\silenttrue\xref}

\def\marginstyle{\vrule height6pt depth2pt
 width\z@ \sevenrm}

\chardef\bslash=`\\
\def\xref{\futurelet\next\xrefswitch}
\def\xrefswitch{\begingroup
 \ifx\next|\aftergroup\vxref
  % case 1 or 2, |arg| or |\arg|
 \else\ifx\next\<\aftergroup\anglexref
   % case 3, "\<arg>" means angle brackets
  \else\aftergroup\normalxref
 \fi\fi\endgroup} % case 0, "{arg}"
\def\vxref|{\catcode`\\=\active
 \futurelet\next\vxrefswitch}
\def\vxrefswitch#1|{\catcode`\\=0
 \ifx\next\empty\def\xreftype{2}%
 \def\next{{\tt\bslash\text}}%type2
 \else\def\xreftype{1}\def\next{%
        {\tt\text}}\fi %type1
 \edef\text{#1}\makexref}
{\catcode`\|=0 \catcode`\\=\active |gdef\{}}
\def\anglexref\<#1>{\def\xreftype{3}%
 \def\text{#1}\def\next{\<\text>}\makexref}
\def\normalxref#1{\def\xreftype{0}%
 \def\text{#1}\let\next=\text\makexref}
\def\makexref{\ifproofmode\insert\margin
  {\hbox{\marginstyle\text}}%
%  \ifindexfile        %Mod cgl oct 94
    \xdef\writeit{\write\inx{\text\space!%
   \xreftype\space\noexpand\number\pageno.%
  }}\writeit
%  \else\advance\inxcnt1
%     \ea\xdef\csname\the\inxcnt\endcsname
%            {\text\space!\xreftype\space}%
%     \mark{\the\inxcnt}\fi
   \else\ifhmode\kern0pt\fi\fi
 \ifsilent\ignorespaces\else\next\fi}
% the \insert (which is done in proofmode
% only) suppresses hyphenation, so the
% \kern\z@ is put in to give the same effect
% in non-proofmode.

% Internal cross references that may change
\def\sesame{61}
 % page number for Sesame Street quote
\def\bmiexno{20}
 % exercise number for bold math italic
\def\punishexno{1}
 % exercise number for `punishment'
\def\fracexno{6}
 % exercise number for `\frac'
\def\vshippage{31}
 % error message from `\vship'
\def\storypage{24}
 % listing of story.tex
\def\metaT{4}
 % exercise number for T of METAFONT
\def\xwhat{2}
 % exercise number for x3:=whatever
\def\Xwhat{2}
 % exercise number for whatever itself

\def\checkequals#1#2{\ifnum#1=#2\else
 \errmessage{Redefine \string#1 to be
  \the#2}\fi}

%Things for The METAFONTbook only
%(omitted)                       ;nonum
%
%Contents manmac.tex
%               cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Font definition ................7-58
%Size switching macros ........60-154
%Page layout (and OTR) .......156-282
%-parameters..................159-193
%-\manmacfootnote.............167-176
%-\margin (insert)............185-188
%-\titlepage......................191
%-\leftheadline...............195-201
%-\rightheadline..............202-209
%-\onepageout.................211-235
%-\setcornerrules.............237-243
%-\manmacoutput...................245
%-\begindoublecolumns.........248-253
%-\enddoublecolumns...........254-256
%-\doublecolumnout............258-264
%-\pagesofar..................265-267
%-\balancecolumns.............268-281
%Subset of pages..............283-304
%-\Shipout........................286
%-\getnextpage................289-295
%-\shipout....................297-301
%-\Tosspage.......................304
%Chapter formatting ..........306-393
%-\manmacbeginchapter.........315-344
%-\manmacendchapter...........348-363
%-\author....................365, 366
%-\dbend......................368-385
%-\subsection.................387-393
%Composition macros...........395-431
%-\AmSTeX....................399, 400
%-\bull......................401, 402
%-\SS.............................403
%-\vrt............................404
%-\dn........................406, 407
%-\up........................408, 409
%-\]..............................410
%-\pt........................413, 414
%-\em........................415, 416
%-\<#1>......................417, 418
%-\oct.......................419, 420
%-\hex............................421
%-\cstok......................423-427
%-\parbreak..................429, 430
%-\stretch........................431
%Macros for non-centered
%   displays..................433-439
%-\begindisplay..............434, 435
%-\startdisplay...............436-438
%-\enddisplay.....................440
%Macros for showing math
%   constructions.............441-466
%-\beginmathdemo..............444-448
%-\begindisplaymathdemo.......449-454
%-\beginlongmathdemo..........455-459
%-\beginlongdisplaymathdemo...460-465
%-\endmathdemo....................466
%Macros for font tables.......468-526
%-\oddline....................469-474
%-\evenline.......................475
%-\chartstrut.....................476
%-\beginchart.................477-484
%-\endchart...................485-487
%-\:..........................488-491
%-\reposition................492, 493
%-\normalchart................494-526
%Macros for verbatim scanning.529-555
%-\ttverbatim.................531-542
%-\begintt....................544-546
%-\ttfinish...................547-551
%Macros for syntax rules......557-579
%-\[#1]......................559, 560
%-\beginsyntax................561-563
%-\endsyntaxline.............564, 565
%-\syntaxswitch...............566-570
%-\continuerule...................572
%-\endsyntax......................573
%-<, [............................575
%-\syntaxrule................576, 577
%-\alt............................578
%-\is.............................579
%Macros to demarcate lines quoted
%   from \TeX{} source files..581-591
%-\beginlines................583, 585
%-\endlines..................586, 587
%-\weakendlines..............588, 589
%-\finalendlines.............590, 591
%Macros to mark up exercises
%   and answers...............593-624
%-\manmacexercise............593, 598
%-\dexercise..................599-603
%-\dangerexercise.................604
%-\ddangerexercise................605
%-\manmacanswer...............610-613
%-\copytoblankline...........614, 615
%-\setupcopy..................616-618
%-\copyans....................619-624
%Macros for drawing figures...626-696
%-\hidehrule.................628, 629
%-\hidevrule..................630-632
%-\makeblankbox...............638-645
%-\maketypebbox...................646
%-\makelightbox...................647
%-\bigdot....................656, 657
%-\smalldot..................660, 661
%-\arrows.....................664-670
%-\samplebox..................674-683
%-\sampleglue.................691-696
%Indexing macros..............698-752
%-\ifproofmode, \ifsilent....698, 704
%-\inx............................701
%-\specialhat................706, 707
%-\beginxref.................708, 709
%-\beginxrefswitch............710-712
%-^...............................713
%-\silentxref.....................714
%-\marginstyle...............716, 717
%-\bslash.........................719
%-\xref...........................720
%-\xrefswitch.................721-727
%-\vxref.....................728, 729
%-\vxrefswitch................730-736
%-\anglexref.................738, 739
%-\normalxref................740, 741
%-\makexref...................742-754
%Internal cross-references that
%   may change................760-782
%
%Additions
%
%\Large font for amongst others
%chapterhead of report
\font\Largerm=cmr12
      scaled\magstep4
\let\subsubheadfont\Largerm
\font\Largei=cmmi12
     scaled\magstep4\relax
\font\Largeit=cmti12
     scaled\magstep4\relax
\font\Largesl=cmsl12
     scaled\magstep5\relax
\font\Largesy=cmsy10
     scaled\magstep5\relax
\font\Largeex=cmex10
     scaled\magstep5\relax
\font\Largebf=cmbx12
     scaled\magstep4\relax
\font\Largett=cmtt12
     scaled\magstep4\relax
\font\twelverm=cmr12
\font\twelvebf=cmbx12
\font\twelveit=cmti12
\font\twelvesl=cmsl12
\font\twelvemus=cmmi12
\font\twelvesy=cmsy10 scaled\magstep1
\font\twelveex=cmex10 scaled\magstep1
\font\nineex=cmex10 scaled\magstephalf
\def\Large{\def\rm{\fam0\Largerm}%
  \textfont0=\Largerm
     \scriptfont0=\twelverm
     \scriptscriptfont0=\ninerm
  \textfont1=\Largei
     \scriptfont1=\twelvemus
     \scriptscriptfont1=\ninei
  \textfont2=\Largesy
     \scriptfont2=\twelvesy
     \scriptscriptfont2=\ninesy
  \textfont3=\Largeex
     \scriptfont3=\twelveex
     \scriptscriptfont3=\nineex
  \def\it{\fam\itfam \Largeit}%
  \textfont\itfam=\Largeit
  \def\sl{\fam\slfam\Largesl}%
  \def\oldstyle{\fam1 \Largei}
  \textfont\slfam=\Largesl
  \def\bf{\fam\bffam\Largebf}%
  \textfont\bffam=\Largebf
   \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf
   \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
  \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\Largett}%
  \textfont\ttfam=\Largett
  \tt\ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
  \normalbaselineskip=21pt
  \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}%
  \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule
    height16pt depth5pt width\z@}%
  \let\sc=\twelverm\let\big=\Largebig
  \normalbaselines\rm}
\def\Largebig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox
  to12pt{}\right.\n@space}}}
%
%\large font for transparencies
\font\largerm=cmr12
      scaled\magstep2
\let\subsubheadfont\largerm
\font\largei=cmmi12
     scaled\magstep2\relax
\font\largeit=cmti12
     scaled\magstep2\relax
\font\largesl=cmsl12
     scaled\magstep2\relax
\font\largesy=cmsy10
     scaled\magstep3\relax
\font\largeex=cmex10
     scaled\magstep3\relax
\font\largebf=cmbx12
     scaled\magstep2\relax
\font\largett=cmtt12
     scaled\magstep2\relax
\def\large{\def\rm{\fam0\largerm}%
  \textfont0=\largerm
     \scriptfont0=\tenrm
     \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm
  \textfont1=\largei
     \scriptfont1=\teni
     \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni
  \textfont2=\largesy
     \scriptfont2=\tensy
     \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy
  \textfont3=\largeex
     \scriptfont3=\tenex
     \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
  \def\it{\fam\itfam \largeit}%
  \textfont\itfam=\largeit
  \def\sl{\fam\slfam\largesl}%
  \def\oldstyle{\fam1 \largei}
  \textfont\slfam=\largesl
  \def\bf{\fam\bffam\largebf}%
  \textfont\bffam=\largebf
   \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf
   \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
  \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\largett}%
  \textfont\ttfam=\largett
  \tt\ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
  \normalbaselineskip=20pt
  \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}%
  \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule
    height15.5pt depth4.5pt width\z@}%
  \let\sc=\tenrm \let\big=\largebig
  \normalbaselines\rm}
\def\largebig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox
  to10pt{}\right.\n@space}}}
%
%Customization of \beginchapter and
%\endchapter from Manmac BLUes.
\outer\def\beginchapter#1 #2#3. #4\par{%
 \def\chapno{#2#3}\global\exno0 \subsecno0
 \def\hl{\gdef\hl{\the\issue\hfil\it\rhead}}
 \headline{\hl}
 \def\\{ }\xdef\rhead{#4}
 \centerline{\titlefont
  #1 #2#3\quad #4}
 \bigskip\tenpoint\noindent\ignorespaces}
%
\footline{\tiny\rlap{\the\year}\hfil
 --\folio--\hfil\llap{\copyright cgl}}
%
\outer\def\endchapter{\vfill\eject\vfill}
%
%\output{\plainoutput}
%
\hsize18cm \pagewidth\hsize
\vsize25cm \pageheight\vsize
%\issue{MAPS 93.1}
%History of changes
%1994 Table of contents added and
%     names of footnote and output
%     provided with unique prefix manmac.
%     Customization \beginchapter added.
%1993 Adapted for twocolumn layout.
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%manmac%;newpage
%
%
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%ppt.tex          cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%;numvrb
%Adapted  TUGboat.sty, 2-column bias
%\xcol is the column no within a page,
%ranges from 1 to \maxcols (=1 or 2).
\newcount\xcol
\newcount\maxcols
%
\newdimen\pagewd\newdimen\colwd
\newdimen\intercolwd
\newtoks\headlinesep\newtoks\footlinesep
\headlinesep{\kern2ex}\footlinesep{\kern1ex}
%\catcode`\@=11
% remove \outer
\def\newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
\def\boxcs#1{\box\csname#1\endcsname}
\def\setboxcs#1{\setbox\csname#1\endcsname}
\def\newboxcs#1{\expandafter
   \newbox\csname#1\endcsname}
\newboxcs{column1}
\newboxcs{column2}
%
\def\midpage#1{\vbox{\ifnum\xcol=\maxcols
   \the\headline\else\null\vskip\baselineskip
   \fi\the\headlinesep
   \vbox to\vsize{%
      \hbox to\pagewd{#1}\vss}
   \the\footlinesep
   \ifnum\xcol=\maxcols
   \the\footline\else\vskip4ex\fi}}
%
\headline={\hbox to\pagewd{\sevenrm
   \the\issue\hfill{\it\the\title}}}
%
\newtoks\pagenumber\pagenumber{\folio}
\footline={\hbox to\pagewd{\tiny
\rlap{Draft \today}\hfill--\the\pagenumber
   --\hfill\llap{\copyright cgl}}}
\def\today{\ifcase\month\or Jan\or Feb\or
   March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or
   Aug\or Sept\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi
   { }{\ea\oldstyle\number\day},
          {\ea\oldstyle\number\year}}
%
\def\newcol{\endgraf\vfill\eject}
%
\def\newpage{\vfill\eject
%\loop
  \ifnum\xcol>1
    {\leavevmode\endgraf\vfill\eject}
  \fi
}%\xcol is reset in the OTR %\repeat}
% horizontal offset of column
% from left edge of page
\newdimen\coloffset \coloffset=\z@
\def\incrcoloffset{%
  \global\advance\coloffset\colwd
  \global\advance\coloffset\intercolwd}
%
\output={\global\setboxcs{column\number\xcol}=
  \midpage{\kern\coloffset\pagebody\hfil}
  \incrcoloffset
  \ifnum\xcol=\maxcols
    \shipout\hbox{%
      \rlap{\boxcs{column1}}%
      \rlap{\boxcs{column2}}%
      \hbox to\pagewd{\hss}}%
    \advancepageno
    \global\coloffset\z@
    \global\xcol=\@ne
  \else
    \global\advance\xcol\@ne
  \fi}
%
%Title, header and miscellaneous
\newtoks\title\newtoks\subtitle
\newtoks\author\newtoks\address
\newtoks\businessaccount
\newtoks\translator\newtoks\issue
\newtoks\netaddress\newtoks\crowner
\newtoks\thisscript\newtoks\everyscript
\newtoks\prehead\newtoks\posthead
\newtoks\presubhead\newtoks\postsubhead
\newtoks\presubsubhead\newtoks\postsubsubhead
\newtoks\thishead
\newtoks\thissubhead\newtoks\thissubsubhead
\newtoks\everyhead
\newtoks\everysubhead\newtoks\everysubsubhead
\newdimen\subheadindent\subheadindent=0pc
\newdimen\subsubheadindent\subsubheadindent=2pc
\def\pasteupkeywords{\box\keywordsbox}
\def\pasteupabstract{\box\abstractbox}
\def\pasteupcontents{\unvbox\contentsbox}
\def\pasteupacknowledgements{\ifvoid
  \acknowledgementsbox
  \else\the\preacknowledgements\unvbox
  \acknowledgementsbox\fi
  }%;vrblin100
\def\beginscript{\lastscript
   \the\everyscript\begingroup
   \the\thisscript
   \hrule\kern2ex\noindent
   {\titlefont\the\title\unskip}%
   \if!\the\subtitle!\else{\subtitlefont
          \Dash\the\subtitle\unskip}\fi
   \medskip\the\author
   \medskip\pasteupkeywords
   \medskip\pasteupabstract
   \medbreak\pasteupcontents\smallbreak}
\def\endscript{\makesignature
   \xcol=\maxcols
   \vfil\eject\endgroup\tracingstats1
   \stop\thisscript{}}
\def\notlastscript{\let\stop\relax}
\def\lastscript{\let\stop\end}
\prehead{\vskip0pt plus9ex
   \penalty-250\vskip0pt plus-9ex
   \bgroup\catcode`\^=7 \the\everyhead
   \the\thishead\bigskip\noindent}
\posthead{\medskip\nobreak\egroup
   \noindent\ignorewhitespace}
\def\beginhead{\the\prehead\bgroup
   \headfont}
\def\endhead{\egroup\the\posthead}
\presubhead{\vskip0pt plus6ex
   \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-6ex
   \medskip\vskip\parskip\noindent
   \bgroup\catcode`\^7 \the\everysubhead
   \the\thissubhead
   \leavevmode\hbox to\subheadindent{}}
\postsubhead{\egroup\quad\ignorewhitespace}
\def\beginsubhead{\the\presubhead
   \bgroup\subheadfont}
\def\endsubhead{\egroup\the\postsubhead}
\presubsubhead{\vskip0pt plus3ex
   \penalty-50\vskip0pt plus-3ex\bgroup
   \catcode`\^=7
   \the\everysubsubhead\the\thissubsubhead
   \smallskip\vskip\parskip\noindent
   \leavevmode\hbox to\subsubheadindent{}}
\postsubsubhead{\egroup\quad\ignorewhitespace}
\def\beginsubsubhead{\the\presubsubhead
   \bgroup\subsubheadfont}
\def\endsubsubhead{\egroup
   \the\postsubsubhead}
%;vrblin150
\def\head#{\beginhead\bgroup\ag\endhead
   \afterassignment\ignorespaces
   \let\dummy=}
\def\subhead#{\beginsubhead\bgroup\ag
   \endsubhead\afterassignment\ignorespaces
   \let\dummy=}
\def\subsubhead#{\beginsubsubhead\bgroup
    \ag\endsubsubhead\let\dummy=}
\def\script#{\beginscript\bgroup\ag\endscript
   \afterassignment\ignorespaces
   \let\dummy=}
%
\def\bluetitle#1\par{\title{#1}}
\def\bluesubtitle#1\par{\subtitle{#1}}
\def\bluekeywords#1\par{\keywords{#1}}
\def\bluehead#1\par
   {\beginhead#1\unskip\endhead}
\def\bluesubhead#1\par
   {\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead}
\def\bluesubsubhead#1\par
   {\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead}
\def\bluemakelabels#1\par
   {\makelabels{#1}}
\def\blueabstract#1\par{\abstract{#1}}
\def\blueissue#1\par{\issue{#1}}
%
\long\def\ignorepars#1{\ifx\par#1\let\next\relax
   \else\let\next#1\sraperongi\fi\ignorepars}
\long\def\sraperongi#1\ignorepars{\fi\next}
{\catcode`\^=7 \gdef\ignorewhitespace{\begingroup
%Due to Phil Taylor EuroTeX 94
\catcode`\ =9   %space
\catcode`\^^I=9 %tab
\catcode`\^^L=9 %f-feed
\catcode`\^^M=9 %e-o-l
\futurelet\dummy\endgroup}}
%;vrblin200
\def\tubissue#1(#2){TUGboat~{\oldstyle#1},
   {\oldstyle#2}}   \def\\{\hfil\break}
\def\makesignature{\medskip
   \rightline{\hbox to.4\hsize{\strut
      \llap{\copyright\quad}\the\author\hss}}
   \rightline{\vbox{\noindent
     \hsize=.4\hsize
     \the\address\hfill\break
     \the\netaddress}}}
%
% Defaults
%                         %;vrblin250
\newif\ifonecol
\def\A#1{\csname A#1\endcsname}
\expandafter\def\csname A4\endcsname
 {\ifonecol\hsize16cm\pagewd\hsize
  \else\hsize9cm\intercolwd.5cm
       \pagewd\hsize
       \advance\pagewd\hsize
       \advance\pagewd\intercolwd
  \fi\colwd\hsize \vsize25cm}
%
\def\onecol{\maxcols=1 \xcol=1
    \onecoltrue\A4
    \hyphenchar\tentt='055 %`-
    \hyphenchar\ninett='055
    \hyphenchar\eighttt='055
    \tolerance500
    \hbadness=499
    \hfuzz=4pt
}
%
\def\twocol{\maxcols=2 \xcol=1
    \onecolfalse\A4
    \hyphenchar\tentt='055
    \hyphenchar\ninett='055
    \hyphenchar\eighttt='055
    \tolerance500
    \hbadness=499
    \hfuzz=5pt
}
%Personalisation
\author{Kees van der Laan}
\address{Hunzeweg {\oldstyle57}\\
         {\oldstyle9893} PB Garnwerd\\
         The Netherlands}
\netaddress{cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl\\
   {\oldstyle31\thinspace
              5941\thinspace1525}}
\crowner{cgl}
\businessaccount{Giro: C.G. van der Laan
   no {\oldstyle1321224}}
\def\logo{\copy\ntglogobox}%a \vbox
%end Personalisation
\def\bluetex{blue.tex}
%\catcode`\@=12
\hoffset-1cm \voffset-1cm
\parindent1pc
\let\titlefont\bf
\let\headfont\bf
\let\subheadfont\bf
\let\subsubheadfont\bf
\let\subtitlefont\rm
\twocol
%\endinput
%;nonum
%Contents ppt cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%- OTR
%   \boxcs........................14
%   \setboxcs.....................15
%   \newboxcs.....................16
%   \midpage...................21-28
%   \headline..................30-31
%   \footline..................34-36
%   \pagenumber...................33
%   \today.....................37-41
%   \newcol.......................42
%   \newpage...................44-49
%   \incrcoloffset.............53-55
%   \output....................57-72
%- Markup structures
%   \title, \subtitle.............75
%   \author.......................76
%   \address, \netaddress.........77
%   \issue........................77
%   \thisscript, \everyscript.....78
%   \prehead, \posthead...........79
%   \presubhead...................80
%   \presubsubhead................81
%   \pasteupkeywords..............82
%   \pasteupabstract..............83
%   \pasteupcontents..............84
%   \beginscript.............101-110
%   \endscript...............111-114
%   \notlastscript...............115
%   \lastscript..................116
%   \prehead.................117-119
%   \posthead................120-121
%   \presubhead..............124-126
%   \beginhead...............122-123
%   \endhead.....................124
%   \beginsubhead............127-128
%   \endsubhead..................129
%   \beginsubsubhead.........133-134
%   \endsubsubhead...............135
%   \script..................159-161
%   \head....................151-153
%   \subhead.................154-156
%   \subsubhead..............157-158
%   \ignorepars..............159-160
%   \sraperongi..................161
%   \ignorewhitespace........162-169
%- Miscellaneous
%   \tubissue....................201
%   \\...........................202
%   \makesignature...........203-209
%- Defaults
%   \onecol..................251-263
%   \twocol..................265-277
%- Initializations           278-289
%   \author......................278
%   \address.................279-280
%   \netaddress..............281-282
%   \headfont....................286
%   \subheadfont.................287
%   \subsubheadfont..............288
%   \parindent...................285
%   \hoffset, \voffset...........284
%
%Split-off---inner level---are
% - tugboat.cmn abbreviations
% - size switching macros
% - \beginquote...\endquote
% - \bitem (essentially plain's \item)
% - verbatim mode macros
% - (bibliography macros,
%    \beginbtable...\endbtable,
%     ...)
%Author: C.G van der Laan
%        Hunzeweg 57, 9893P
%        Garnwerd The Netherlands
%        cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl, 05941-1525
%
%History of changes
%Dec 1994 \global\advance\count0\@ne
%        changed into plain's \advancepageno.
%        Phil Taylor's
%        \ignorewhitespace has been included.
%        Parameterization over
%        \headlinesep, \footlinesep.
%        \makesignature's \diamond
%        changed into \copyright.
%July 1994 No parameter separators for
%        \head etc.
%        \beginscript, \endscript instead
%        of \article, \endarticle.
%        Token variables for \prehead
%        \posthead, \presubhead
%        \presubsubhead.
%June 1994 Name changed into ppt.tex
%May 94 \runhead and \runfoot changed
%       into \headline and \footline
%       compatible with plain.
%March 94 Essential set up
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ppt.tex%;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Additions%
%Additions to ppt
%Shorcuts                    ;numvrb
\let\ea=\expandafter\let\nx=\noexpand
\let\ag=\aftergroup
\def\dash{--}\def\Dash{---}
\newtoks\contentsname
\newtoks\abstractname
\newtoks\keywordsname
\newtoks\acknowledgementsname
\newtoks\preacknowledgements
\preacknowledgements{\bigbreak\leftline{\bf
 \the\acknowledgementsname}\nobreak
 \medskip\noindent}
\newtoks\postacknowledgements
\def\DeK{D\kern-.11em\lower.5ex\hbox
   {E}\kern-.1em K}   %;vrblin=50
\def\tiny{\fiverm\baselineskip7pt minus1pt
  \let\it\fivei\let\bf\fivebf\def\oldstyle
  {\fam1 \fivei}}            %;vrblin=200
%\pagenumber{\folio}
\newcount\fcnt
\def\ftn{\global\advance\fcnt1
   \footnote{${}^{\oldstyle\the\fcnt}$}}
\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins
 \bgroup\interlinepenalty
       \interfootnotelinepenalty
 \splittopskip\ht\strutbox
 \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
 \floatingpenalty\@MM
 \leftskip\z@skip
 \rightskip\z@skip
 \spaceskip\z@skip
 \xspaceskip\z@skip
%mods cgl
\small\noindent\llap{\oldstyle
  #1\enspace}%
%end mods cgl
 \footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t
}
%LaTeX things         ;vrblin=250
%\def\\{\hfil\break}
\def\cite#1{(#1)}
\def\verb{}
\def\em{\it}
\def\cs#1{{\tt\char92#1}}
%Some layout macros   ;vrblin=300
\newbox\keywordsbox
\keywordsname{Keywords}
%
\def\beginkeywords{\setbox\keywordsbox
 \vbox\bgroup\subhead{\sevenbf
 \the\keywordsname: }\small}
%
\def\endkeywords{\egroup}
%
\def\keywords#{\beginkeywords\bgroup
 \aftergroup\endkeywords
 \afterassignment\ignorespaces
 \let\dummy=}
%
\newbox\abstractbox
%\abstractname{Abstract}
%
\def\beginabstract{\setbox\abstractbox
 \vbox\bgroup\centerline{\sevenbf
 \the\abstractname}\beginquote\small}
%
\def\endabstract{\endquote\egroup}
%
\def\abstract#{\beginabstract\bgroup
 \aftergroup\endabstract
 \afterassignment\ignorespaces
 \let\dummy=}
%
\newbox\contentsbox
%
\let\se\quad\let\sse\qquad
%
\def\begincontents{\setbox\contentsbox
 \vbox\bgroup\small\noindent
 \the\contentsname\par\obeylines}
%
\def\endcontents{\egroup}
%
\def\contents#{\begincontents\bgroup
 \aftergroup\endcontents
 \afterassignment\ignorespaces
 \let\dummy=}
%
\newbox\acknowledgementsbox
%
\def\beginacknowledgements{\setbox
 \acknowledgementsbox=\vbox\bgroup}
%
\def\endacknowledgements{\egroup
      \the\postacknowledgements}
%
\def\acknowledgements#{\beginacknowledgements
 \bgroup\aftergroup\endacknowledgements
 \afterassignment\ignorespaces
 \let\dummy=}
%
\def\beginquote{\endgraf\bgroup\narrower
 \smallbreak\noindent}
%
\def\endquote{\smallbreak\egroup\endgraf
 \noindent}
%
\def\quote#{\beginquote\bgroup
 \aftergroup\endquote
 \afterassignment\ignorespaces
 \let\dummy=}
%
\def\beginsummary{\beginquote
   \narrower\sl}
%
\def\endsummary{\endquote\bigskip}
%
\def\summary#{\beginsummary\bgroup
 \aftergroup\endsummary
 \afterassignment\ignorespaces
 \let\dummy=}
%
\def\begincenter{\bgroup\smallskip
\leftskip0pt plus1fill
\rightskip0pt plus 1fill
\parfillskip0pt
\obeylines}
%
\def\endcenter{\smallskip\egroup}
\def\center#{\begincenter\bgroup
 \aftergroup\endcenter
 \afterassignment\ignorespaces
 \let\dummy=}
%
\def\begincenterblock{\bgroup
 \let\par\cr\obeylines\startcenterblock}
{\obeylines\gdef\startcenterblock#1
   {$$#1\vbox\bgroup\halign\bgroup%
    &##\hfil\cr}}
%
\def\endcenterblock{\egroup\egroup$$
   \egroup}
%
\def\begindisplaycenterline{%
   $$\hbox\bgroup}
%
\def\enddisplaycenterline{\egroup$$}
%
\def\displaycenterline#{%
  \begindisplaycenterline\bgroup
   \aftergroup\enddisplaycenterline
   \afterassignment\ignorespaces
   \let\dummy=}
%
\def\begincenterdisplay{\csname
   begindisplay\endcsname\vbox\bgroup}
%
\def\endcenterdisplay{\crcr\egroup\egroup$$}
%
%                    %;vrblin=350
\def\bitem{\item{$\bullet$}}
%
\newcount\itemno
%
\def\nitem{\bgroup
   \def\nitem{\advance\itemno1
      \item{\the\prenum{\oldstyle\the\itemno
           }\the\postnum}}
   \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
      \smallbreak}
   \let\smallskip\smallbreak\nitem}
%
\def\aitem{\bgroup\itemno96
   \def\aitem{\advance\itemno1
      \item{\char\itemno.}}
   \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
      \smallbreak}
   \let\smallskip\smallbreak
   \aitem}
%
\def\Aitem{\bgroup\itemno64
   \def\Aitem{\advance\itemno1
      \item{\char\itemno.}}
   \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
      \smallbreak}
   \let\smallskip\smallbreak
   \Aitem}
%
\def\endlist{\endgraf\egroup}
%On purpose no \smallskip or so.
%
\newtoks\thisexample
\newtoks\everyexample
\newtoks\preexample
\newtoks\postexample
\newtoks\examplename
%
\preexample{\vskip0pt plus5ex
   \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-5ex
   \medbreak\noindent}
%
\postexample{\nobreak\par\noindent
   \ignorewhitespace}
%
\def\beginexample{\the\preexample\bgroup
   \the\examplename\kern1ex\sl
   (\ignorewhitespace}
%
\def\endexample{)\egroup\the\postexample}
%
\def\example#{\beginexample\bgroup
   \aftergroup\endexample
   \afterassignment\ignorewhitespace
   \let\dummy=}
%and the limited variants
\def\limexample#1{\the\preexample
   \the\examplename\kern1ex{\sl(#1)}\nobreak
    \par\noindent\ignorewhitespace}
%with as tribute to manmac
\def\blueexample#1\par
   {\limexample{#1\unskip}}
%
\def\endintermezzo{\hfil\break\nobreak
   {\bf End intermezzo.}\medbreak}
%For in \onecol
%;numvrb400
\def\begindemo{\endgraf\line\bgroup
   $\vcenter\bgroup\hsize.475\hsize
   \beginverbatim}
%
\def\yields{\endverbatim
  \global\thisverbatim{}\egroup$
  \kern\gutter
  $\vcenter\bgroup\hsize.55\hsize}
%
\def\enddemo{\egroup$\hss\egroup}
%;numvrb500
\def\pagenorepresentation#1{\quad\dotfill
   {\oldstyle#1}}
%
\def\fbox#1{\setbox0\hbox{\strut
 $\;$#1$\,$}\leavevmode\rlap{\copy0}%
 \makelightbox}
%Knuth's frac Ex 11.6
\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em
 \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}%
 \kern-.1em/\kern-.15em\lower.25ex
 \hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}}
%Defaults
\let\small\eightpoint
\overfullrule=0pt
%;nonum
%Contents
%Newcount
%    \itemcnt.................208
%Newtoks
%    \itemtag.................209
%Shortcuts
%   \ea, \nx....................1
%   \ag.........................2
%   \dash, \Dash................3
%   \DeK.....................6, 7
%Font switching
%   \tiny......................51
%   \small....................414
%   \cs.......................255
%Footnote, paragraph
%   \ftncnt...................202
%   \ftn..................203-204
%LaTeX
%   \\........................251
%   \cite.....................252
%   \verb.....................253
%   \em.......................254
%Lay-out
%   \keywordsbox..............301
%   \abstractbox..............311
%   \contentsbox..............321
%   \beginkeywords........303-305
%   \endkeywords..............306
%   \keywordsname.............302
%   \keywords.............307-310
%   \beginabstract........313-315
%   \endabstract..............316
%   \abstractname.............312
%   \abstract.............317-320
%   \begincontents........323-325
%   \endcontents..............326
%   \contentsname.............322
%   \contents.............327-330
%   \beginsummary.........
%   \endsummary...............
%   \summary..............
%   \beginquote...........331-332
%   \endquote.............333-334
%   \quote................335-338
%Centering texts
%   \begindisplaycenterline
%   \enddisplaycenterline
%   \displaycenterline
%   \begincenter
%   \endcenter
%   \center
%   \begincenterblock
%   \endcenterblock
%   \begincenter..........339-342
%   \endcenter................343
%   \center...............344-347
%
%   \bitem....................351
%   \itemno...................352
%   \nitem................353-359
%   \aitem................360-366
%   \Aitem................367-373
%   \endlist..................374
%   \example..............376-378
%   \endintermezzo........379-380
%   \begindemo............401-403
%   <escape char>yields...405-408
%   \enddemo..................410
%Parameterization ToC setting
%   \pagenorepresentation.501-502
%Built on manmac
%   \fbox.................504-505
%Defaults
%   \overfullrule=0pt.........507
%
%History of changes
%Jan 95 \xyz and \partlogo to tools.dat
%       \pagenorepresentation added
%July 1994 Boxes for keywords, abstract,
%          and contents added.
%March 1994 Set up
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Additions%;newpage
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%math extras%
%From Math into BLUes the mods
%-- \centering into \centeringp
%   in order not to
%   conflict with LaTeX
%-- \eqalign has gotten a repetitive
%   template to allow for more
%   than one alignment point.
%-- arrows for commutative diagrams
%-- Knuth's typographer's half
%-- prime for accenting summation symbols
%-- Poor man's symbols
%   blackboard, grtlss, ext tensor prod.
\newskip\centeringp%plain's
\centeringp=0pt plus1000pt minus1000pt
\def\eqalign#1{\null\,\vcenter{\openup
   \jot\m@th\ialign{\strut\hfil
   $\displaystyle {##}$&&%mod cgl
   $\displaystyle {{}##}$\hfil\crcr
   #1\crcr }}\,}
\def\eqalignno#1{\displ@y
   \tabskip\centeringp
   \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil
    $\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
    &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil
    \tabskip\centeringp &\llap{$\@lign##$}%
    \tabskip\z@skip\crcr
   #1\crcr}}
\def\leqalignno#1{\displ@y
   \tabskip\centeringp
   \halign to\displaywidth {\hfil
    $\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
    &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil
    \tabskip\centeringp&\kern-\displaywidth
    \rlap{$\@lign ##$}\tabskip\displaywidth
    \crcr #1\crcr}}
%
\def\fracdek#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em
 \raise.50ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}
 \kern-.1em/\kern-.15em\lower.25ex
 \hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}}
%
\def\lllongrightarrow{\relbar\joinrel%
       \relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel%
       \relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
\def\llongrightarrow{\relbar\joinrel%
        \relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
\def\adaptedbaselines{%
           \baselineskip20pt
           \lineskip3pt
           \lineskiplimit3pt}
\def\mapright#1{\smash{\mathop{
   \llongrightarrow}\limits^{#1}}}
\def\lmapright#1{\smash{\mathop{
   \lllongrightarrow}\limits^{#1}}}
\def\mapdown#1{\Big\downarrow
      \rlap{$\vcenter{\hbox{$#1$}}$}}
\def\mapup#1{\Big\uparrow
      \rlap{$\vcenter{\hbox{$#1$}}$}}
%
\def\acclap#1{{}^{\rlap{$\scriptstyle
   #1$}}}
%
\def\cfsymbol{\vbox{\hbox to \wd0{\hss
   \vrule height1.5\ht0}
   \hrule
   \hbox to \wd0{\vrule depth1.5\ht0
      \hss}}}
%Space saving variant continued fraction
\def\cf#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1\,\over
   \,#2$}\vcenter{\cfsymbol}\kern-\wd0
   {#1\atop#2}}
%
\def\IN{{\rm I\kern-.5ex N}}
\def\Z{{\rm Z\kern-.9ex Z}}
\def\Q{{\rm\kern.2ex\vrule
    height1.5ex depth-.1ex
    width.4pt\kern-.7ex Q}}
\def\R{{\rm I\kern-.5ex R}}
\def\C{{\rm\kern.3ex\vrule
    height1.5ex depth-.05ex
    width.4pt\kern-.7ex C}}
\def\gtrless{\mathrel{\vcenter{
   \offinterlineskip\hbox{${>}$}%
      \kern-.2ex\hbox{${<}$} } }}
\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{% <--!!
       \vrule#1\vrule}\hrule}}
\def\boxtimes{\mathbin{\boxit
       {$\times$}}}
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%math extras%;newpage
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%icons%
%From icons via LaTeX's fonts.
%Here use is made of gkpmac's picture
%environment.
\def\icmat#1#2{%ICon MATrix(rectangular)
%#1 is ht of icon matrix, e.g. 4
%#2 is wd of icon matrix, e.g. 2
\vbox{\hrule
   \hbox to#2\unitlength{\vrule
     height#1\unitlength\hfil\vrule}%
           \hrule}%
}%end icmat
%
\def\icurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle
%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with UT
%the upper triangular part, e.g. 4
%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular)
%matrix, e.g. 2
\vbox to #1\unitlength{\hrule
   \hbox{\gkpbeginpicture(#2,#2)(0,0)%
    \put(0,#2){\line(1,-1){#2}}%
    \gkpendpicture\vrule}%
   \vss}%
}%end icurt
%
\def\squineicurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle
%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with UT
%the upper triangular part, e.g. 4
%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular)
%matrix, e.g. 2
%For small diaglines
\csname newcount\endcsname\half
\half#2 \divide\half 2
\vbox to #1\unitlength{\hrule
   \hbox{\gkpbeginpicture(#2,#2)(0,0)%
    \put(0,0){\squine(0,\the\half,#2,#2,%
    \the\half,0)}%
    \gkpendpicture\vrule}%
   \vss}%
}%end icurt
\def\icllt#1#2{%IConLowerLeftTriangle
%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with LT
%the lower triangular part, e.g. 4
%#2 is wd of icon (lower triangular)
%matrix, e.g. 2
\vbox to #1\unitlength{\vss
   \hbox{\vrule
    \gkpbeginpicture(#2,#1)(0,0)%
     \put(0,#2){\line(1,-1){#2}}%
     \gkpendpicture}%
   \hrule}%
}%end icllt
%
\def\icuh#1#2#3{%IConUpperHessenberg
%#1 is size of icon matrix, with UH
% the upper Hessenberg part, e.g. 4
%#2 is wd of icon (upper Hesenberg)
% matrix, e.g. 1
%#3 is size Lower Left triangular part,
% #1-#2 (for simplicity the latter is added,
% could have been calculated, perhaps some
% inconsistency test could be incorporated)
\vbox{\offinterlineskip
   \hrule
   \hbox to#1\unitlength{\vrule height%
       #2\unitlength depth0pt\relax
       \hfil\vrule}%
   \hbox to#1\unitlength
    {\gkpbeginpicture(#3,#3)(0,0)%
    \put(0,#3){\line(1,-1){#3}}%
    \gkpendpicture\hfil\vrule}%
   \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hfil\vrule
     width#2\unitlength height.2pt\relax}%
   }%
}%end icuh
%Example of use
%\input blue.tex
%\beginscript
%\unitlength=1ex
%$$\icmat44\kern\unitlength\icllt44=
%  \icllt44\icuh413\qquad AL=LH$$
%$$\icmat63=\icmat63\kern\unitlength
%  \icurt63\qquad A=QR$$
%\endscript
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%icons%;newpage
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%btable%
%Table Diversions cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%EuroTeX '92 proceedings, MAPS92.2.
%The article discusses typsetting tables
%via plain, surveys related work,
%introduces the file btable.tex, and
%provides a discipline for typesetting
%cell-blocks.
%;numvrb
\newbox\btablebox
\newtoks\thisbtable\newtoks\everybtable
\newtoks\prebtable\newtoks\postbtable
%Cell vertical size,
%row height and depth (separation implicit),
\newdimen\cvsize
\newdimen\tsht  \newdimen\tsdp
\newdimen\tvsize\newdimen\thsize
%Parameter setting macros:   Rules
\def\hruled{\def\lineglue{\hrulefill}
   \def\colsep{}\def\rowsep{\hrule}
   \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
   \let\headersep=\rowsep}
\def\vruled{\def\lineglue{\hfil}
   \def\colsep{\vrule}\def\rowsep{}
   \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
   \let\headersep=\hrule}
\def\ruled{\def\lineglue{\hrulefill}
   \def\colsep{\vrule}\def\rowsep{\hrule}
   \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
   \let\headersep=\rowsep}
\def\nonruled{\def\lineglue{\hfil}
   \def\colsep{}\def\rowsep{}
   \def\rowstbsep{\vrule}
   \def\headersep{\hrule}}
\def\dotruled{\def\lineglue{\dotfill}
   \def\rowsep{\hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}}
   \def\colsep{\lower1.5\tsdp\vbox to
   \cvsize{\leaders\hbox to0pt{\vrule
   height2pt depth2pt width0pt\hss.\hss}
   \vfil}}
   \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
   \let\headersep=\rowsep}
%Parameter setting macros:
%          Controling positioning
\def\ctr{\def\lft{\hfil}\def\rgt{\hfil}}
%Centered
\def\fll{\def\lft{}     \def\rgt{\hfil}}
%Flushed left
\def\flr{\def\lft{\hfil}\def\rgt{}}
%Flushed right
%Parameter setting macros:   Framing
\def\framed{\let\frameit=\boxit}
\def\nonframed{\def\frameit##1{##1}}
\def\dotframed{\let\frameit=\dotboxit}
%;vrblin=100
\def\beginbtable{\vbox\bgroup
\ifx\empty\rowstblst \let\rsl=\rowstblst
\else\ea\def\ea\rsl\ea{\rowstblst{}}%Append with sentinel
\fi\ifx\empty\template\ifx\empty\rsl
    \def\template{\colsepsurround
       \lft####\rgt&&\lft####\rgt\cr}
    \else\def\template{\colsepsurround
       ####\hfil&&\lft####\rgt\cr}\fi
\fi
\def\tstrut{\vrule height\tsht
   depth\tsdp width0pt}
%Logical mark up of column and
%row separators, via use of
\def\cs{&\colsepsurround\colsep
   \colsepsurround&}
\def\prs{&\colsepsurround\lineglue&}
\def\srp{&\lineglue\colsepsurround&}
\def\rs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr
   \ifx\empty\rowsep
   \else\noalign{\rowsep}\fi
   \ifx\empty\rsl
   \else\ea\nxtrs\fi}
\def\grs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr\ghostrow}
\def\ghostrow{\rss\prs\logms2\lineglue\cr\nxtrs}
\def\rss{&\colsepsurround\rowstbsep
   \colsepsurround&}
\def\hs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr
   \ifx\empty\headersep
   \else\noalign{\headersep}\fi
   \ifx\empty\rsl\else\ea\nxtrs\fi}
\the\everybtable\relax
\the\thisbtable\relax
\cellsize
\tsht=.775\cvsize\tsdp=.225\cvsize
\setbox\btablebox=\vbox\bgroup
   \tabskip=0pt\relax\offinterlineskip
   \halign\bgroup
   \span\template\ifx\empty\first
      \ifx\empty\rsl
      \else\ifx\empty\header
           \else\ea\rss\fi
      \fi\else\first\ea\rss\fi
   \ifx\empty\header
      \ifx\empty\first
         \ifx\empty\rsl\else
          \ea\nxtrs\fi\else\ea\hs\fi
   \else\header\tstrut\ea\hs\fi}%
%end \beginbtable
%;vrblin=200
\def\endbtable{\colsepsurround
   \tstrut\crcr\egroup\egroup
   %end setbox
   \global\thsize=\wd\btablebox
   \global\tvsize=\ht\btablebox
   \global\advance\tvsize by\dp\btablebox
   \the\prebtable
   \ifx\btablecaption\empty
   \else\hbox to\thsize{\strut\hfil
    \btablecaption\hss}\captionsep\fi
   \frameit{\copy\btablebox}
   \ifx\footer\empty
   \else\footersep\hbox to\thsize{\strut
      \footer\hss}\fi
     \egroup\the\postbtable
     \thisbtable={}}%
%end \endbtable
%
\def\btable#1{\beginbtable#1\endbtable}
%Defaults          %;vrblin=300
\def\cellsize{\cvsize=4ex
   \tsht=.775\cvsize\tsdp=.225\cvsize}
%\cellsize
\def\colsepsurround{\kern.5em}
\def\btablecaption{}
\def\first{}
\def\header{}
\def\rowstblst{}
\def\footer{}
\def\captionsep{\medskip}
\def\headersep{\hrule}
\def\footersep{\smallskip}
\def\rowstbsep{\vrule}
\def\template{}
\ctr
\nonruled
\nonframed
%end Defaults
%Auxiliaries             %;vrblin=350
\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule
   \vbox{#1}\vrule}\hrule}}
\def\dotboxit#1{\vbox{\offinterlineskip
   \hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}%
   \hbox{\lower\dp\btablebox\vbox to\tvsize{%
      \xleaders\hbox to0pt{\hss\vrule
      height1.5pt depth1.5pt width0pt.\hss
      }\vfil}%
      \vbox{#1}\lower\dp\btablebox\vbox to\tvsize{%
      \xleaders\hbox to0pt{\hss\vrule
      height1.5pt depth1.5pt width0pt.\hss
      }\vfil}}%
   \hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}}}
%And to account for logical columns with
%\logms% logical multispan
\def\spicspan{\span\omit}
\def\logms#1{\omit\mscount=#1\multiply
   \mscount by2 \advance\mscount by-1
   \loop\ifnum\mscount>1
      \spicspan\advance\mscount by-1
   \repeat}
%To process FIFO
\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi
   \process{#1}\fifo}
\def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi}
%To handle row stub list
\def\nxtrs{\ifx\empty\rsl
   \else\def\nxtel{\ea\nrs\rsl\srn}%
      \ea\nxtel\fi}%next Row Stub
\def\nrs#1#2\srn{\gdef\rsl{#2}#1\rss}
%\endinput %btable
%;nonum
%Contents btable.tex
%Newbox
%   \btablebox..................1
%Newtoks
%   \thisbtable, \everybtable...2
%   \prebtable, \postbtable.....3
%Parameter setting: rules
%   \hruled.................10-13
%   \vruled.................14-17
%   \ruled..................18-21
%   \nonruled...............22-25
%   \dotruled...............26-33
%Parameter setting: positioning
%   \ctr.......................36
%   \fll.......................38
%   \flr.......................40
%Parameter setting: framing
%   \framed....................43
%   \nonframed.................44
%   \dotframed.................45
%User macro
%   \beginbtable..........101-148
%   \endbtable............201-217
%   \btable...................219
%Defaults
%   \cellsize.............301-303
%   \colsepsurround...........304
%   \btablecaption............305
%   \first....................306
%   \header...................307
%   \rowstblst................308
%   \footer...................309
%   \captionsep...............310
%   \headersep................312
%   \footersep................312
%   \rowstbsep................314
%   \template.................314
%   \ctr......................320
%   \nonruled.................321
%   \nonframed................322
%Auxiliaries
%   \boxit................351-352
%   \dotboxit.............353-363
%   \spicspan.................366
%   \logms................367-371
%   \fifo.................373-374
%   \ofif.....................375
%   \nxtrs................377-379
%   \nrs......................380
%
%History of changes
%Version
%December 1994
%\rowstblst (and \rsl):
%   no longer does last element of list
%   need extra braces.
%\postbtable is token variable
%to guide user positioning.
%\data omitted in the macro.
%Formatting of footer made symmetrical
%with caption.
%\dotboxit corrected such that
%vertical dotted lines are symmetrical
%July 1994
%    \cellsize is invoked in
%    \beginbtable.
%    Token vars for \prebtable
%    \postbtable.
%June 1994
%        \beginbtable...\endbtable
%        two-part macro
%        \btable minimal variant
%        \preinsert, \postinsert changed
%        into \prebtable, \postbtable
%        toks vars: \everybtable,
%                   \thisbtable
%Version 1.1 \btablecaption as caption
%        (to prevent name clashes)
%        \def\cellsize{\cvsize=
%            et cetera} to be used
%            as default
%            and after font change.
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%btable%;newpage
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%vrb%
%vrb.tex
%Author: C.G. van der Laan
%   Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB
%   Garnwerd The Netherlands
%   05941-1525, cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl.
%Purpose: Verbatim macros via plain,
%         to be used with AnyTeX.
%                         ;numvrb
%User toks variables
\newtoks\thisverbatim
\newtoks\everyverbatim
\newtoks\preverbatim
\newtoks\postverbatim
%
%User customization
\preverbatim{\medskip}
\postverbatim{\smallbreak}
%                          ;vrblin100
%User `options': \numvrb
\newcount\vrblin
\def\numvrb{\vrblin0
   \everypar{\advance\vrblin1
    \llap{\sevenrm\the\vrblin\quad}}}
\def\nonum{\everypar={}}
%              : \emc, \unmc
\def\makeescape#1{\catcode`#1=0 }
\def\makeactive#1{\catcode`#1=13 }
{\makeactive\<
 \gdef\emc{\makeactive\<%
   \def<##1>{$\langle##1\rangle$}}}
\def\unmc{\catcode`\<=12 }%;vrblin200
%User macro
\def\beginverbatim{\begingroup
   \the\preverbatim\tt\setupverbatim
   \the\everyverbatim\relax
   \the\thisverbatim\relax
   \verbatimgobble}
%
\def\endverbatim{\the\postverbatim
   \endgroup\global\thisverbatim={}}
%
\def\setupverbatim{%\makeactive\`%
   \let\!=!\makeescape\!%Knuth&Levy
   \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%TB381
   \parskip0pt
   \obeylines\uncatcodespecials
   \obeyspaces}
%
{\obeyspaces\global\let =\  \catcode`\^=7
 \obeylines\gdef\verbatimgobble#1^^M{}%
%\makeactive\` \gdef`{\relax\lq}%TB381
}%
\def\uncatcodespecials{\def\do##1{%
   \catcode`##1=12 }\dospecials}
%
\def\math{\bgroup$\catcode`\_=8\relax
    \catcode`\^=7\relax}
\def\endmath{$\egroup}
%
\def\verbatim#{\beginverbatim\bgroup
 \aftergroup\endverbatim
 \afterassignment\ignorespaces
 \let\dummy=}
%                          ;vrblin250
%Minimal | tag for inline verbatim
\def\vrt{{\tt\char`\|}}\makeactive\|
\def|{\bgroup\tt\setupverbatim
      \the\everyverbatim\relax
      \the\thisverbatim\relax
      \def|{\egroup\thisverbatim{}}}
%;\vrblin300
%centering verbatims
\def\boxlines{\obeyspaces\fifol}
%\gdef\fifol#1^^M{\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi
%  \processl{#1}\fifol}
\def\begincenterverbatim{$$%
   \def\processl##1{\hbox{##1}}%
   \def\lofif##1\fifol{\fi\egroup
     \egroup$$\thisverbatim{}}
   \let\endcenterverbatim\lofif
   \bgroup\tt\setupcopy
   \let\!=!\catcode`\!=0
   \the\everyverbatim\the\thisverbatim
   \vbox\bgroup\boxlines}
%Default
\everyverbatim{\baselineskip12pt
      plus2ptminus1pt
      \lineskip1ptplus1ptminus1pt}
%\endinput
%                            ;nonum
%Contents vrb.tex cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Newtoks
%   \thisverbatim.................2
%   \everyverbatim................3
%   \preverbatim..................4
%   \postverbatim.................5
%Customization
%   \preverbatim..................8
%   \postverbatim.................9
%Options
%   \numvrb.................103-105
%   \vrblin.....................104
%   \nonum......................106
%   \makeescape.................108
%   \makeactive.................109
%   \emc....................111-112
%   \unmc.......................113
%   <#1>........................112
%User macro
%   \beginverbatim..........202-206
%   <esc char>endverbatim...208-209
%   \verbatim...............228-231
%   \setupverbatim..........211-215
%   \verbatimgobble.............218
%   `...........................219
%   \uncatcodespecials..........221
%   <escape char>math.......224-225
%   <escape char>endmath....... 226
%   \begincenterverbatim....305-313
%Inline verbatim
%   \vrt........................252
%   vertical bar symbol...... ..253
%
%History of changes
%July 1994 Version 2
%          \pre- and \postverbatim
%          changed into token vars.
%          Added
%          \unmc, unable metacode
%          \verbatim minimal tag
%          <escape char>math
%          <escape char>endmath
%Febr 1994 Release Version 1.0
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%vrb%;newpage
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bibliography%
%From BLUe's Bibliography%;numvrb
%\ls<name> template
\newcount\bcnt
\def\lsstraight{\let\ls\nitem}
%
%\ls a  la AMS
%
\newcount\suffixcnt
\def\lsams{\frenchspacing
 \let\lstnme\relax \let\lstyear\relax
 %
 \def\ls##1{\ea\bibitem##1}
 %
 \def\bibitem##1(##2){%
  \def\authornme{##1}%
  \def\authoryear{##2}%
 \ifx\lstnme\authornme
  \def\authornme{------}%
  \ifx\lstyear\authoryear
   \global\advance\suffixcnt1
   \def\authoryear{--}%
  \else\let\lstyear\authoryear\suffixcnt0
  \fi
 \else\let\lstnme\authornme
      \let\lstyear\authoryear\suffixcnt0
 \fi\nitem\authornme$\,$%
  (\authoryear\suffix)}%end \bibitem
%
\def\suffix{\ifcase\suffixcnt\or a\or b\or
 c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or
 k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or
 s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z\fi}
}                          %;vrblin100
%Loading
%Load selected entries
\def\gobble#1{}
\def\loadselectivefrom#1{%#1 lit etc.
 \def\lst##1{\ifx##1\undefined\ea\gobble
         \else \ea\gdef\ea##1\fi}
 \input #1.dat \relax%e.g. lit.dat
 }              %;vrblin200
\newif\ifstore \storetrue
\newtoks\thisreferences
\newtoks\referencesname
\newtoks\prereferences
\newtoks\postreferences
\newtoks\referencesfile
\newbox\referencesbox
\referencesfile{lit}
%\referencesname{References}
\def\references#1{\beginreferences#1%
   \endreferences}
\def\bluereferences#1\par
   {\beginreferences#1\endreferences}
\def\loadreferences{\loadselectivefrom
   {\the\referencesfile}}
\def\beginreferences#1\endreferences{%
  \bgroup\def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1
     \global\let##1\referenceserror\else
     \message{***\tt\string##1
             already loaded.***}
  \fi\namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1}}%
  \fifo#1\ofif
  \if]#1]\else\ea\loadreferences\fi
  %formatting
  \ifstore\global\setbox\referencesbox=
    \vbox\bgroup\fi\prenum{}\postnum{}
  \lsams%Default ls
  \the\thisreferences
  \def\lst##1{\ls{##1}
    \xdef##1{\the\itemno}}
  \the\namelst\endreferences}
%
\def\referenceserror{Reference not in
   database (Sorry.)\loaderror{Reference}}
%
\def\endreferences{\smallbreak\egroup
  \ifstore\egroup\fi
  \thisreferences{}}
%
\def\pasteupreferences{%
  \the\prereferences
  \unvbox\referencesbox
  \the\postreferences}
%
\prereferences{\head{\the
  \referencesname}}
%\postreferences{}
%;vrblin250
%Double loading is not prevented
%instead a message is provided.
\def\beginpictures#1\endpictures{%
  \def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1
    \gdef##1{Picture {\tt\string##1} not
    in database, Sorry.
    \loaderror{Picture}}%
  \else \message{***\string##1
         already loaded.***}%
  \fi}%
  \fifo#1\ofif
  \loadselectivefrom{\the\picturesfile}
  \commonforpic}
%
%\def\endpictures{\egroup}
%
\def\pictures#1{\beginpictures#1%
   \endpictures}
\def\bluepictures#1\par
   {\beginpictures#1\endpictures}
\def\loadallpictures{\input\the
   \picturesfile.dat\relax\commonforpic}
%
\def\loaderror#1{\write16{#1 not in
      database}}
%\endinput                    %;nonum
%Contents bibliography
%               cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Newcount
%   \bcnt.........................2
%   \suffixcnt....................8
%Newif
%   \ifstore....................201
%Newtoks
%   \thisreferences.............202
%   \referencesname........203, 206
%   \prereferences.........204, 234
%   \postreferences.............205
%Newbox
%   \referencesbox..............206
%Initializations
%   \prereferences..........231-232
%   \postreferences.............233
%\ls customization
%   \lsstraight.................3-6
%   \lsams.....................9-34
%   \suffix...................30-33
%loading
%   \gobble.....................102
%   \loadselectivefrom......104-109
%User level
%   \references.............208-209
%   \beginreferences........210-225
%   \endreferences..........226-228
%   \pasteupreferences......230-233
%   \beginpictures..........251-259
%   \endpictures................260
%   \pictures...............261-262
%   \loadallpictures........263-265
%   \loaderror..............266-267
%History of changes
%July 1994 Information supplied before
%          \beginscript, past up later.
%          Separate loading of pictures.
%June 1994 Simpler user interface
%          \beginreferences
%          \<name_1> ... \<name_n>
%          \endreferences
%Created May 1994
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bibliography%;newpage
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Cross-Refs%
%From BLUe's Cross-Referencing
%cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl      %;numvrb
\newif\ifadvance \advancetrue
\newcount\frmcnt
\newtoks\prenum\newtoks\postnum
%Default prenum and postnum
\prenum{(}\postnum{)}
%Automatic numbering
\def\frmnum{\ifadvance\global\advance
   \frmcnt1 \fi
   \the\prenum\the\frmcnt\the\postnum}
%Automatic numbering and attaching a name
\def\ref{\frmnum\create}
%\def\create#1{\ifx#1$$\else
%   \xdef#1{\the\frmcnt}\fi}
%The version, which handles also displaylines
\def\create#1{\ifx#1$$\else
   \ifx#1\hfil\hfil\else
   \xdef#1{\the\prenum\the\frmcnt
   \the\postnum}\fi\fi}
%Citation
\newif\ifproof \prooftrue
\def\crsref#1{\ifx#1\undefined{\ifproof
     \leavevmode\vadjust{\kern-1ex
     \rightline{\vbox to0pt{\vss
     \rlap{FR: \tt\string#1}}}}\fi}
   \else#1\fi}
%;nonum
%Contents Cross-Referencing
%                   cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Newifs, newcounts
%  \ifadvance, \ifproof..........1, 18
%  \frmcnt...........................2
%Newtoks
%  \prenum, \postnum.................3
%Context
%  \prenum, \postnum.................4
%Automatic numbering, referencing
%  \frmnum.........................7-9
%  \ref.............................11
%  \create.......................15-16
%Cross referencing
%  \crsref.......................19-23
%
%History of changes
%Jan 95 \prenum and postnum values are
%       stored together with the number
%       by \create
%June 94 Designed.
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%cross-ref%;newpage
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%gkppic%
%From gkpmac (line diagrams)
% `Pictures (a subset of \LaTeX's
%  conventions)'
%These macros have been used for typesetting
%`Concrete Mathematics,' among others.
%          cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl  ;numvrb
%\catcode`@=11 % borrow the private macros
%              % of PLAIN (with care)
\newskip\hsssglue
\hsssglue=0pt plus 1fill minus 1fill
\def\hsss{\hskip\hsssglue}

\newdimen\unitlength
\newdimen\linethickness
\newdimen\@picheight \newdimen\@xdim
\newdimen\@ydim \newdimen\@len \newdimen\@save
\newcount\@multicount \newcount\@xarg
\newcount\@yarg\newbox\@picbox \newbox\@mpbox

\font\tenln=line10     \font\tenlnw=linew10
\font\tencirc=lcircle10
\font\tencircw=lcirclew10
\font\smallln=linew10 scaled 483 % magstep-4

\def\thinlines{\let\linefont=\tenln
  \let\circlefont=\tencirc
  \linethickness=\fontdimen8\linefont}
\def\thicklines{\let\linefont=\tenlnw
  \let\circlefont=\tencircw
  \linethickness=\fontdimen8\linefont}
\thinlines

\def\gkpbeginpicture(#1,#2)(#3,#4){\begingroup
\@picheight=#2\unitlength \let\line=\@line
  \setbox\@picbox=\hbox to#1\unitlength
  \bgroup\kern-#3\unitlength
  \lower#4\unitlength\hbox\bgroup
  \ignorespaces}
\def\gkpendpicture{\egroup\hss\egroup
  \ht\@picbox=\@picheight \dp\@picbox=\z@
  \leavevmode\box\@picbox\endgroup}

\def\put(#1,#2)#3{\raise#2\unitlength
  \rlap{\kern#1\unitlength #3}\ignorespaces}

\def\multiput(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{\@multicount
 =#5\@xdim=#1\unitlength \@ydim=#2\unitlength
\setbox\@mpbox=\hbox{#6}%
 \loop\ifnum\@multicount>0
   \raise\@ydim\rlap{\kern\@xdim
   \unhcopy\@mpbox}%
   \advance\@xdim#3\unitlength
   \advance\@ydim#4\unitlength
   \advance\@multicount\m@ne
   \repeat\ignorespaces}

%makebox is replaced because its reference
%point does not coincide with LaTeX's
%\def\makebox(#1,#2)#3{\setbox\@picbox=
%  \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss#3\hss}%
%  \advance\@ydim-\dp\@picbox
%  \ht\@picbox=#2\unitlength
%  \dp\@picbox=\z@
%  \leavevmode\lower.5\@ydim\box\@picbox}
\def\makebox(#1,#2)#3{%
  \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss
    \vbox to#2\unitlength{\vss
      \hbox{#3}\vss}\hss}}
%LaTeX's framebox is added
\def\framebox(#1,#2)#3{\setbox0=
  \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss
   \vbox to#2\unitlength{\vss
     \hbox{#3}\vss}\hss}%
     \makelightbox\kern-\wd0\box0}

\newif\ifneg
\def\@line(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg=#1 \@yarg=#2
 \@len=#3\unitlength \leavevmode
 \ifnum\@xarg<0 \reverseline \else
         \negfalse \@ydim=\z@\fi
   \ifnum\@xarg=0 \@vline
   \else\ifnum\@yarg=0 \@hline
      \else\@sline\fi\fi
\ifneg\kern-\@len\else\@save=\@ydim\fi}
\def\reverseline{\negtrue \kern-\@len
 \@xarg=-\@xarg
 \@ydim=\@len \multiply\@ydim\@yarg
  \divide\@ydim\@xarg \@yarg=-\@yarg}

\def\@hline{\vrule height.5\linethickness
  depth.5\linethickness width\@len}
\def\@vline{\kern-.5\linethickness\vrule
  width\linethickness
  \ifnum\@yarg<0 height\z@ depth\else
        depth\z@ height\fi\@len
  \kern-.5\linethickness}

\def\@sline{\setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\linefont
 \count@=\@xarg \multiply\count@ 8
 \ifnum\@yarg>0 \advance\count@\@yarg
                \advance\count@-9
 \else \advance\count@-\@yarg
       \advance\count@ 55 \fi
 %\immediate\write0{count@=\the\count@}%
 \char\count@}%
 \ifnum\@yarg<0 \@picheight=-\ht\@picbox
                \advance\@ydim\@picheight
 \else \@picheight=\ht\@picbox \fi
 \@xdim=\wd\@picbox \@save=\@ydim
%\hbox to0pt{\hss$\bullet$\hss}%
 \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len
   \raise\@ydim\copy\@picbox
   \advance\@xdim\wd\@picbox
   \advance\@ydim\@picheight%\immediate
   %\write0{x, y: \the\@xdim, \the\@ydim}%
 \repeat
 \advance\@xdim-\@len \kern-\@xdim
 \multiply\@xdim\@yarg
 \divide\@xdim\@xarg
 \advance\@ydim-\@xdim
%Mod cgl June 94
 \ifdim\@len<\ht\@picbox
 \kern\wd\@picbox\else
 \raise\@ydim\box\@picbox\fi}

\def\vector(#1,#2)#3{\@line(#1,#2){#3}%
 \ifnum\@xarg=0 \@vvector
 \else\ifnum\@yarg=0 \@hvector
      \else\@svector\fi\fi}
\def\@hvector{\ifneg\rlap{\linefont\char
 27}\else\smash{\llap{\linefont\char45}}\fi
 } % we have to smash because of font bug
\def\@vvector{\ifnum\@yarg<0
 \raise-\@len\rlap{\linefont\char63}%
 \else\setbox\@picbox=\rlap{\linefont
   \char54}\advance\@len-\ht\@picbox
   \raise\@len\box\@picbox\fi}

\def\@svector{\setbox\@picbox=\hbox
 to\z@{\linefont
 \ifnum\@yarg<0 \count@=55 \@yarg=-\@yarg
 \else\count@=-9 \fi
 \ifneg\multiply\@xarg16 \multiply\@yarg2
 \else\hss % \llap
  \ifnum\@xarg>2 \multiply\@xarg9
                 \multiply\@yarg2
                 \advance\count@29
  \else\ifnum\@yarg>2 \multiply\@xarg16
                      \multiply\@yarg9
                      \advance\count@-20
   \else\multiply\@xarg24 \multiply\@yarg3
 \fi\fi\fi
  \advance\count@\@xarg
  \advance\count@\@yarg \char\count@
  \ifneg\hss\fi}% \rlap
 \raise\@save\box\@picbox}

\def\disk#1{\@len=#1\unitlength
 \count@='160 \@diskcirc}
\def\circle#1{\@len=#1\unitlength
 \count@='140 \@diskcirc}
\def\@diskcirc{\setbox\@picbox=
 \hbox{\circlefont\char\count@}%
 \@xdim=\wd\@picbox \leavevmode
 \ifdim\@len>15.499\@xdim \@bigdc
 \else \@smalldc\fi}
\def\@bigdc{\ifnum\count@<'160 \@bigcirc
 \else \@len=15\@xdim \@diskcirc\fi}
\def\@smalldc{{\advance\@len-.5\@xdim
 \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len
  \advance\count@\@ne
  \advance\@xdim\wd\@picbox
 \repeat
 \hbox{\circlefont\char\count@}}}
\def\@bigcirc{{\circlefont\count@=15
 \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char\count@
                 }\@xdim=\wd\@picbox
 \ifdim\@len>2.5\@xdim \@len=2.5\@xdim\fi
 \advance\@len-.125\wd\@picbox
 \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len
   \advance\count@4
   \advance\@xdim.25\wd\@picbox
 \repeat
 \@ydim=.5\@xdim
 \advance\@ydim.5\linethickness
 \setbox\@picbox=\vbox{\hbox{\char
   \count@\advance\count@-3\char\count@}%
  \nointerlineskip
  \hbox{\advance\count@\m@ne\char
   \count@\advance\count@\m@ne
   \char\count@}}%
 \kern-\@ydim\lower\@ydim\box\@picbox}}

\newif\ifovaltl \newif\ifovaltr
\newif\ifovalbl \newif\ifovalbr
\ovaltltrue \ovaltrtrue
\ovalbltrue \ovalbrtrue
\def\oval(#1,#2){\@xdim=#1\unitlength
                 \@ydim=#2\unitlength
 {\circlefont
  \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char0}
 \ifdim\@xdim<\wd\@picbox
    \@xdim=\wd\@picbox\fi
 \ifdim\@ydim<\wd\@picbox
    \@ydim=\wd\@picbox\fi
 \@save=\@xdim
 \ifdim\@ydim<\@save \@save=\@ydim \fi
 \count@=39
 \loop \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char
  \count@}\ifdim\@save<\wd\@picbox
  \advance\count@-4
 \repeat
 \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height\ht
  \@picbox depth\dp\@picbox width\z@
   \kern\wd\@picbox}%
 \@save=.5\wd\@picbox
 \advance\@save-.5\linethickness
 \setbox0=\hbox to\@xdim{\ifovaltl
    \char\count@\else\strut\fi
  \kern-\@save\leaders\hrule height
  \ifovaltl\linethickness\else\z@\fi
  \hfil
  \leaders\hrule height\ifovaltr
  \linethickness\else\z@\fi
  \hfil\kern\@save
  \ifovaltr\advance\count@-3
    \char\count@\else\strut\fi
  \kern-\wd\@picbox}%
  \advance\count@\m@ne
 \setbox2=\hbox to\@xdim{\ifovalbl
  \char\count@\else\strut\fi
  \kern-\@save\leaders\hrule height
  \ifovalbl\linethickness\else\z@\fi
  \hfil
  \leaders\hrule height
  \ifovalbr\linethickness\else
    \z@\fi\hfil\kern\@save
  \ifovalbr\advance\count@\m@ne
    \char\count@\else\strut\fi
  \kern-\wd\@picbox}%
 \@save=\@ydim
 \advance\@save-\wd\@picbox
 \divide\@save 2
 \setbox\@picbox=\vbox{\box0
  \nointerlineskip
  \hbox to\@xdim{\vrule height\@save
    width\ifovaltl\linethickness
         \else\z@\fi
    \hfil\ifovaltr\vrule
    width\linethickness
    \kern-\linethickness\fi}%
  \nointerlineskip
  \hbox to\@xdim{\vrule height\@save
    width\ifovalbl\linethickness
         \else\z@\fi
    \hfil\ifovalbr\vrule
    width\linethickness
    \kern-\linethickness\fi}%
   \nointerlineskip\box2}%
  \@save=.5\@ydim
  \advance\@save.5\linethickness
  \leavevmode
  \kern-.5\@xdim
  \kern-.5\linethickness
  \lower\@save\box\@picbox}}

\def\begincpic#1\endcpic{\vcenter{\hbox
  {\beginpicture#1\endpicture}}}

% Squines (quadratic splines)
% example of use: to plot f(x) between
% x0 and x1, you can say
% \put(0,0){\squine(x0,xm,x1,y0,ym,y1)},
% where y0=f(x0), y1=f(x1)
% xm=(y0-y1+s1x1-s0x0)/(s1-s0),
% ym=(s0(s1x1-y1)-s1(s0x0-y0))/(s1-s0),
% s0=f'(x0), and s1=f'(x1).

\newdimen\@xi \newdimen\@xii
\newdimen\@xiii \newdimen\@xiv
\newdimen\@xpt \newdimen\@xoldpt
\newdimen\@yi \newdimen\@yii
\newdimen\@yiii \newdimen\@yiv
\newdimen\@ypt \newdimen\@yoldpt
\def\squineelem{.}
%\def\squineelem{\tencirc q}
\def\squine(#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6){\setbox
 \@picbox\hbox{\squineelem}%
 \global\@xoldpt=#1\unitlength
 \global\@yoldpt=#4\unitlength
 \kern\@xoldpt
 \@xi=\@xoldpt
 \@xii=#2\unitlength
 \@xiii=#3\unitlength
 \@yi=\@yoldpt
 \@yii=#5\unitlength
 \@yiii=#6\unitlength
 \squinerec
 \@xpt=#3\unitlength
 \@ypt=#6\unitlength
 \@addpoint
 \raise\@ypt\copy\@picbox}
\newif\iffar
\def\squinerec{\farfalse
 \testnear\@xi\@xiii \testnear\@yi\@yiii
 \iffar \decast \fi}
\def\testnear#1#2{\@save=#1\advance
 \@save-#2%
 \ifdim\@save<\z@ \@save=-\@save\fi
 \ifdim\@save>\p@ \fartrue \fi}
\def\decast{\@xpt=\@xi
 \advance\@xpt\@xii \divide\@xpt2
 \advance\@xii\@xiii \divide\@xii2
 \@xiv=\@xpt
 \advance\@xiv\@xii
 \divide\@xiv2
 \@ypt=\@yi
 \advance\@ypt\@yii
 \divide\@ypt2
 \advance\@yii\@yiii
 \divide\@yii2
 \@yiv=\@ypt
 \advance\@yiv\@yii
 \divide\@yiv2
 \begingroup\@xii=\@xpt \@xiii=\@xiv
  \@yii=\@ypt \@yiii=\@yiv
  \squinerec\endgroup
 \@xpt=\@xiv \@ypt=\@yiv \@addpoint
 \@xi=\@xiv \@yi=\@yiv \squinerec}
\def\@addpoint{%
 %\message{(\the\@xpt,\the\@ypt)}%
 \global\advance\@xoldpt-\@xpt
 \wd\@picbox=-\@xoldpt
 \raise\@yoldpt\copy\@picbox
 \global\@xoldpt=\@xpt
 \global\@yoldpt=\@ypt}
%Additions%;vrblin399
\newtoks\xdim \newtoks\ydim
\newtoks\xoffset \newtoks\yoffset
\newtoks\everypicture
\newtoks\thispicture
\xoffset{0}\yoffset{0}%defaults
\def\beginpicture{\bgroup
 \the\everypicture\the\thispicture
 \gkpbeginpicture(\the\xdim,\the\ydim)%
   (\the\xoffset,\the\yoffset)}
\def\endpicture{\gkpendpicture\egroup
   \global\thispicture{}}
\def\rhombus(#1,#2)#3#4{%
%#1,#2 ratio of horizontal/vertical size, <=6
%#3 the size in unitlengths (half of total width)
%#4 text to be put in the middle.
%The centre is the reference point,
%like \oval.
\setbox0=\hbox{\line(#1,#2){#3}}%
\setbox1=\hbox{\line(#1,-#2){#3}}%
\hbox to0pt{\hss
   \vbox to0pt{\offinterlineskip\vss
               \copy0\copy1\vss}%
   \vbox to0pt{\vss\copy1\copy0\vss}\hss}%
   \vbox to0pt{\vss
    \hbox to 0pt{\hss#4\hss}\vss}}
%lu is pointing left up,
%rl is pointing roght down
\def\rdarrowhead{\hbox to 0pt{\hss
   \vrule height.1ptdepth.1ptwidth.5ex
    \vrule height.5ex\relax}}
\def\luarrowhead{\hbox to 0pt{\vrule
   depth.5ex\relax
   \vrule height.1ptdepth.1ptwidth.5ex}}
%\endinput %;nonum
%
%Contents Picture environm. named
%gkppic.        cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Dimensions
%  \unitlength......................7
%  \linethickness...................8
%  \@picheight......................9
%  \@xdim, \@ydim................9-10
%  \@xarg, \@yarg, \@len........10-12
%  \@save..........................10
%  \@picbox........................12
%  \@mpbox.........................12
%  \@xi, \@xii, \@xiii, \@xiv.270-271
%  \@xpt, \@xoldpt................272
%  \@yi, \@yii, \@yiii, \@yiv.273-274
%  \@ypt, \@yoldpt................275
%Newifs
%  \ifneg..........................70
%  \ifovaltl, \ifovaltr...........185
%  \ifovalbl, \ifovalbr...........186
%  \iffar.........................297
%Fonts
%  \tenln, \tenlnw.................14
%  \tencirc, \tencircw..........15-16
%  \smallln........................17
%Size switching
%  \thinlines, \thicklines......19-25
%Picture environment
%  \gkpbeginpicture
%     (and \line in there)......27-32
%  \gkpendpicture...............33-35
%  \begincpic, \endcpic.......258-259
%  \put.........................37-38
%  \multiput....................40-49
%Picture elements
%  \makebox.....................59-62
%  \framebox....................64-68
%  \@line.......................71-78
%  \reverseline.................79-82
%  \@hline......................84-85
%  \@vline......................86-90
%  \@sline.....................92-115
%  \vector....................117-120
%  \@hvector..................121-123
%  \@vvector..................124-128
%  \@svector..................130-147
%  \disk......................149-150
%  \circle....................151-152
%  \@diskcirc.................153-157
%  \@bigdc....................158-159
%  \@smalldc..................160-165
%  \@bigcirc..................166-183
%  \oval......................189-256
%Curves
%  \squineelem................276-277
%  \squine....................278-293
%  \squinerec.................295-297
%  \testnear..................298-301
%  \decast....................302-320
%  \@addpoint.................321-327
%Additions, compatible blue.tex conventions
%Newtoks
%  \xdim, \ydim,
%  \xoffset, \yoffset.........400-401
%\everypicture, \thispicture..402-403
%\beginpicture................406-409
%\endpicture..................410-411
%\rhombus.....................412-424
%\luarrowhead.................430-432
%\rlarrowhead.................427-429
%History of changes
%Dec 94 \rhombus picture element added.
%       \luarrowhead, \rlarrowhead added.
%Jun 94 Extensions added for compati-
%       bility with blue.tex.
%       \makebox adapted to LaTeX.
%       \framebox added.
%       \@sline adapted for case
%       \@len less then \ht\@picbox
%       (suppress line
%       element but kern conditionally.)
%       The `dot' element in \squine has
%       been parameterized and initialized
%       differently.
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%gkppic%;newcol
%
%
%
%%%%%%%%%  Amy's Diagonal line %%%%%%%%%%
\newif\ifminuswd
\newif\ifminusht
\newbox\dotwide
\newbox\dotbox
\newdimen\savehtofdiagline
\newdimen\htofdiagline
\newdimen\wdofdiagline
\newdimen\dotmove
\newdimen\newsaveht
\newdimen\savewdofdiagline
%
\def\diagline #1 #2 wd #3 ht{%
%#1 dot, e.g. .
%#2 width in units, eg 2ex
%#3 height in units, eg 3ex
%Amy Hendrickson, TB6#2, 1985
%Comment cgl: Line thickness varies over
%the direction, nearly verticals go wrong.
\global\setbox\dotwide=\hbox{#1}%
\global\setbox\dotbox=
   \hbox to0pt{\hss#1\hss}%
\global\wdofdiagline=#2\relax%
\ifdim\wdofdiagline<1sp
   \global\minuswdtrue
   \global\advance\wdofdiagline
                by-2\wdofdiagline
\else\global\minuswdfalse%Robustness
\fi% turn neg dim to positive
\global\htofdiagline=#3\relax%
\ifdim\htofdiagline<1sp
   \global\advance\htofdiagline
   by-2\htofdiagline\global\minushttrue
\else\global\minushtfalse%Robustness
\fi
\global\dotmove=1pt%%
\setbox1=\hbox{%
   \global\divide\htofdiagline
    by\the\wdofdiagline\relax}%
\ifminuswd\rlap\bgroup%
\else\bgroup\fi%
\loop\ifdim\htofdiagline>.4pt%CGL mod
\global\divide\htofdiagline by2%
\global\divide\dotmove by2\repeat%
\global\savehtofdiagline=\htofdiagline%
\loop\ifdim\wdofdiagline>0pt%
\hskip\ifminuswd-\dotmove%
      \else\dotmove\fi%
\ifminusht\lower\else\raise\fi%
      \htofdiagline\copy\dotbox%
\global\advance\htofdiagline
          by\savehtofdiagline%
\global\advance\wdofdiagline
          by-\dotmove\repeat%
\egroup%
}% end diagonal line
\def\amyicurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle
%#1 is ht of icon matrix,
%with UT the upper triangular part, e.g. 4ex
%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular)
%matrix, e.g. 2ex
\vbox to #1{\hrule
   \hbox{\diagline . #2 wd -#2 ht\vrule}%
   \vfil}%
}%end amyicurt
%endamy's diagline%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%;nonum;newcol
%
%
%
\newtoks\picturesfile
\picturesfile{pic}
%;numvrb
%begin%%%%%%Generalized \samplebox
\def\point#1 #2 #3{\kern#1\unitlength
   \raise#2\unitlength\hbox to0pt{\the\prefil
   \the\prepoint#3\the\postfil
   }\kern-#1\unitlength}
%
\def\gbox#1#2#3#4{%#1=ht,#2=dp,#3=wd
%#4=text. Assumed: the dimen vars
%\xshift, \yshift have been initialized.
%position of begin of text.
{\setbox0=\vtop{\vbox to#1{%
  \hbox to#3{}\vss}\nointerlineskip
  \vbox to#2{}}%
%now \box0 has the desired
%ht, dp, and wd
 \hbox{\makelightbox\kern-#3%
  \raise\yshift\hbox to#3{\kern\xshift
  #4\hss}%
 }}}%;nonum;newpage
%
%
%Turtle graphics macros added, July 1995
%cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl, July 1995
%\newdimen\unitlength
\unitlength3ex %deault
\newdimen\unitlengthx
\newdimen\unitlengthy
\newdimen\x   \newdimen\auxdim
\newdimen\leftx \newdimen\rightx
\newdimen\y \newdimen\yy
\newdimen\lefty \newdimen\righty
%\newcount\i
\newcount\k \newcount\kaux
\newcount\loccnt \newcount\modsum
\newcount\level  \newcount\order
\newcount\kmax
\newcount\kk \newcount\ekk
\newcount\dir
\newbox\nel \newbox\nwl
\newbox\hlfwndelm
%\newdimen\linethickness \linethickness.2pt
\newdimen\linesize
\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule
   height\linethickness
   width\linethickness}
\def\xy#1{%Function: place #1 at x, y
   \vbox to0pt{\kern-\y
   \hbox to0pt{\kern\x#1\hss}\vss}}
%
\def\xytxt#1{%Function: place text #1 at x, y
   \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss
   \hbox to0pt{\strut#1\hss}\kern0pt}}}
%
\def\N#1{\xy{\kern-.5\linethickness
  \vbox to0pt{\vss
  \hrule height#1\unitlength
   width\linethickness}}%
\advance\y#1\unitlength}
%
\def\S#1{\advance\y-#1\unitlength
   {\N{#1}}}
%
\def\E#1{\xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss
   \hrule width#1\unitlength
          height\linethickness
          depth0pt\vss
}}\advance\x#1\unitlength}
%
\def\W#1{\advance\x-#1\unitlength
   {\E{#1}}}
%
\def\NE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
   \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
   \advance\x\wd\hlfwndelm
   \advance\y\ht\hlfwndelm
\repeat}
%
\def\NW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
   \advance\x-\wd\hlfwndelm
   \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
   \advance\y\ht\hlfwndelm
\repeat}
%
\def\SW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
   \advance\x-\wd\hlfwndelm
   \advance\y-\ht\hlfwndelm
   \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
\repeat}
%
\def\SE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
   \advance\y-\ht\hlfwndelm
   \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
   \advance\x\wd\hlfwndelm
\repeat}
%
%Convenient aliases are
\let\0\N
\let\1\E
\let\2\S
\let\3\W
%to supply text to the east (by preceding
%it with \hss it is centered)
\def\trttxt#1{\hbox to0pt{%
   \kern\x\vbox to0pt{\vss
      \hbox to0pt{\strut#1\hss
      }\kern\y}\hss}}
%white writing i.e. just move, don't draw
\def\whiteE#1{\advance\x#1\unitlength }
\def\whiteN#1{\advance\y#1\unitlength }
\def\whiteW#1{\advance\x-#1\unitlength }
\def\whiteS#1{\advance\y-#1\unitlength }
%sometimes the following variants with
%global changes are needed
\def\globalN#1{\xy{\kern-.5\linethickness
  \vbox to0pt{\vss
  \hrule height#1\unitlength
   width\linethickness}}%
\global\advance\y#1\unitlength}
%
\def\globalS#1{\global\advance
   \y-#1\unitlength{\N{#1}}}
%
\def\globalE#1{\xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss
   \hrule width#1\unitlength
          height\linethickness
          depth0pt\vss
}}\global\advance\x#1\unitlength}
%
\def\globalW#1{\global\advance
  \x-#1\unitlength{\E{#1}}}
%
\newbox\trielm
\linethickness.2pt
\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule
   width1.74\linethickness
   height\linethickness\relax}
%To account for element in 30 degrees direction
\unitlengthy\ht\trielm %default.2pt
\unitlengthx\wd\trielm %default.3482pt
\unitlength\unitlengthy%default.2pt
%
\def\WSW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\divide\auxdim2
   \loop\advance\auxdim-\unitlengthy
   \ifdim\auxdim>-.5\unitlengthy
      \advance\x-\unitlengthx
      \advance\y-\unitlengthy
      \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\trielm}}%
   \repeat}
%
\def\ESE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\divide\auxdim2
   \loop\advance\auxdim-\unitlengthy
   \ifdim\auxdim>-.5\unitlengthy
      \advance\y-\unitlengthy
      \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\trielm}}%
      \advance\x\unitlengthx
   \repeat}
%
\def\correction{\multiply\auxdim23
   \divide\auxdim32\relax}
%
%And the shortcut
\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname
   {\the\kk}}
%The useful \bintree for trees
\def\bintree{\S1\ifnum2=\kk\eertnib\fi
   \divide\kk2
   {\W{\the\kk}\bintree}%
    \E{\the\kk}\bintree\relax}
\def\eertnib#1\relax{\fi\global\advance\k1
 \whiteS1\xytxt{ \csname\the\k\endcsname}}
%
%cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl, July 1995
%\newdimen\x \newdimen\y \newdimen\yy
%\newcount\k \newcount\kmax
\ea\newdimen\csname X1\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname X2\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname X3\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname X4\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname X12\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname X23\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname X34\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname X123\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname X234\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname X1234\endcsname
\def\X#1{\csname X#1\endcsname}
%
\ea\newdimen\csname Y1\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname Y2\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname Y3\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname Y4\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname Y12\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname Y23\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname Y34\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname Y123\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname Y234\endcsname
\ea\newdimen\csname Y1234\endcsname
\def\Y#1{\csname Y#1\endcsname}
%
\newbox\smileybox
%Next the METAfont spline implementation
\def\mfs{\ifnum\k=\kmax \sfm\fi
\advance\k1
\midpoints\x\X{1234}\y\Y{1234}\putatxy
{\X2\X{12}\X3\X{123}\X4\X{1234}%
 \Y2\Y{12}\Y3\Y{123}\Y4\Y{1234}\mfs}%
{\X1\X{1234}\X2\X{234}\X3\X{34}%
 \Y1\Y{1234}\Y2\Y{234}\Y3\Y{34}\mfs}\relax}%end \mfs
%
\def\sfm#1\relax{\fi}
%
%
\def\midpoints{%z1,...,z4 -> z1, z12, z23,...,z1234
\X{12}\X1\advance\X{12}by\X2\divide\X{12}by2
\X{23}\X2\advance\X{23}by\X3\divide\X{23}by2
\X{34}\X3\advance\X{34}by\X4\divide\X{34}by2
\X{123}\X{12}\advance\X{123}by\X{23}\divide\X{123}by2
\X{234}\X{23}\advance\X{234}by\X{34}\divide\X{234}by2
\X{1234}\X{123}\advance\X{1234}by\X{234}\divide\X{1234}by2
%
\Y{12}\Y1\advance\Y{12}by\Y2\divide\Y{12}by2
\Y{23}\Y2\advance\Y{23}by\Y3\divide\Y{23}by2
\Y{34}\Y3\advance\Y{34}by\Y4\divide\Y{34}by2
\Y{123}\Y{12}\advance\Y{123}by\Y{23}\divide\Y{123}by2
\Y{234}\Y{23}\advance\Y{234}by\Y{34}\divide\Y{234}by2
\Y{1234}\Y{123}\advance\Y{1234}by\Y{234}\divide\Y{1234}by2 }
%\putatxy already in blue.tex
\def\putatxy{\hbox to0pt{\kern\x\kern-.15pt
                   \vbox to0pt{\vss\hrule width.3pt
                                          height.3pt\relax
                   \kern\y}\hss}}
%
%\def\S#1{...}%See earlier
%
\def\initialize#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%points: (#1,#2),...(#7,#8)
   \csname X1\endcsname#1\unitlength
   \csname X2\endcsname#3\unitlength
   \csname X3\endcsname#5\unitlength
   \csname X4\endcsname#7\unitlength
   \csname Y1\endcsname#2\unitlength
   \csname Y2\endcsname#4\unitlength
   \csname Y3\endcsname#6\unitlength
   \csname Y4\endcsname#8\unitlength}
%
%
%\def\smiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
%   \copy\smileybox\eyes\mouth\kern1000\unitlength} }
%\def\winksmiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
%   \copy\smileybox\winkeye\mouth\kern1000\unitlength} }
%\def\sadsmiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
%   \copy\smileybox\squinteyes\sadmouth\kern1000\unitlength} }
%
%Contents turtle tools
%Storage allocations
%\newcount
% \k, \loccnt, \modsum,
% \level, \order, \kmax,
% \kk, \ekk, \dir
%newdimen
% \x, \leftx, \rightx,
% \y, \yy, \lefty, \righty,
%\newbox
% \hlfwndelm, \trielm
%Definitions
% \N, \E, \S, \W
% \NE, \SE, \SW, \NW
% \WSW, \ESE
% \whiteN, \whiteE, \whiteS, \whiteW
% \globalN, \globalE, \globalS, \globalW
% \correction
% \draw
% \bintree, \eertnib
% \putarxy
% \mfs, \sfm
% \midpoints
% \initialize
%Aliases
%\0, \1, \3, \4
%History of changes
%July 1995 Setup turtle graphics
%\endinput
%
%
%Undocumented features
%\rnd from Reid, 1987
%(Included in index macros of BLUe.)
%\newcount\rndnum \newcount\rndtmp
%\newcount\rndval
\def\rnd{\multiply\rndnum371{}%
 \advance\rndnum1{}%
 \ifnum\rndnum>99999
  \rndtmp\rndnum \divide\rndtmp100000
  \multiply\rndtmp100000
  \advance\rndnum-\rndtmp
 \fi\rndval\rndnum
 \divide\rndval1000 }
%
\def\dieiii{\rnd\throw=
   \ifnum\rndval<34 0\else
      \ifnum\rndval<67 1\else2
   \fi\fi}
\def\dieiv{\rnd\throw=
   \ifnum\rndval<25 0\else
      \ifnum\rndval<50 1\else
      \ifnum\rndval<75 2\else3
   \fi\fi\fi}
\def\diev{\rnd\throw=
   \ifnum\rndval<20 0\else
      \ifnum\rndval<40 1\else
      \ifnum\rndval<60 2\else
      \ifnum\rndval<80 3\else4
   \fi\fi\fi\fi}
%
%
%;numvrb
%Formats.
\def\loadformat{\input fmt.dat\relax}
%
\def\concert{\ifx\undefined\concertfmt
   \let\concertfmt=x\fi
   \loadformat
   \let\concertfmt\undefined
}
%;vrblin50
\newtoks\addressesfile
\addressesfile{address}
%
\def\letter{\ifx\undefined\letterfmt
   \let\letterfmt=x\fi
   \loadformat
   \let\letterfmt\undefined
}
%;vrblin100
\newcount\reportloadcnt
%Prevent double loading.
\def\report{\ifx\undefined\reportfmt
   \let\reportfmt=x\fi
   \ifnum\reportloadcnt=0 \ea\loadformat\fi
   \advance\reportloadcnt1
   \let\reportfmt\undefined
}
%;vrblin150
\newcount\transparenciesloadcnt
\def\transparencies{%
   \ifx\undefined\transparenciesfmt
       \let\transparenciesfmt=x\fi
   \ifnum\transparenciesloadcnt=0
     \ea\loadformat\fi
   \advance\transparenciesloadcnt1
   \let\transparenciesfmt\undefined
}%
\newcount\trsno
\newbox\trsppt
\newcount\transparenciespptloadcnt
\def\transparenciesppt{%
   \ifx\undefined\transparenciespptfmt
       \let\transparenciespptfmt=x\fi
   \ifnum\transparenciespptloadcnt=0
     \ea\loadformat\fi
   \advance\transparenciespptloadcnt1
   \let\transparenciespptfmt\undefined
}%;nonum;newpage
%
%
%;numvrb
%Tools
%General macros.
\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi
   \process{#1}\fifo}
\def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi}
%
{\obeylines\gdef\fifol#1
 {\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi%
  \processl{#1}\fifol}}
\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi}
%
{\obeyspaces\gdef\fifow#1 {\ifx
\wofif#1\wofif\fi\processw{#1}\ \fifow}}
\def\wofif#1\fifow{\fi}
%
\def\gobbletool#1\endinput{\egroup}
\long\def\tool#1{\ifx#1\undefined
          \bgroup\unouterdefs
            \ea\gobbletool\fi}
%
\def\toolverbatim{\thisverbatim{%
   \baselineskip12ptplus2ptminus1pt
   \lineskip1ptplus1ptminus1pt}%
   \beginverbatim}
%
\let\cgl\relax
%\def\cgl{\endverbatim\endinput}
%
\def\unouterdefs{%List of defs which
                 %have to be neglected
  \ea\let\csname+\endcsname\relax
  \catcode`\^12
  %more to come
}
%
\newif\iffound
\def\loc#1#2{\def\locate##1#1##2\end
 {\ifx\empty##2\empty\foundfalse
 \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate#2.#1\end}
%
\def\contentsdatabase#1{%#1 pic lit address
\ea\let\ea\name\csname toc#1\endcsname
\immediate\openout\name=contents#1
%Define list element tag `\lst'
\def\lst##1##2{\let##1\relax
    \advance\k1
    \immediate\write\name{##1}}
\input #1.dat\relax
\message{Database #1 contains
         \the\k\space entries.}}
%
\newwrite\tocfmt
\newwrite\toctools
%
\def\contentstoolsorfmt#1{%#1 tools fmt
\bgroup
\ea\let\ea\name\csname toc#1\endcsname
\immediate\openout\name=contents#1
\long\def\tool##1##2\endinput{%
    \immediate\write\name{\nx##1}}
\unouterdefs
\input #1.dat\relax
\message{Database #1 contains
         \the\k\space entries.}%
\egroup}
%
%Tags for the address database
\newif\ifregisteredblue
%Searching the database
\newtoks\searchfile
\newtoks\foundfile
\newtoks\namelst
\def\search#1{\def\loc##1##2{%
   \def\locate####1##1####2\end
   {\ifx\empty####2\empty\foundfalse
   \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate##2.##1\end}
   \def\lst##1##2{\loc{#1}{##2}\iffound
   \immediate\write16{\nx##1}%log file
   \namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1}
   \def##1{##2}%define found element
   \fi}\input\the\searchfile.dat\relax}
%;vrblin200
\def\bluechapter#1\par
  {\beginchapterhead#1\unskip\endchapterhead}
%Because of \par not in fmt.dat
\def\blueexample#1\par
  {\example{#1\unskip}}
%
\def\bluedisplaycenterline#1\par
   {\begindisplaycenterline
    #1\enddisplaycenterline}%;nonum;newcol
%
%
%;numvrb
%Tools
%Next sorted on <tag>tool
%
\def\loadtool{\input tools.dat\relax}
%;vrblin20
%Binarytreetool
\newcount\ltree \newcount\m
\newcount\lu  \newcount\levelone
\newdimen\tophns \newdimen\tophnshalf
\newdimen\vnodesep
\newdimen\treewidth     %\treewidth=
%\prod_{i=1}^k{1+1/2i} * \tophns, for level k tree.
\newtoks\thisbintree
\newtoks\everybintree
\def\beginbintree{\begingroup
   \let\bintreetool=x
   \loadtool
   \startbintree}
\newtoks\thisbt
\newtoks\everybt
\newtoks\prebt
\newtoks\postbt
\def\beginbt{\begingroup
   \let\bttool=x
   \loadtool\bt}
%;vrblin50
%Bridgetool
\def\beginbridge{\begingroup
   \let\endbridge\endgroup
   \let\bridgetool=x
   \loadtool
}
%;vrblin100
%Crosswordstool
\def\begincrosswords{\begingroup
   \let\endcrosswords\endgroup
   \let\crosswordstool=x
   \loadtool
}
%;vrblin150
%Hanoitool
\def\hanoi#1{\beginhanoi{#1}\endhanoi}
\def\beginhanoi{\begingroup
   \let\endhanoi\endgroup
   \let\hanoitool=x
   \loadtool
\sethanoi}
%;vrblin200
%Indextool
\newcount\indexloadcnt
\def\loadindexmacros{%
   \ifx\undefined\indextool
     \let\indextool=x\fi
   \ifnum\indexloadcnt=0
      \ea\loadtool\fi
   \advance\indexloadcnt1
   \let\indextool\undefined}
%;vrblin250
%Language tools
\def\english{\let\englishtool=x
 \loadtool
 \let\englishtool\undefined
}
\def\russian{\let\russiantool=x
 \loadtool
 \let\russiantool\undefined
}
%;vrblin500
%ntglogo
\font\calx=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
\newbox\ntglogobox
\def\loadntglogo{\let\ntglogotool=x
   \loadtool
   \let\ntglogotool\undefined
}
\def\loadntginfo{\let\ntginfotool=x
   \loadtool
   \let\ntginfotool\undefined
}
%
%;vrblin525
\newbox\smileybox
\newcount\smileysloadcount
\def\smiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex
   \hbox{\unitlength.01pt
   \copy\smileybox
   \eyes\mouth
   \kern1000\unitlength} }
\def\winksmiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex
   \hbox{\unitlength.01pt\copy\smileybox
   \winkeye\mouth
   \kern1000\unitlength} }
\def\sadsmiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex
   \hbox{\unitlength.01pt\copy\smileybox
   \squinteyes\sadmouth
   \kern1000\unitlength} }
\def\loadsmileys{\ifx\undefined\smileystool
   \let\smileystool=x\fi
   \ifnum\smileysloadcount=0 \ea\loadtool
   \else\message{--- smileys already loaded---}\fi
   \advance\smileysloadcount1
   \let\smileystool\undefined}
%
%;vrblin550
\def\loadxyz{\let\xyztool=x
   \loadtool
   \let\xyztool\undefined
}
%;vrblin575
\def\loadpartlogo{\let\partlogotool=x
   \loadtool
   \let\partlogotool\undefined
}
%;vrblin600
%Pascaltool
%Declarations
\newtoks\prepascal
\newtoks\postpascal
\newtoks\reservedset
\newcount\commentstatus
%Initializations
\let\reservedwordsfont\bf
\let\pascalprogramfont\it
\let\pascalcommentfont\rm
\prepascal{\medskip\noindent}
\postpascal\prepascal
%Reserved words need right catcodes
%
\def\beginpascal{\begingroup
   \let\pascaltool=x
   \loadtool
   \afterassignment\fifol\let\dummy=}%;nonum;newcol
%
%
%
%***Storage allocation***      ;numvrb
%\new...-s needed in the various tools
%Space is once reserved.
%General
\newtoks\storedheadline
\newtoks\storedfootline
\newtoks\appendixname
\appendixname{Appendix}
\newcount\storedpageno
%;vrblin10
%From \contentsdatabase
\newwrite\tocpic
\newwrite\toclit
\newwrite\tocaddress
%;vrblin20
%From \letter
\newtoks\letterfile
%\newtoks\addressesfile
\newtoks\addresseename\newtoks\fullname
\newtoks\addresseelist
\newtoks\subject
\newtoks\ourreference
\newtoks\yourreference
\newtoks\enclosures
\newdimen\longindentation
\newdimen\storedvsize
\newskip\vaoffset%vert address offset
\newskip\haoffset%hor address offset
\newbox\affiliationbox
\letterfile{letter}
%\addressesfile{address}
%From \transparencies
\newtoks\regularheadline
\newtoks\regularfootline
%;vrblin50
%From \report
\newtoks\chapternumbering
\newtoks\thischapterhead
\newtoks\everychapterhead
\newtoks\prefacename
\newtoks\bibliographydata
\newtoks\chaptertitle
\newtoks\prechapterhead
\newtoks\postchapterhead
\newtoks\headtitle
\newtoks\subheadtitle
\newtoks\subsubheadtitle
\newtoks\prepoint
\newtoks\prefil
\newtoks\postfil
\newtoks\thisexample
\newtoks\everyexample
\newtoks\exampletitle
\newbox\prefacebox
\newbox\contentsbox
\newbox\forewordtranslatorbox
\newdimen\generalindent
\newdimen\gutter \gutter1em
\newdimen\xshift
\newdimen\yshift
\newdimen\subsubheadindent
\newcount\headcnt
\newcount\chaptercnt
\newcount\examplecnt
\newcount\exercisecnt
\newwrite\toc
\newwrite\toe
\newif\ifrunin
%;vrblin100
%From transparencies
\newtoks\identification
%\newtoks\crowner
\newtoks\headtitle
\newtoks\subheadtitle
\newtoks\subsubheadtitle
\newskip\leftskiptrs
\newskip\rightskiptrs
%;vrblin125
%From crosswords
\newif\ifpuzzle
\newcount\cnt
\newdimen\csize
%;vrblin150
%From index
\newif\ifcontinue%controls loops
\newif\iffound%locating accent cs
\newif\ifproof\prooftrue
\newtoks\indword
\newcount\n
\newcount\lc
\newcount\r
\newcount\ic
\newcount\uone
\newcount\jc
\newcount\jj
\newcount\jjone
%Counters
%\newcount\n
%\newcount\m
%\newcount\k
%\newcount\kk
\n=0
\newcount\kzero\kzero0 %Bias value
\newcount\pk
\newcount\pkone%Used in sortcs
\newcount\frst%First value of range
\newcount\last %Last value of range
\newcount\slast%Successor \last
\newcount\dif %Difference \last-\frst
\newcount\nw  %Number of words
\newcount\nc  %Number of characters/comp
\newcount\numex %Number of exchanges
\newcount\rndval%Random number
\newcount\rndnum%Seed random generator
\newcount\rndtmp%Temporary value
\newcount\throw
\newcount\status%Status comparison
\newcount\low
\newcount\up
\newif\ifgoon
\newread\inxin
\newtoks\indword
\newtoks\indexfile
   %To parameterize the resulting index
\newtoks\irfile
   %To parameterize the IRs
\newtoks\indexname
\newtoks\preindex
\newtoks\postindex
\newtoks\ignores
\newtoks\conseqs
\newtoks\consyms
\newtoks\srtkeys
\newtoks\srtkeypairs
%;vrblin500
%Contents Tools
%- bridgetool
%- crosswordstool
%- hanoitool
%- indextool
%- langauages englishtool (default)
%- ntglogotool
%- ntginfotool
%- russiantool
%- xyztool
%- pascaltool
%;nonum
%History of changes Tools
% Jan 1995 Created
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%
%
%
\def\\{\hfil\break}
\let\annotation\relax
\generalindent\parindent
\subsubheadindent\generalindent
\loadntglogo
\english
\catcode`\@=12
\endinput
%for Mac as pre format
\global\advance\count0-1 \dump
%%%end blue.tex, cgl%%%



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:13:43 +0100
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: BLUe

%tools.dat
%Tools database to cooperate with blue.tex
%Januari 95, cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%To print the formats properly, copy
%the following 11-lines job and
%substitute the semicolon token
%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x)
%                         ---Kees---
%\input blue.tex
%\hfuzz25pt
%\title{File: tools.dat}
%\issue{Version 1.0}
%\beginscript
%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0
%  \catcode`\!=12
%  \catcode`\|=12
%  \input tools.dat}
%\beginverbatim
%`semi-col'endverbatim
%\endscript
%
%
%
%Syntax included tools
%\tool\<name>tool
%...the file which otherwise would
%...have been input
%\endinput
%Disadvantages:
%-No outer defs allowed.
% (\newtoks\x via \csname x\endcsname)
%-No \par-s, use \endgraf
%
%
%
%Contents:
%- binarytreetool
%- bridgetool
%- crosswordstool
%- hanoitool
%- indextool
%  (Sorting in BLUe, quick.tex
%   heap.tex and BLUe's Index)
%- language english, russian
%- ntglogo
%- smileys
%- xyztool
%- partlogotool
%- pascaltool
%
%
%
%Tools are sorted on name.       %;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%binarytree%
\tool\bintreetool
%Because redefined in manmac & BLUe's system.
\catcode`\^=7
%
\def\startbintree{\catcode`\^^M=9
            \nodes}%neglect e-o-l
%
\def\nodes#1#2{\ifx\sedon#2
               \levelone#1 \sedon\fi
   \ea\def\csname#1\endcsname{#2}\nodes}
\def\sedon#1\nodes{\fi
              \setbintree\endgroup}
\let\endbintree\sedon
%
\def\fork{\vbox{\offinterlineskip
%Connection lines       ____|____
%                       |        |
\hbox{\ea%empty branche?
   \ifx\csname\the\ltree\the\m
       \endcsname\relax
      \vrule width\tophnshalf
             height0pt depth0pt
   \else%non-empty branche
      \vrule height\vnodesep
      \vbox to\vnodesep{\hrule
          width\tophnshalf\vss}%
      \kern-.2pt\vrule height
                     2\vnodesep
           depth-\vnodesep\relax
   \fi\advance\m1 \ea%empty branche
   \ifx\csname\the\ltree\the\m
       \endcsname\relax
      \vrule width\tophnshalf
             height0pt depth0pt
   \else%non-empty branch
      \kern-.4pt\vrule height
                    2\vnodesep
         depth-\vnodesep\relax
      \vbox to\vnodesep{\hrule
        width\tophnshalf\vss}%
      \vrule height\vnodesep\relax
   \fi}\kern1ex%Separation below
               %connection lines
%The sibling nodes
\hbox to\tophns
  {\hbox to0pt{\strut\hss
     \csname\the\ltree\the\m
     \endcsname\hss}\hss
   \global\advance\m1
   \hbox to0pt{\strut\hss
     \csname\the\ltree\the\m
     \endcsname\hss}}}}
%
\def\setbintree{%level >=1
\ltree0 \m0
%bounds for recursion
\lu1 %dynamic for the rows
\advance\levelone1
%defaults
\tophns30ex \vnodesep3ex
%hook to override defaults if neede
\the\everybintree
\the\thisbintree
%dependent quantities
\treewidth3\tophns
\tophnshalf\tophns \divide\tophnshalf2
%root, level 00
\vbox{\levelline{\vbox{\offinterlineskip
   \hbox to0pt{\strut\hss
      \csname\the\ltree\the\m
      \endcsname\hss}}}%
\loop\advance\ltree1 \multiply\lu2
\levelline{\noindent\m1 \fork
   \loop\ifnum\m<\lu
     \kern\tophns \advance\m1 \fork
   \repeat}\tophns\tophnshalf
   \divide\tophnshalf2
\ifnum\ltree<\levelone
\repeat}\thisbintree{}}%end \bintree
%
\def\levelline#1{\hbox to\treewidth{\hss#1\hss}}
\endinput
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%binarytreel%!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%b(inary)t(ree)l%!cgl;newcol
\tool\bttool
\message{ ---bttool, Aug 95, cgl--- }
\def\drawbt{\whiteS{120}%
   \trttxt{\hss{\small\csname\node\endcsname}}%
   \ea\ifx\csname\node0\endcsname\relax
          \tbward\fi%Backtrack
   \S{80}\advance\k-125
   {\W{\the\k}\S{80}\edef\node{\node0}%
    \drawbt}%
    \E{\the\k}\S{80}\edef\node{\node1}%
    \drawbt\relax}
\def\tbward#1\relax{\fi}
%
\everybt{\k1024\unitlength.02ex\x0pt\y0pt}
%\thisbt{}
\prebt{$$\multiply\count1by280
   \ea\ydim\ea{\the\count1}
   \ea\yoffset\ea{\ea-\the\count1}}
\postbt{$$}
\obeylines%
\def\bt#1 #2
   {\ifx\endbt#2\count1=#1 \tbdne\fi%
    \ea\def\csname#1\endcsname{#2}\bt}%
\def\tbdne#1\bt{\fi\def\node{1}%
    \the\prebt\the\everybt\the\thisbt%
    \beginpicture\drawbt\endpicture%
    \the\postbt\endgroup}%
\endinput
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%b(inary)t(ree)l%!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%brd%
\tool\bridgetool
\message{ ---bridgetool, Jan 95, cgl--- }
%Typesetting bridge publications
%via (plain) TeX. Version May 92.
%The macros can als be used within LaTeX.
%Version: 1.1 March 1994 (basically
%unmodified since publication in 1990)
%Author: Kees van der Laan
%        Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB, Garnwerd (Gr)
%        The Netherlands. 05941-1525,
%        cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Examples of use have been published in
%TUGboat, 11, 2, 265--276, and MAPS 91.2.
%(A few are appended at the end.)
%The macros consists of 3 indep. parts:
%- dec.tex   ((language) declarations,
%             used register and
%             control sequences)
%- bid.tex   (macros for bidding and
%             layout of games)
%- play.tex  (macros for discussing the
%             course of a play)
%                             %;numvrb
%%%%%%%dec.tex%%%%%%%
%Card definitions
\def\sp{$\spadesuit$}
\def\h{$\heartsuit$}
\def\d{$\diamondsuit$}
\def\cl{$\clubsuit$}
%(Toks register) control sequences
%for hands used by play macros:
%showgame, pc, strip
\ea\let\ea\NT\csname newtoks\endcsname
\NT\hnd%Dynamically one of:
\NT\Ns\NT\Es\NT\Ss\NT\Ws
\NT\Nh\NT\Eh\NT\Sh\NT\Wh
\NT\Nd\NT\Ed\NT\Sd
      \NT\Wd %Beware! Already
%in TUGboat.sty in lower case
\NT\Nc\NT\Ec\NT\Sc\NT\Wc
%
\def\bridgeenglish{
%In central figure NESW
\def\N{N}\def\E{E}\def\S{S}\def\W{W}
%In heading bplay
\def\NS{NS}\def\EW{EW}
\def\TRICK{Trick}
%Definition of hands
%used by bbid
\def\FIH{North}\def\SEH{East}
\def\THH{South}\def\FOH{West}
}% end \bridgeenglish
\bridgeenglish%default
%
\def\LEADN{\gdef\FIP{N}\gdef\SEP{E}%
          \gdef\THP{S}\gdef\FOP{W}}
\def\LEADE{\gdef\FIP{E}\gdef\SEP{S}%
          \gdef\THP{W}\gdef\FOP{N}}
\def\LEADS{\gdef\FIP{S}\gdef\SEP{W}%
          \gdef\THP{N}\gdef\FOP{E}}
\def\LEADW{\gdef\FIP{W}\gdef\SEP{N}%
          \gdef\THP{E}\gdef\FOP{S}}
%Definition  of counters
%used by bplay
\csname newcount\endcsname\trno
%trick number
%Definition of dimensions used in bbid
\csname newdimen\endcsname\wr %width column
\wr=7ex \relax
\def\bidwidth{4\wr}
%used in crdima
\csname newbox\endcsname\NESW
%
\def\dutch{
\def\FIH{Noord}\def\SEH{Oost}
\def\THH{Zuid}\def\FOH{West}
\def\N{N}\def\E{O}\def\S{Z}
\def\W{W}\def\EW{OW}\def\NS{NZ}
\def\TRICK{Slag}
\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig}
}%end \dutch
%
\def\french{
\def\FIH{Nord}\def\SEH{Est}
\def\THH{Sud}\def\FOH{Ouest}
\def\N{N}\def\E{E}\def\S{S}
\def\W{O}\def\EW{EO}\def\NS{NS}
\def\TRICK{Lev\'ee}
\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig}
}%end \french
%end input dec.tex
%
%%%%%%%bid.tex%%%%%%%
%Modified central figure
\def\hand#1#2#3#4{%
%Example: \hand{AKJ765}{AK9}{--}{T983}
\vtop{\hbox{\strut\sp\enspace#1}
\hbox{\strut\h\enspace#2}
\hbox{\strut\d\enspace#3}
\hbox{\strut\cl\enspace#4}}%end \vtop
}%end \hand
%
\def\crdima#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
%purpose: layout bridge hand
%#1 left upper text
%#2 right upper text
%#3, #4, #5, #6: N, E, S, W hands
\vbox{\halign{              &##\quad\cr
             #1&          #3&     #2\cr
 $\vcenter{#6}$&$\vcenter{\copy\NESW}$&
                      $\vcenter{#4}$\cr
               &          #5&       \cr
              }%end \halign
      }%end \vbox
}%end \crdima
%
\def\NESWfig{%
\hbox{\vrule
\vbox{\offinterlineskip\tabskip0pt
\hrule\kern.25ex\halign{\hskip.5ex
##\tabskip.5ex&\hfil##\hfil&
##\hskip.5ex  \tabskip0pt\cr
\noalign{\vskip.5ex}
  &\hbox to 2ex{\hss\N\hss}&  \cr
\noalign{\vskip.25ex}
\kern.25ex\W&              &\E\kern.25ex
\cr\noalign{\vskip.25ex}
  &\hbox to 2ex{\hss\S\hss}&  \cr
\noalign{\vskip.5ex}
       }%end \halign
\kern.25ex\hrule}%end \vbox
\vrule}%end \hbox
}% end \NESWfig
\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig}
%
\def\ebid{\errormessage{%
   bbid command is missing}}
%
\def\bbid{\bgroup%
 \def\ebid{\egroup\egroup\egroup}
 \def\alert{$^A$}
 \def\think{$\ldots$\thinspace}
 % etc.
 \vtop\bgroup
 \halign to\bidwidth\bgroup \tabskip2ex
      plus 1ex minus 1ex&    ##\hfil\cr
    \FIH\hfil& \SEH\hfil&
                 \THH\hfil&\FOH\hfil\cr
    \noalign{\vskip.5ex}
}%end \bbid
%end input bid.tex%
%
%%%%%%%play.tex%%%%%%%
%\input{play.tex}
%Modified 11/11/91 Central table
%\bplay etc
%      bplay, showgame, pc, strip
\def\eplay{\errormessage{%
   bplay command is missing}}
%
\def\bplay{\bgroup\global\trno=0
\def\eplay{\egroup\egroup}
\def\bintermezzo{\noalign\bgroup
                  \smallskip\noindent}
\def\eintermezzo{\smallskip\egroup}
\tabskip1ex plus 1fill
\halign to\hsize\bgroup
 \tabskip1ex plus 1ex minus 1ex
 \global\advance\trno by 1 %
 \hbox to.5\wr{\hss\the\trno\hss}%<=!
 \hbox to\wr{\pc\FIP##\hss}\hfil&
 \hbox to\wr{\pc\SEP##\hss}\hfil&
 \hbox to\wr{\pc\THP##\hss}\hfil&
 \hbox to\wr{\pc\FOP##\hss}\hfil
 \tabskip4ex plus2ex minus1ex&
 \hbox to.5\wr{\hss##\hss}
 \tabskip1ex plus 1ex minus 1ex&
 \hbox to.5\wr{\hss##\hss}
 \tabskip1ex plus 1fill\cr
 %End template line, next is headline
 \omit\hbox to1\wr{\TRICK\hss}\hfil&
   \omit\hfil&\omit\hfil&\omit\hfil&
   %Note only 3 \omits
               \NS&\EW\cr%Headline
}% end \bplay
%
\def\pc#1#2#3{%      Version 3/3/90
%Function: prints card #2#3 and
%          deletes it from player #1
%#1 the hand N, E, S, W(uppercase)
%#2 colour s, h, d, or c
%#3 card value A K Q ... 2, or x
%(or your (consistent/language) choice)
%%%% 1. Update hand \#1#2; e.g. \Ns %%%
\xdef\hnd{\csname #1#2\endcsname}
\strip{#3}{\hnd}%
%%%% 2. print card in table         %%%
\xdef\colour{\csname #2\if#2cl\else
   \if#2sp\fi\fi\endcsname}
\colour\thinspace #3%
% %Needed for immediate postfix mark(s)
}% end \pc
%
\def\strip#1#2{%        Version 3/3/90
%Function: deletes card value #1
%          from #2, i.e., \Ns, or ...
  \def\wis##1#1##2\wis{%
  %Function: #1 is deleted from argument
  %          in \wis ... \wis and result
  %          is assigned to \hnd
  %        (last card is replaced by --)
      \global\hnd={##1##2}
      \xdef\pa{##1} \xdef\pb{##2}
      \ifx\pa\empty {\ifx\pb\empty
         \global\hnd={--}% void colour
      \fi}\fi
   }% end \wis
   \expandafter\wis\the #2\wis
}% end \strip
%
\def\showgame{
%Purpose: Shows all cards still active
%       in the play, via \Ns, ..., \Wc,
%  (note use of upper case for players)
%Used: \crdima, \hand, \LFTINF, \RGTINF
%      \Ns, ..., \Wc
$$\crdima{\LFTINF}{\RGTINF}%
   {\hand{\the\Ns}{\the\Nh}{\the\Nd}%
         {\the\Nc}}%
   {\hand{\the\Es}{\the\Eh}{\the\Ed}%
         {\the\Ec}}%
   {\hand{\the\Ss}{\the\Sh}{\the\Sd}%
         {\the\Sc}}%
   {\hand{\the\Ws}{\the\Wh}{\the\Wd}%
         {\the\Wc}}%
$$}% end \showgame
%end input play.tex %In total: 215 lines
\endinput
%Examples: diagram, bidding, course of play.
%
%\hsize=.5\hsize
%1. Diagram
%$$\crdima{N/None}{\vtop{\hbox{Deal:}
%                 \hbox{demo}}}%
%  {\hand{J74}{AJ}{QJT2}{Q874}}%N
%  {\hand{K86}{T9542}{874}{T3}}%E
%  {\hand{QT952}{Q83}{AK5}{A6}}%S
%  {\hand{A3}{K76}{963}{KJ952}}%W
%$$
%2. Bidding
%$$\bbid
%1\cl\alert& ? no& 1\sp&\think no\cr
%       2\sp&  no& 4\sp&     a.p.\cr
%\noalign{\vskip.5ex}
%\alert\ means Alert,
%   conventional bid\hidewidth\cr
%? means explanation
%              asked\hidewidth\cr
%\think means think
%%              pause\hidewidth\cr
%\ebid $$
%3. Course of play
%\def\LFTINF{Puzzle}
%\def\RGTINF{\vtop{\hbox{6NT,}
%             \hbox{by East}}}
%
%\Ns={KQ76}\Es={T9}\Ss={8542}\Ws={AJ3}
%\Nh={J98} \Eh={A2}\Sh={QT74}\Wh={K653}
%\Nd={J942}\Ed={T5}\Sd={Q876}\Wd={AK3}
%\Nc={65}\Ec={KJ9xxxx}\Sc={2}\Wc={AQT}
%
%\showgame
%
%*Problem* How must NS defend in
%order to guarantee 1 trick?
%
%*Solution* Start with a \h\
%lead in order to break communication.
%N must discard \h s
%and S must discard \sp s.
%\smallskip\noindent
%\LEADS
%\bplay
%%\noalign{\LEADS}
%h4! & hK & h8 & h2 & -- & 1\LEADW\cr
%%\noalign{\LEADW}
%cA  & c5 & cx & c2 & -- & 2\cr
%cQ  & c6 & cx & s2 & -- & 3\cr
%cT  & h9 & cK & s4 & -- & 4\LEADE\cr
%%\noalign{\LEADE}
%cJ  & s5 & s3 & s6 & -- & 5\cr
%c9  & s8 & h5 & s7 & -- & 6\cr
%cx  & d6 & sJ & d2 & -- & 7\cr
%\bintermezzo
%On lead of the next \cl\
%neither South nor North can be
%squeezed as can be seen from%
%\def\RGTINF{\vtop{\hbox{NS squeezed on}
%             \hbox{\c\ continuation?}}}
%\showgame
%with continuation
%\eintermezzo
%cx & h7 & h6 & hJ & -- & 8\cr
%dT & d7 & dA & d4 & -- & 9\LEADW\cr
%%\noalign{\LEADW}
%dK & d9 & d5 & d8 & -- & 10\cr
%h3 & dJ & hA & hT & -- & 11\LEADE\cr
%\noalign{\LEADE}
%sT & hQ & sA & sQ & -- & 12\LEADW\cr
%\noalign{\LEADW}
%d3 & sK & s9 & dQ & 1  & 12\cr
%\eplay
%\bye                         %;nonum
%
%Contents
%
%Declarations.
%  Newtoks, \NT alias.............10
%     \hnd, \Ns, \Es, \Ss, \Ws....12
%           \Nh, \Eh, \Sh, \Wh....13
%           \Nd, \Ed, \Sd, \Wd....14
%           \Nc, \Ec, \Sc, \Wc....17
%  \bridgeenglish..............19-30
%  \dutch......................51-58
%  \french.....................60-67
%     \N, \E, \S, \W..............21
%     \NS, \EW....................23
%     \TRICK......................24
%     \FIH, \SEH, \THH, \FOH...27-28
%  \sp, \h, \cl, \d..............3-6
%  \LEADN \LEADE \LEADS \LEADW 32-38
% Newcount
%     \trno.......................42
% Newdimen
%     \wr.........................46
%     \bidwidth{4\wr}.............47
% Newbox
%    \NESW...................49, 111
%
% \hand........................72-78
% \crdima......................80-92
% \bbid, \ebid......116-127, 113-114
%   \alert.......................118
%   \think.......................119
%%%%%%%play.tex%%%%%%%
% \bplay, \eplay....138-162, 135-136
% \bintermezzo, \eintermezzo 140-142
% \pc........................164-179
%   \hnd.........................172
%   \colour......................175
% \strip.....................181-196
% \showgame..................198-213
% Examples
%   diagram..................219-226
%   bidding..................227-238
%   course of play...........239-289
%
%History of changes
%July 1994 \c and \s changed into
%          \cl and \sp,
%          \colour adapted
%March 1994 Prepared for NTG's CD-ROM
%           Examples of use added
%           NESW figure adapted
%Jan   1994 Submitted to CTAN.
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bridge%!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%crs%
\tool\crosswordstool
\message{ ---crosswordstool,
                   Jan 95, cgl--- }
%From Typesetting crosswords via TeX
%EuroTeX 92, MAPS 92.1
%NOTE In order to use natural input,
%spaces except for the last one, and not
%let this choice for ;] (space=\relax)
%work through globally, start with
%\bgroup\obeyspaces\let =\relax
%\bdata
%<natural data>
%\edata
%$$\crw$$%(or \sol)
%\egroup
%;numvrb
\puzzletrue
\csize3ex
%                   %;numvrb %;vrblin99
\def\bdata{\bgroup\obeylines\obeyspaces%
\store}
\def\store#1\edata{\egroup\def\data{#1}}
%{\obeyspaces\global\let =\relax}
\def\usersize{}
%                            ;vrblin=199
{\catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\^^M=13 %local scope
\gdef\crw{\cnt0\relax\boxit{\usersize%
\hrule\ea\fifol\data\lofif^^M}}%
\gdef\sol{\boxit{\def\num{}\puzzlefalse%
\usersize\hrule\ea\fifol\data\lofif^^M}}%
\gdef\fifol#1^^M{\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi%
\processl{#1}\fifol}}%end local scope%
%                            %;vrblin=299
\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi}
\def\processl#1{\hbox{\fifo#1\ofif}\hrule}
\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi%
\process#1\fifo}  \def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi}
%
\def\process#1{\if*#1\cc\else%
\ifx\relax#1\cc\else%
\ifnum`#1=\uccode`#1\capchar#1\else%
\lowchar#1\fi\fi\fi}
\def\lowchar#1{\hbox to\csize{\vrule
height.8\csize depth.2\csize\relax%
\ifpuzzle\null\else\hss\uppercase{#1}%
\fi\hss\vrule}}
\def\capchar#1{\hbox to\csize{\vrule
height.8\csize depth.2\csize\relax%
\num\ifpuzzle\null\else\hss#1\fi%
\hss\vrule}}
\def\cc{\vrule height.8\csize depth%
.2\csize width\csize}
%
\def\num{\global\advance\cnt1\relax%
\vbox to.8\csize{\rlap{\kern1pt%
\fiverm\the\cnt\hss}\vfil}}%
%                            %;vrblin=399
\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule%
\vbox{#1}\vrule}\hrule}}%   cgl, oct92
\endinput                      %;nonum
%Contents
%\newif
%  \ifpuzzle              (blue.tex)
%\newcount
%  \cnt                   (blue.tex)
%\newdimen
%  \csize                 (blue.tex)
%Data
%  \bdata........................100
%  \store........................102
%  \edata........................102
%  \usersize.....................104
%Crw
%  \crw..........................201
%  \sol..........................203
%Auxiliaries
%  \fifol........................205
%  \process, \processl......305, 301
%  \lofif........................300
%  \lowchar......................309
%  \capchar......................313
%  \cc...........................317
%  \num..........................320
%  \boxit........................400
%History of changes
%July 1994 In tools.dat to cooperate
%          with blue.tex
%          \global\let =\relax removed.
%Jan 1994 Submitted CTAN
%1992 Submitted to EuroTeX and MAPS
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%crs%!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%hanoi%
\tool\hanoitool
\message{ ---hanoitool, Jan 95, cgl---}
%Tower of Hanoi macros
%hanoi.tex version 19 dec 91  %;numvrb
%\hanoi changed into \sethanoi June 95
%\n=number of disks \brd=breadth towers
%\hgt=height tower  \dskhgt=height disk
\csname newcount\endcsname\n
\csname newcount\endcsname\brd
\csname newcount\endcsname\hgt
\csname newcount\endcsname\dskhgt
\def\preloop{%To create loopcnt, a
             %local loopcounter
             %(see also loopy.TeX).
   \bgroup \advance\count10 by 1
   \countdef\loopcnt=\count10
            %Symbolic name
   \loopcnt=1 %(default)
 }%end \preloop
\def\postloop{\loopcnt=0 %Restore
   \egroup}%end \postloop
%
%Hanoi macros, top level
\def\sethanoi#1{%Argument can be digit(s)
             %or a counter (numeric)
 \n=#1 %Assign argument value to \n
 \def\II{}\def\III{}%Empty towers
 %Next is inspired by the TeXbook,
 %p374, 378
 %The initial tower for \I is created
 %The initial tower for \I is created
 %   \def\I{\disksep\i\disksep\ii
 %        \disksep\iii...\disksep\`n'}
 %next to the defs for \i,\ii,...\`n'.
 \preloop\ag\def\ag\I\ag{%
  \loop
    \ea\xdef\csname\romannumeral\loopcnt
            \endcsname{\the\loopcnt}
    \ag\disksep%separator
    \ea\ag\csname
         \romannumeral\loopcnt\endcsname
    \ifnum\loopcnt<\n
    \advance\loopcnt by 1
  \repeat   \ag}
 \postloop
 %For printing, values are needed for
 \brd=\n %Breadth of largest disk
 \advance\brd by 3 %Little room extra
 \dskhgt=1 %Height of disks
 \hgt=\n\multiply\hgt by2 %\hgt is height
       \advance\hgt by1   %of towers
 \showtowers %Print initial state
 \Hanoi\I\II\III\n
 }%end \sethanoi
%
\def\Hanoi#1#2#3#4{%Moves from #1 to #2,
                   %with aid of tower #3.
 %The number of disks is #4, in a counter.
 \ifnum#4=1 %For Tower of 1 disk,
            %just move the disk
   \movedisk\from#1\to#2%
   \showtowers%Print towers after move
 \else%Problem of #4 disks is solved by
      %- problem of (#4-1) disks,
      %- a move, and
      %- a problem of (#4-1) disks.
   {\advance#4 by-1 \Hanoi#1#3#2#4}%
   \movedisk\from#1\to#2%
   \showtowers%Print towers after move
   {\advance#4 by-1 \Hanoi#3#2#1#4}%
 \fi}%end \Hanoi
%
%Moving of the disks, TeXbook, App. D.2
%Slightly adapted versions of \lop (
%called \movedisk with function that
%first element of #1 is prefixed to #2)
%and \lopoff modification
\def\movedisk\from#1\to#2{%Move disk from
                   %tower #1 to tower #2
  \ea\lopoffx#1\lopoffx#1#2}
\def\lopoffx\disksep#1#2\lopoffx#3#4{\ea
  \gdef\ea#4\ea{\ea\disksep\ea#1#4}
  \gdef#3{#2}%restore stub}%end\lopoffx
 }%end \movedisk
%
%Printing tower status
\def\showtowers{%Display pyramids
 \endgraf\quad\hbox{\pt\I\ \pt\II\ \pt\III
               }\endgraf
 }%end \showtowers
%
%Auxiliaries
\def\gobble#1{}%To eat character
%
\def\disksep#1{\hbox to\brd ex{\hss
  \vrule width#1ex height\dskhgt ex
                         \hss}%
 }%end \disksep
%
\def\pt#1{%Print Tower.
 %#1 is \I, \II, or \III
 \vbox to\hgt ex{\baselineskip=.2ex\vss
      #1%
      %Format pointer underneath
      \hbox to\brd ex{\hss
              \ea\gobble\string#1\hss}%
      }%end vbox
 }%end \pt
\endinput                       %;nonum
%Contents
%\Hanoi .........................51--66
%\hanoi .........................19--49
%\movedisk ......................73--79
%\showtowers ....................82--85
%Auxiliaries
%   \preloop .....................8--15
%   \postloop ...................16--17
%   \lopoffx ....................76--78
%   \gobble .........................88
%   \disksep.....................90--93
%   \pt ........................95--103
%History of changes
%Jan 95 \\ changed into \disksep
%March 1994 Contents added
%           From tugboat.sty into tug.ppt
%      1991 MAPS and TUGboat versions
%end**%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort%!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort%
\tool\indextool
\message{ ---indextool, Jan 95, cgl--- }
%Shorthands                       ;numvrb
%Counters in blue.tex
%\newcount\n
%\newcount\k
%\newcount\kk\n=0
%\newcount\kzero\kzero0 %Bias value
%\newcount\pk
%\newcount\pkone%Used in sortcs
%\newcount\frst%First value of range
%\newcount\last %Last value of range
%\newcount\slast%Successor \last
%\newcount\dif %Difference \last-\frst
%\newcount\nw  %Number of words
%\newcount\nc  %Number of chars/comp
%\newcount\numex %Number of exchanges
%\newcount\rndval%Random number
%\newcount\rndnum%Seed random generator
%\newcount\rndtmp%Temporary value
%\newcount\status%Status comparison
%;vrblin=100
%Storing: from copy
\def\seq#1\qes{\k0 \fifow#1 \wofif{} }
%Auxiliaries: FIFO
\def\fifow#1 {\ifx\wofif#1\n\k\wofif\fi
 \processw{#1}\fifow}
\def\wofif#1\fifow{\fi}
\def\processw#1{\advance\k1 \ea
 \gdef\csname\the\k\endcsname{#1}}
%
%Storing: from file
\def\storefrom#1{%#1 is file name
 \immediate\openin\inx=#1 \k\kzero
 \continuetrue
 \loop\ifeof\inx\continuefalse\fi
 \ifcontinue\advance\k1{}%
 \read\inx t\ea o\csname\the\k\endcsname
 \repeat\advance\k-1\n\k
 \immediate\closein\inx}
%
%Storing: random numbers
\def\storerandomn#1{%#1 number of numbers
 \n#1\k0
 \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1 \rnd\ea
  \xdef\csname\the\k\endcsname{\the\rndval}
 \repeat}
%
%With, due to Reid, 1987
%Moved into kernel blue.tex
%\def\rnd{\global\multiply\rndnum371{}%
% \global\advance\rndnum1{}%
% \ifnum\rndnum>99999\relax
%  \rndtmp\rndnum \divide\rndtmp100000
%  \multiply\rndtmp100000
%  \global\advance\rndnum-\rndtmp
% \fi\global\rndval\rndnum
% \global\divide\rndval1000 }
%
%Storing: random words
\def\storerandomw#1{%#1 number of words
 \n#1\nw\n\def\defarr{\ea\gdef
  \csname\the\nw\endcsname}
 {\loop\ifnum0<\nw{\ag\defarr\ag{%
   \randomword}}\advance\nw-1
 \repeat}}%end s-r-w.
%
\def\randomword{\rnd \nc\rndval
 \divide\nc15 \advance\nc2
 \loop\ifnum0<\nc\randomchar
   \advance\nc-1
 \repeat}%end r-word
%
%Random character is modified
\def\randomchar{\rnd
 \multiply\rndval29 \divide\rndval100
 \ifnum26=\rndval\rndval0 \fi
 \ifnum26<\rndval\rndval4 \fi
%Mod cgl: I \ag-ed the letter
\ea\ag\ifcase\rndval
 a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or
 i\or j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or
 q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or
 y\or z\fi}%end r-char
%;vrblin=200Typeset
%Parameters: Separators
\def\sepn{, }%Number separator
\def\sepw{ } %Word separator
%\csname newtoks\endcsname\indword
\let\sep\sepw
%
\def\prc#1{\init{#1}\def\prc##1{%
 \ifnum\last=##1{}\else\ifnum\slast=##1{}%
  \last\slast\advance\slast1{}\else
  \prtfl\sepn\init{##1}\fi\fi}}
%
\def\init#1{\frst=#1\last=#1\slast=#1{}%
   \advance\slast1{}}
%
%Print range: \frst-\last (or \last).
\def\prtfl{\the\frst\ifnum\frst<\last
 \advance\frst1{}\ifnum\frst=\last\sepn
 \else\nobreak--\nobreak\fi\the\last\fi}
%
%Printing sequences
\def\prts{{\k\kzero%print \1...\n
 \def\sep{\let\sep=\sepw}%
 \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
  \sep\csname\the\k\endcsname
 \repeat}}%end \prts
%
\let\prtw=\prts
%
\def\prtn{{\k\kzero%Print number sequence
 \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
  \ea\prc\csname\the\k\endcsname
 \repeat\prtfl}}%end \prtn
%
\def\typindentry#1{%#1 a def
 \ea\splitintoks#1%
 \ifcase\digit\the\indword\or
         {\tt\the\indword}\or
  {\tt\char92\the\indword}\or
  $\langle\hbox{\the\indword}\rangle$\fi{}
  {\oldstyle\pagenrs}.}
\def\hyphen{{\rm-}}
\def\comma{{\rm, }}
%
\def\splitintoks#1 !#2 #3.{\indword{#1}%
  \chardef\digit=#2{}\def\pagenrs{#3}}
%
\def\prtind{{\k\kzero
 \def\sep{\let\sep\sepw}%
 \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
  \sep\ea\typindentry\csname\the\k\endcsname%
 \repeat}}
%;vrblin=300
%Sorting in O(nlog n)
\def\sortn{\let\cmp\cmpn\sort\prtn}
%
\def\sortaw{\let\cmp\cmpaw\sort\prtw}
%
\def\sortw{\let\cmp\cmpw{\accdef\sort}\prtw}
%
\def\sort{\heapsort}
%
%Paramaters: ij and accent string
\def\accstr{\`\'\"\^\c}
%
\def\accdef{\def\i{i}\def\j{j}%
 \def\'##1{##1a}\def\`##1{##1g}%
 \def\"##1{##1t}\def\^##1{##1h}%
 \def\c##1{##1c}}
%
\def\ij{ij}
%
%Sorting parameters: exchange macro
\def\xch#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables
 \ea\let\ea\auxone\csname\the#1\endcsname
 \ea\let\ea\auxtwo\csname\the#2\endcsname
 \ea\global\ea\let\csname\the#2\endcsname
 \auxone
 \ea\global\ea\let\csname\the#1\endcsname
 \auxtwo}
%
%Sorting parameters: number comparison
\def\cmpn#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s
%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
%        \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
 \ifnum#1=#2\global\status0 \else
   \ifnum#1>#2\global\status1 \else
                \global\status2 \fi\fi}
%
%Parameters: comparison of words
\def\cmpw#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s
%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
%        \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
 \let\nxt\nxtw\cmpc#1#2}
%
\def\cmpaw#1#2{%#1, #2 are defs with as
%replacement text the words.
%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
%        \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
 \let\nxt\nxtaw\cmpc#1#2}
%
\def\cmpc#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s
%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
%        \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
\ifproof\global\advance\nc1
        \let\aa#1\let\bb#2\fi
 \global\status0 \continuetrue
 {\loop\ifx\empty#1\continuefalse\fi
       \ifx\empty#2\continuefalse\fi
  \ifcontinue\nxt#1\nxtt\nxt#2\nxtu
             \lge\nxtt\nxtu
  \repeat}\ifnum0=\status
 \ifx\empty#1\ifx\empty#2\else
                  \global\status2 \fi
 \else\ifx\empty#2\global\status1 \fi
 \fi\fi
% \ifproof\immediate\write16{\aa
%  \ifnum0=\status=\else
%   \ifnum1=\status>\else
%                  <\fi\fi\bb}
% \fi%end ifproof
}
%
\def\lge#1#2{%#1 and #2 letter values
%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
%              #1 =, >, <  #2.
%and \continuefalse if #1=/#2.
 \ifnum#1=#2{}\else\continuefalse
  \ifnum#1<#2\global\status2 \else
             \global\status1 \fi
 \fi}
%
\def\nxtw#1#2{\def\pop##1##2\pop{%
 \gdef#1{##2}\def\head{##1}}%head and tail
 \ea\pop#1\pop%split in head and tail
 \ea\loc\head\accstr%\head is an accent cs?
 \if<\head\ea\pop#1\pop\fi
 \iffound\let\acs\head
  \ea\pop#1\pop%next head and tail
  \ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\acs\head\endcsname
 \else\ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\head\endcsname
 \fi}
%
\def\loc#1#2{\def\locate##1#1##2\end
 {\ifx\empty##2\empty\foundfalse
 \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate#2.#1\end}
%
%Parameters:  for ASCII words
\def\nxtaw#1#2{%Result: value of first
%letter of string supplied in #1 is delivered
%in #2. (To be used as a number (\chardef)).
%#1, #2 are control sequences.
 \def\pop##1##2\pop{\gdef#1{##2}%
  \chardef#2=`##1{}}\ea\pop#1\pop}
%
\def\cmpir#1#2{%#1, #2 defs
%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if
%        \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
%\immediate\write16{Compared are: #1 and #2}%
\ea\ea\ea\decom\ea#1#2}
%
\def\decom#1 !#2 #3.#4 !#5 #6.{%
 \def\one{#1}\def\four{#4}\cmpw\one\four
 \ifnum0=\status%Compare secondary keys
   \ifnum#2<#5{}\global\status2{}\else
     \ifnum#2>#5{}\global\status1{}\else
                %Compare tertiary keys
       \ifnum#3<#6{}\global\status2{}\else
         \ifnum#3>#6{}\global\status1{}\fi
       \fi
     \fi
   \fi
 \fi}
%
\def\red{%Reduction of \1,...,\n
 \k0\kk0\let\refer\empty
 \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
  \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname
  \ea\splitwn\record%
  \ifx\refer\word%extend with number
    \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{%
       \csname\the\kk\endcsname, \num}%
  \else%write record to \kk
   \advance\kk1\let\refer\word\ea\global
   \ea\let\csname\the\kk\endcsname\record
  \fi
 \repeat\n=\kk}
%
\def\redrng{%Reduction of \1,...,\n, with
%range representation of page numbers
 {\k1\kk0 \ifnum\n>0
 \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname
 \ea\splitwn\record\let\refer\word
 \let\nrsrng\empty\prcrng\num\fi
 \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
  \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname
  \ea\splitwn\record%
  \ifx\refer\word%extend \nrsrng with number
    \prcrng\num
  \else%write record to \kk
    \advance\kk1 \strnrs
    \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{\refer{}
      \nrsrng.}\let\nrsrng\empty\init\num
      \prcrng\num\let\refer\word
  \fi
 \repeat\ifnum1<\n
  \advance\kk1 \strnrs
  \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{\word{}
    \nrsrng.}
 \global\n\kk\fi}}
%
\def\prcrng#1{\init{#1}\def\prcrng##1{%
 \ifnum##1=\last\else\ifnum##1=\slast
  \last\slast\advance\slast1 \else
  \strnrs\init{##1}\fi\fi}}
%
\let\sepn\comma
\def\strnrs{\dif\last\advance\dif-\frst
\edef\nrsrng{\ifx\nrsrng\empty\else
    \nrsrng\nx\nx\nx\sepn\fi\the\frst\ifnum0<\dif
   \ifnum1=\dif\nx\nx\nx\sepn\the\last
   \else\nx\nx\nx\hyphen\the\last
   \fi
  \fi}}
%
\def\splitwn#1 !#2 #3.{\def\word{#1 !#2}%
 \def\num{#3}}
%
\def\getdig#1 !#2 #3.{\def\dig{#2}}
%
\def\sortcs{\global\k0\global\pk\n
\global\pkone\pk\global\advance\pkone1
%Invariant: 1:k non-cs
%        pk+1:n control seq-s
\loop\global\advance\k1
\ifnum\k<\pkone
 \ea\ea\ea\getdig\csname\the\k\endcsname.%
 \if2\dig{\continuetrue
  \loop
   \ifnum\k=\pk\continuefalse
   \else\ea\ea\ea\getdig\csname\the\pk
                          \endcsname.%
    \if2\dig
    \else\xch\k\pk\continuefalse
    \fi
   \fi\global\pkone\pk\global\advance\pk-1
  \ifcontinue
  \repeat}%
 \fi
\repeat}%Result\1:\pk non-cs, \pkone:\n cs
%;vrblin=500
%Parameters: Ordering table
%suffix g stands for grave, `
%       a stands for aigue, '
%       h stands for hat, ^
%       t stands for trema, "
%       c stands for cedille.
\ea\chardef\csname ot=\endcsname=12
\ea\chardef\csname ot/\endcsname=11
\ea\chardef\csname ot-\endcsname=13
\ea\chardef\csname ot,\endcsname=14
\ea\chardef\csname ot.\endcsname=15
\ea\chardef\csname ot"\endcsname=9
\ea\chardef\csname ot&\endcsname=5
\ea\chardef\csname ot'\endcsname=7
\ea\chardef\csname ot`\endcsname=8
\ea\chardef\csname ot*\endcsname=10
\ea\chardef\csname ot<\endcsname=28
\ea\chardef\csname ot>\endcsname=29
\ea\chardef\csname ot!\endcsname=30
\ea\chardef\csname ot?\endcsname=31
\ea\chardef\csname ot[\endcsname=13
\ea\chardef\csname ot]\endcsname=14
\ea\chardef\csname ot0\endcsname=16
\ea\chardef\csname ot1\endcsname=17
\ea\chardef\csname ot2\endcsname=18
\ea\chardef\csname ot3\endcsname=19
\ea\chardef\csname ot4\endcsname=20
\ea\chardef\csname ot5\endcsname=21
\ea\chardef\csname ot6\endcsname=22
\ea\chardef\csname ot7\endcsname=23
\ea\chardef\csname ot8\endcsname=24
\ea\chardef\csname ot9\endcsname=25
\chardef\ota=35 \chardef\otA=35
 \chardef\otaa=35 \chardef\otag=35
 \chardef\otat=35\chardef\otah=35
\chardef\otb=40 \chardef\otB=40
\chardef\otc=46 \chardef\otC=46
 \chardef\otcc=46
\chardef\otd=53 \chardef\otD=53
\chardef\ote=60 \chardef\otE=60
 \chardef\otea=60 \chardef\oteg=60
 \chardef\otet=60 \chardef\oteh=60
\chardef\otf=67 \chardef\otF=67
\chardef\otg=74 \chardef\otG=74
\chardef\oth=81 \chardef\otH=81
\chardef\oti=88 \chardef\otI=88
 \chardef\otit=88 \chardef\otih=88
\chardef\otj=95 \chardef\otJ=95
 \chardef\otjt=95
\chardef\otk=102 \chardef\otK=102
\chardef\otl=109 \chardef\otL=109
\chardef\otm=116 \chardef\otM=116
\chardef\otn=123 \chardef\otN=123
\chardef\oto=130 \chardef\otO=130
 \chardef\otoa=130 \chardef\otog=130
 \chardef\otot=130 \chardef\otoh=130
\chardef\otp=137 \chardef\otP=137
\chardef\otq=143 \chardef\otQ=143
\chardef\otr=150 \chardef\otR=150
\chardef\ots=157 \chardef\otS=157
\chardef\ott=164 \chardef\otT=164
\chardef\otu=171 \chardef\otU=171
 \chardef\otut=171 \chardef\otuh=171
\chardef\otv=178 \chardef\otV=178
\chardef\otw=185 \chardef\otW=185
\chardef\otx=192 \chardef\otX=192
\chardef\otij=199 \chardef\otIJ=199
\chardef\oty=200 \chardef\otY=200
\chardef\otz=206 \chardef\otZ=206
%\endinput%;nonum %cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Contents sort.tex
%Counters (blue.tex).............5--19
%newifs ..(blue.tex)............20--23
%Storing
%from copy ...................101--108
%   \seq...\qes ...................102
%from file ...................110--117
%   \storefrom ...............112--117
%random generated items
%   \storerandomn ............124--125
%   \rnd .....................128--134
%   \storerandomw ............138--143
%   \randomword ..............145--149
%   \randomchar ..............152--161
%Typeset
%   parameters ................202-205
%   \prc .....................207--210
%   \init ....................212--213
%   \prtfl ...................216--218
%   \prts ....................221--225
%   \prtw .........................227
%   \prtn ....................229--232
%   \typeindentry.............234--240
%   \splitintoks..............244--245
%   \prtind ..................247--251
%Sorting
%   \sortn ........................302
%   \sortaw .......................304
%   \sortw ........................306
%   \sort .........................308
%   \accstr .......................311
%   \accdef ..................313--316
%   \ij ...........................318
%   \xch .....................321--327
%   \cmpn ....................330--335
%   \cmpw ....................338--341
%   \cmpaw ...................343--347
%   \cmpc ....................349--369
%   \lge .....................371--378
%   \nxtw ....................380--388
%   \loc .....................391--393
%   \nxtaw ...................396--401
%   \cmpir ...................403--407
%   \decom ...................409--420
%   \red .....................421--434
%   \redrng ..................436--457
%   \prcrng ..................459--462
%   \strnrs ..................465--471
%   \splitwn .................473--474
%   \getdig .......................476
%   \sortcs ..................478--497
%Ordering table ..............501--569
%History of changes
%Oct    1994 OT modified with respect to
%            Index sorting.
%            Sorting macros adapted and
%            extended.
%March  1994 Contents added to file sort.tex.
%Jan    1994 Macros released for CTAN.
%Spring 1993 Abridged version Sorting in BLUe
%       for TUG'93 (Aston) TB 14.3, 1993.
%Fall   1992 Release for MAPS 93.1.
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort%;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%heap%
%heapsort.tex                     Jan, 93
%\newcount\n\newcount\lc\newcount\r
%\newcount\ic\newcount\uone
%\newcount\jc\newcount\jj\newcount\jjone
%\newif\ifgoon
%Non-descending sorting
\def\heapsort{%data in \1 to \n
\r=\n\heap\ic=1{}%
{\loop\ifnum\r>1{}\xch\ic\r
   \advance\r-1{}\sift\ic\r
\repeat}}
%
\def\heap{%Transform \1..\n into heap
 \lc=\n\divide\lc2{}\advance\lc1{}%
 {\loop\ifnum\lc>1{}\advance\lc-1{}%
  \sift\lc\n\repeat}}
%
\def\sift#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables
 \jj=#1\uone=#2\advance\uone1{}\goontrue
 {\loop\jc=\jj \advance\jj by\jj
  \ifnum\jj<\uone
   \jjone=\jj \advance\jjone1{}%
   \ifnum\jj<#2{}\cmpval\jj\jjone
         \ifnum2=\status\jj=\jjone\fi\fi
   \cmpval\jc\jj\ifnum2>\status\goonfalse\fi
 \else\goonfalse\fi
\ifgoon\xch\jc\jj\repeat}}
%
\def\cmpval#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables
%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if
%        \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
 \ea\let\ea\aone\csname\the#1\endcsname
 \ea\let\ea\atwo\csname\the#2\endcsname
 \cmp\aone\atwo}
%\endinput        %cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%heap%;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%quick%
%quick.tex                        Jan 93
%\newcount\low\newcount\up\newcount\m
\def\quicksort{%Values given in
%\low,...,\up are sorted, non-descending.
%Parameters: \cmp, comparison.
 \ifnum\low<\up\else\brk\fi
%\refval, a reference value selected at random.
 \m=\up\advance\m-\low%Size-1 of array part
 \ifnum10<\m\rnd\multiply\m\rndval
   \divide\m99{}\advance\m\low \xch\low\m
 \fi
 \ea\let\ea\refval\csname\the\low\endcsname
 \m=\low\k=\low\let\refvalcop=\refval
 {\loop\ifnum\k<\up\advance\k1{}%
   \ea\let\ea\oneqs\csname\the\k\endcsname
   \cmp\refval\oneqs\ifnum1=\status
      \global\advance\m1{}\xch\m\k\fi
   \let\refval=\refvalcop
  \repeat}\xch\low\m
 {\up=\m\advance\up-1{}\quicksort}%
 {\low=\m\advance\low1{}\quicksort}\krb}
%
\def\brk#1\krb{\fi}\def\krb{\relax}
%\endinput         %cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%quick%;nonum!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%index%
%From BLUe's Index         Oct 94%;numvrb
\catcode`\@=11
%Some unused macros are left in.
%\newread\inxin
%\newtoks\indword
%\newtoks\indexfile
   %To parameterize the resulting index
%\newtoks\irfile
   %To parameterize the IRs
%\newtoks\indexname
%\newtoks\preindex
%\newtoks\postindex
%\newtoks\ignores
%\newtoks\conseqs
%\newtoks\consyms
%\newtoks\srtkeys
%\newtoks\srtkeypairs
%Initializations
\proofmodetrue
\irfile{index}
\indexfile{index.elm}
\preindex{}
\postindex{}
\immediate\openout\inx=index
\conseqs{\c\space\bf\it\rm\tt\sub\relax}
\consyms{\`\'\"\^\~}
\srtkeypairs{\AmSTeX{amstex}
             \LAMSTeX{lamstex}
             \LaTeX{latex}
             \PS{PostScript}
             \TeX{tex}}
\srtkeys{\AmSTeX\LAMSTeX\LaTeX\PS\TeX}
\let\sub\relax
%Macros
%
%User level
%;vrblin=100
\def\sortindex{%Nov 1994, cgl
%Purpose:
%To sort IR file.
%Input: default index is sorted
%      ( file specified in \irfile)
%Output: file index.elm.
   \newpage\immediate\closeout\inx
   \filetoarray{\the\irfile}
   \immediate\write16{Sorting n=\the\n.
      Please wait, O(nlog n) process.}
   \let\cmp\cmpir\let\nxtw\nxtwindex
   \otindex\let\ \space
   {%Make sortkey defs
    \ea\sokdef\the\srtkeypairs\fedkos\relax
    \sort
    \let\spaceseparator\space
    \setupnxtokens\def\ {\nx\ }%
    \immediate\write16{Range reduction.}
    \redrngtofile{index.srt}
    \immediate\write16{After reduction and
       writing to file index.srt; n=\the\n.}
    \immediate\write16{Transform
         index.srt-->index.elm.}
    \tawfiletofile{index.srt}{\the
                   \indexfile}}}
%
%Set up set of \srtkeys
\def\setupsrtkeys{\ea
 \sok\the\srtkeypairs\kos\relax}
%;vrblin=150
\def\pasteupindex{%May 1995, cgl
%Purpose:
%To set index in (balanced) doublecolumn.
%The index is preceded by
%\chapterhead{\the\indexname}
%and by the contents of
%\preindex and followed by contents of
%\postindex.
%Input: default index.elm is set
%       (file specified in \indexfile).
%Biased by manmac's \begindoublecolumns
 \chapterhead{\the\indexname}%
 \begingroup\def\space{{\tt\char32 }}%
 \the\preindex\endgraf
 \pageheight\vsize
 \pagewd\hsize
 \pagewidth\pagewd%anachronism
 \parindent1em
 \output={\global\setbox\partialpage=
  \vbox{\unvbox255\bigskip}}%
 \eject
 \output={\bluedoublecolumnout}%
% \hsize=8.5cm \vsize=51cm%blue.tex values
%2*\hsize+(\hfil)=\pagewd
 \divide\hsize2  \advance\hsize-1cm
 \advance\vsize\vsize \advance\vsize1cm
 \parskip0pt plus.8pt\relax
 \obeylines\everypar{%
    \hangindent2\parindent}%
 \ea\let\csname par\endcsname\endgraf
 \let\sub\endgraf
%
 \input\the\indexfile\relax
%
%endpasteupindex part biased by
%manmac's \enddoublecolumns
 \output={\balancecolumns}\eject
 \endgroup
 \pagegoal=\vsize\the\postindex}
%
%Add an element #1 to toks var #2
\def\add#1to#2{#2\ea{\the#2#1}}
%
%Inner level
%
%IR creation
%
\let\spaceseparator\space
%;vrblin=200
%Things are set up within \makexref to
%allow dynamical use.
\def\makexref{\ifproofmode%Mod cgl oct 94
 \setupsrtkeys
 \bgroup\def\ {\string\ }%
 \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1 }}%
  \ea\ea\ea\fifo\ea\the\ea\conseqs
                \the\srtkeys\ofif
 \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
 \ea\fifo\the\consyms\ofif
 \xdef\writeit{\write\inx{\text{}
    !\xreftype\spaceseparator
    \nx\number\pageno.}}\writeit
 \egroup
 \else\ifhmode\kern0pt\fi\fi
 \ifsilent\ignorespaces\else{\next}\fi}
%
%Sorting
%;vrblin=250
\def\cmpir#1#2{%#1, #2 defs
%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if
%        \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
%\immediate\write16{Compared are: *#1*
%                   and *#2*}%
\ea\ea\ea\decom\ea#1#2}
%
\def\nxtwindex#1#2{%
%Function:
%On input: #1 contains the `word'
%As result: #2 contains the value
%   of the first non-ignored token as given
%   in the ordering table.
%#1 contains the rest of the `word'
 \def\pop##1##2\pop{%
 \gdef#1{##2}\def\pophead{##1}}%head and tail
 \ea\pop#1\pop%split in head and tail
 \ignores\ea\ea\ea{\ea
  \the\ea\conseqs\the\consyms}%
 \ea\loc\pophead{\the\ignores}%
 \iffound\ifx\empty#1 \chardef#2=0
         \else\nxtwindex#1#2 \fi
 \else
 \ea\loc\pophead{\the\srtkeys}%
  \iffound\xdef\pophead{\pophead}%
    \ea\ea\ea\gdef\ea\ea\ea#1\ea\ea\ea
      {\ea\pophead#1}%
    \nxtwindex#1#2
  \else
  \ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\pophead\endcsname
  \fi
 \fi}
%
\def\otindex{%Parameters: Ordering `table'
%Special cases
\ea\chardef\csname ot \endcsname=0
\ea\chardef\csname ot\space\endcsname=0
%{|}~(\char126) in ASCII after lowercase
%^ active character
%Bulk according to ACII
\def\process##1{\ea\chardef
   \csname ot##1\endcsname=`##1 }
%lowercase letters
\fifo abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\ofif
\chardef\otij=`y \chardef\otIJ=`y
%other characters
\fifo !"##$&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@
      []_`\ofif
%uppercase letters equal lowercase
\def\process##1{\ea\chardef
  \csname ot##1\endcsname=\lccode`##1 }
\uppercase{\fifo
  abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\ofif}
}
%
%Range reduction
%;vrblin=400
\def\redrngtofile#1{%Reduction of \1,...,\n,
%with range representation of page numbers
\immediate\openout\inx=#1
 {\k1\kk0 \ifnum\n>0
 \ea\ea\ea\splitwn\csname\the\k\endcsname
 \let\refer\word
 \let\nrsrng\empty\prcrng\num\fi
 \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
  \ea\ea\ea\splitwn\csname\the\k\endcsname
  \ifx\refer\word%extend \nrsrng with number
    \prcrng\num
  \else%write record to \kk
   \advance\kk1 \strnrs
   \immediate\write\inx{\refer\spaceseparator
      \nrsrng.}%
   \let\nrsrng\empty\init\num
   \prcrng\num\let\refer\word
  \fi
 \repeat\ifnum1<\n
  \advance\kk1 \strnrs
  \immediate\write\inx{\refer\spaceseparator
    \nrsrng.}%
 \global\n\kk\fi
 }\immediate\closeout\inx}
%
%Copying
%;vrblin=500
\def\filetoarray#1{%#1 is file name
 \immediate\openin\inxin=#1\relax
 \ifeof\inxin\immediate\write16{File #1 empty
   or non-existent.}%
 \fi \n\kzero\continuetrue
 \loop\ifeof\inxin\continuefalse\fi
 \ifcontinue\advance\n1 \immediate
 \read\inxin t\ea o\csname\the\n\endcsname
%\immediate\write16{k: \number\n:
%     \csname\the\n\endcsname}%
 \repeat\advance\n-1
 \immediate\closein\inxin}
%
\def\tawfiletofile#1#2{\continuetrue
 \immediate\openin\inxin=#1\relax
 \immediate\openout\inx=#2\relax
 \loop\read\inxin to\IR
   \ifeof\inxin\continuefalse\fi
 \ifcontinue\trfandwrite\IR
 \repeat
 \immediate\closein\inxin
 \immediate\closeout\inx
}
%
\def\setupnxtokens{%
 \def\process##1{\def##1{\nx##1}}%
  \ea\ea\ea\fifo\ea\the\ea\conseqs
                \the\srtkeys\ofif
 \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
 \ea\fifo\the\consyms\ofif
}
%
\def\trfandwrite#1{\ea\splitintoks#1%
 \immediate\write\inx{\nx\noindent
  \ifcase\digit{\the\indword}\or
   {\nx\tt\the\indword}\or
   \nx\cs{\the\indword}\or
   $\nx\langle\hbox{\the\indword}\nx\rangle
    $\fi\spaceseparator{\nx
    \oldstyle\pagenrs}}}%Period deleted
%
\def\splitintoks#1 !#2 #3.{\indword{#1}%
  \chardef\digit=#2\relax\def\pagenrs{#3}}
%
%Typesetting;vrblin=600
\def\bluedoublecolumnout{%
%Biased by manmac's doublecolumnout
 \splittopskip=\topskip
 \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth \dimen@\pageheight
 \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
 \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
 \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
 \blueonepageout\pagesofar
 \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty}
%
\def\blueonepageout#1{%
%Biased by manmac's \onepageout
 \shipout\vbox{%
 \vbox to\baselineskip{\null
         \the\headline\vss}%
 \kern2ex
 \vbox to\pageheight{#1\vss}%
 \kern1ex
 \the\footline
 }\advancepageno}
%
%Auxiliaries;vrblin=700
%SetOfKeys
\def\sok#1#2{%Function:
%Build from \srtkeykpairs \srtkeys
%via \ea\sok\srtkeypairs\kos\relax
\ifx#1\kos\kos\fi
  \srtkeys\ea{\the\srtkeys#1}\sok}
\def\kos#1\sok{\fi}
%
\def\sokdef#1#2{%Function:
%Build from \srtkeypairs srtkey defs
\ifx#1\fedkos\fedkos\fi
  \def#1{#2}\sokdef}
\def\fedkos#1\sokdef{\fi}
\endinput%;nonum
%Table of contents: blue.ind
%Variables
%   \indexname...........(blue.tex)
%   \preindex....................21
%   \postindex...................22
%   \indword.............(blue.tex)
%   \indexfile...........(blue.tex)
%   \irfile..............(blue.tex)
%   \conseqs.....................24
%   \consyms.....................25
%   \srtkeys.....................31
%   \srtkeypairs..............26-30
%   \ignores.............(blue.tex)
%User level macros
%   \sortindex..............101-125
%   \pasteupindex...........151-187
%   \add#1to#2..................190
%Lower level macros
%IR Creation
%   \makexref...............203-216
%Sorting
%   \cmpir..................251-256
%   \nxtwindex..............258-282
%   \otindex................284-304
%Range reduction
%   \redrngtofile...........401-424
%Copying
%   \filetoarray............501-512
%   \tawfiletofile..........514-523
%   \trfandwrite............533-540
%   \setupnxtokens..........525-531
%   \splitintoks............542-543
%OTR doublecolumns
%   \bluedoublecolumnout....601-609
%   \blueonepageout.........611-620
%Auxiliaries
%   \sok....................702-707
%   \sokdef.................709-713
%History of changes
%Nov    1994 Set up.
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%index%;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntglogo%
\tool\ntglogotool           %;numvrb
\message{ ---ntglogo, Jan 95, cgl--- }
\font\calx=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
\def\ntglogo{\vbox{%
  \hbox{{\calx N}ederlandstalige}
  \hbox{\hskip1em{\calx T}\kern-.2ex
        \raise-.5ex\hbox{E}\kern.1exX}
  \hbox{\hskip2em{\calx G}ebruikersgroep}}}
\setbox\ntglogobox\ntglogo
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntglogo%!cgl;nonum
\endinput
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntginfo%
\tool\ntginfotool           %;numvrb
\message{ ---ntginfo, Jan 95, cgl--- }
\def\dropntglogo{\noindent
  \hangindent5\generalindent\hangafter-5
  \smash{\lower3.5\baselineskip
    \hbox to0pt{\hskip-.9\hangindent
    \copy\ntglogobox\hss}}}
\def\ntginfo{%
\dropntglogo is the Dutch-language-oriented
             \TeX{} \UG, founded in
             {\oldstyle1988}. The activities
             comprise two meetings per year,
             with the wealthy MAPS\Dash Minutes
             and APpendiceS\Dash
             sent out before each meeting.\\
The activities are biased by sharing experience
in using  \AllTeX, \MF, literate programming,
SGML, Adobe's \PS{} and PDF, next to
multi-media, in short, sharing knowledge about
Electronic Publishing, biased by \AllTeX.
The intricacies of the World-Wide-Web in
relation to using \AllTeX{} is also explored.
Less than {\oldstyle5}\% of our energy was
devoted to organizational matters in the past.
Apart from the regular MAPS we enjoy MAPS specials.
Up till {\oldstyle1994} NTG's PR set and David
Salomon's courseware\Dash
Advanced \TeX: Insights and Hindsights\Dash
have appeared in this series.
The {\oldstyle 1994} special has the title
{\oldstyle 100} FAQ: Everything you will ever
have to know about \AllTeX.\ftn{Courtesy Bobby Bodenheimer
   and ukTUG,
   Reprint Baskerville, {\oldstyle4}, {\oldstyle6}.}
\smallskip
Important activities, listed in historical
order, have been
\bigskip
{\generalindent5\generalindent
\item{\oldstyle1988\quad} NTG's discussion
      list and fileserver on the air
\item{\oldstyle1989\quad} NTG days, various
      courses have been offered since
\item{\oldstyle1990\quad} SGML-\TeX{} conference,
      Babel emerges
\item{\oldstyle1992\quad} Belgian commissioner
      for Flemish \AllTeX ies
\item{\oldstyle1993\quad} Goddijn's Bulletin Board
\item{\oldstyle1994\quad} 4All\TeX{} CD-ROM
      with turnkey-\TeX{} system
\item{\oldstyle1995\quad} Euro\TeX,
      BLUe's system emerges
\smallskip
}\bigskip
Close contacts have been maintained over the
years with the TUG\Dash \TUG\Dash and the
other LUGs\Dash Language-oriented \TUG s.
One can subscribe for a joint membership of
NTG and TUG.
\smallskip
The regular subscription fee for an individual
NTG membership is in the order of
{\it f}~{\oldstyle90} per year.
Students are granted a discount.
An institutional membership is possible.
\smallskip
Enquiries, casu quo a registration form,
can be obtained from
   NTG's secretary Postbus {\oldstyle394},
   {\oldstyle1740} AJ Schagen,
   ntg AT nic.surfnet.nl.}
\endinput
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntginfo%;nonum!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%smileys%
\tool\smileystool           %;numvrb
\message{ ---smileys, July 95, cgl--- }%
%Assumed \mfs etc. available
\def\eyes{{\x250\unitlength\y150\unitlength
           \putatxy}%l-eye
          {\x750\unitlength\y150\unitlength
           \putatxy}%r-eye
}%
\def\lefteyes{{\x200\unitlength\y150\unitlength
               \putatxy}%l-eye
              {\x700\unitlength\y150\unitlength
               \putatxy}%r-eye
}%
\def\squinteyes{{\x300\unitlength\y150\unitlength
                \putatxy}%l-eye
                {\x700\unitlength\y150\unitlength
                \putatxy}%r-eye
}%
\def\winkeye{\initialize
  {100}{150}{250}{75}{250}{75}{400}{150}%
  {\k0\kmax2\x0pt\y0pt\mfs}%l-winkeye
  {\x750\unitlength\y150\unitlength\putatxy}%r-eye
}%
\def\mouth{\initialize
  {250}{-250}{500}{-350}{500}{-350}{750}{-250}%
  \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs}
%
\def\sadmouth{\initialize
   {250}{-350}{500}{-250}{500}{-250}{750}{-350}%
   \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs}
%
\kmax5 %level
\setbox\smileybox=\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
  \initialize
  000{650}{1000}{650}{1000}0%
  \k0\putatxy\mfs
  \initialize
   000{-650}{1000}{-650}{1000}0%
  \k0\mfs\y0pt\x\X4\putatxy
  \kmax3
  \initialize
  {100}{200}{250}{250}{250}{250}{400}{200}%
  \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs%l-brow
  \initialize
  {600}{200}{750}{250}{750}{250}{900}{200}%
   \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs%r-brow
  {\x500\unitlength\y150\unitlength\S{250}}%Nose
}%
\endinput
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%smileys%!cgl;nonum
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%english%
\tool\englishtool            %;numvrb
\message{ ---English , Jan 95, cgl--- }
\abstractname{Abstract}
\acknowledgementsname{Acknowledgements}
\contentsname{Contents}
\indexname{Index}
\examplename{Example}
\keywordsname{Keywords}
\referencesname{References}
\endinput
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%english%;nonum
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%russian%
\tool\russiantool            %;numvrb
\message{ ---Russian , %Jan 95,
          not yet available, cgl--- }
%\abstractname{Abstract}
%\acknowledgementsname{Acknowledgements}
%\contentsname{Contents}
%\indexname{Index}
%\examplename{Example}
%\keywordsname{Keywords}
%\referencesname{References}
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%russian%;nonum
\endinput                 %!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%xyz%
\tool\xyztool              %;numvrb
\def\xyz#1#2#3{\leavevmode%
\message{ ---xyz, jan 95, cgl--- }%
   \setbox0\vbox{\hbox{/}\kern0pt}%
   \lower2.65\ht0\hbox{\copy0%
             \rlap{\qquad#1}}%
   \kern-.185\ht0\lower1.8\ht0\copy0%
   \kern-.185\ht0\lower0.95\ht0\copy0%
   \kern-.11\ht0%
   \vrule height9ex depth0pt\relax%
   \raise7ex\rlap{\qquad#3}%
   \vrule height.1pt depth.1pt width 8ex%
   \qquad\lower.6ex\hbox{#2}}%
\endinput                   %;nonum
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%xyz%!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%partlogo%
\tool\partlogotool      %;numvrb
%from TeX book
\def\partlogo#1{\goodbreak
    \bigskip\noindent
   \vbox{\line{\hrulefill}%
      \kern-.5\baselineskip
\line{\hrulefill{ \phantom{\bf #1}} %
            \hrulefill}%
      \kern-.5\baselineskip
      \line{\hrulefill{ \bf #1}
             \hrulefill}%
      \kern-.5\baselineskip
      \line{\hrulefill}%
}\nobreak\smallskip\noindent}
\endinput                  %;nonum
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%partlogo%!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%pascal%
\tool\pascaltool
\message{ ---pascaltool, Jan 95, cgl--- }
%C.G. van der Laan, Januari 95.%;numvrb
%Processing (first set of macros)
%\let\beginpascal\fifol
\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi
   \the\postpascal\endgroup}
\let\endpascal\lofif
\def\lf{x}%toggle for last font to insert \/
\def\processw#1{%
 \ifnum\commentstatus>0
  \if p\lf\leavevmode\/\fi#1\def\lf{c}\else
  \ifx\relax#1\relax{ }%space
  \else\foundfalse
   \loc{ #1 }{\the\reservedset}%
    \iffound{\if p\lf\leavevmode\/\fi
      \reservedwordsfont#1}\def\lf{r}%
    \else\if=#1${}={}$\else
     {\pascalprogramfont#1{}}\def\lf{p}\fi\fi
 \fi\fi}%end processw;vrblin50
%for the rest of listing use
%another escape char;endinput
%Typesetting : ;= ; . ^
\def\becomes{:=}
\catcode`\:=13
\def:#1{\if=#1${}\becomes{}$\else
              {\rm\char`\:}#1\fi}
\catcode`\;=13
     \def;{{\/\rm\char`\;}}
\catcode`\.=13 \def.{{\pascalprogramfont
                      \char`\.}}
\catcode`\^=13 \def^{\char'136}
    %\def^{{\enspace$\uparrow$}}
\def\leftbrace{(}
\catcode`\(=13 \catcode`\*=13
\def(#1{\ifx*#1$\{\,$\global
   \advance\commentstatus1
   \pascalcommentfont
   \else\leftbrace#1\fi}
%Reserved words       ;vrblin100
\reservedset{ and array begin case const
 div do downto else end. end; file for
 function goto if in label mod nil not of
 or packed procedure program record repeat
 set then to type until var while with}%
%Handling of >= <= <> > <  ;vrblin150
\def\lt{<}\def\gt{>}
\catcode`\>=13
\def>#1{\if=#1${}\geq{}$\else
              ${}\gt{}$#1\fi}
\catcode`\<=13
\def<#1{\ifx>#1${}\ne{}$\else
        \if=#1${}\leq{}$\else
        ${}\lt{}$#1\fi\fi}
%Handling of + - *          ;vrblin200
\def\-{-}%Save for hyphen use
\def\plus{+}\def\minus{-}
\catcode`\+=13 \def+{${}\plus{}$}
\def*#1{\if)#1$\,\}$\global
   \advance\commentstatus-1
   \else${}\times{}$#1\fi}
%{\catcode`\-=13 \gdef-{${}\minus{}$}}
%Later catcode is set for minus
%Last part of processing    ;vrblin250
\obeyspaces\let =\
\def\fifow#1 {\ifx
\wofif#1\wofif\fi\processw{#1}\ \fifow}%
\def\processl#1{\fifow#1 \wofif
 \endgraf}%First space is needed
%                           ;vrblin300
\catcode`\-=13 \def-{${}\minus{}$}%
\obeylines\smallskip%
\the\prepascal\relax%;nonum
\endinput%cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%
%
%
%Contents Pascal
%   \beginpascal
%   \lofif
%   \endpascal
%   \processw
%Typesetting : := ;semicol . ^
%   \becomes
%   :
%   ;
%   .
%   ^
%Reserved words
%Handling of >= <= <> > <
%   \lt
%   \gt
%   >
%   <
%Handling of + - *
%   -
%  \plus
%  \minus
%  \times
%  +
%  *
%  -
%Last part of processing
%  \fifow#
%   \processl
%Keeping track of comments, and
%using comment fonts
%  {, }
%  [, ]
%  \commentstatus
%  \pascalcommentfont
%  \prepascal
%
%Use of the above file via
%\input pascal.tex
%\beginpascal
%(*Print length of third side of
% triangle given two sides and
% enclosed angle*)
%program EX4A(input, output);
%var a, b, c angle : real;
%begin read(a, b, angle);
%   c:=sqrt(sqr(a)+sqr(b)-
%                2*a*b*cos(angle));
%   writeln(`The third side is', c)
%end.
%\endpascal
%\beginpascal
%(*heap creation*)
%l := n div 2 + 1;
%while l <> 1 do
%begin l := l-1; sift(a, l, n) end;
%(*sorting*)
%r := n;
%while r <> 1 do
%begin swap(a[1], a[r]);
%      r := r-1; sift(a, 1, r)
%end;
%(*sift arg1 through arg2*)
%j:= arg1;
%while 2j >= arg2 and
%      (a[j] < a[2j] or a[j] < a[2j+1])
%do begin mi := 2j + if a[2j] > a[2j+1]
%                    then 0
%                    else 1;
%    exchange(a[j], a[mi]); j := mi
%end.
%\endpascal
%\bye
%Together with blue.tex and tools.dat
%replace
%\input pascal.tex
%by
%\input blue.tex
%End pascal.tex
%
%
%History of changes
%Jan 95 Designed
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%pascal%!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
\tool\efg
phoney tool, for test purpose
\endinput%end \efg



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:14:31 +0100
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: BLUe

%pic.dat
%Copyright: C.G. van der Laan,
%cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl, 05941-1525
%File: pic.dat  Version May, 1995
%
\def\commonforpic{\csname newif\endcsname
  \ifmarkorigin
  \csname newif\endcsname\iffull
\def\markorigin{\hbox to0pt{\hss
  \vrule width1exdepth.2ptheight.2pt
  \vrule height1exdepth1ex
  \vrule width1exdepth.2ptheight.2pt
  \hss}%
}%end markorigin
\def\corners##1{%##1 size of corner bar
   \put(.1,.1){\line(-1,0){##1}}%
   \put(.1,.1){\line(0,-1){##1}}%
   \put(.2,.2){\line(-1,0){##1}}%
   \put(.2,.2){\line(0,-1){##1}}%
}%end corners
\def\card##1##2##3{%#1,#2 x,y coord.corner; #3 label
   \put(##1,##2){\line(-1,0){1.25}}
   \put(##1,##2){\line(0,-1){ .45}}
   \put(##1,##2){\lower.45\unitlength
     \hbox{\line(-1,0){ .25}}}
  \put(##1,##2){\hbox to0pt{\kern-1.25\unitlength
     \hbox{\line(0,-1){ .25}}\hss}}
  \put(##1,##2){\lower.5\unitlength\hbox
  {\hskip.05\unitlength{\tiny ##3}}}
}%end card
%45 degree rightupper diag dots at #1,#2
\def\diagdots##1##2{\put(##1,##2){$\raise1pt
  \hbox to0pt{\kern-1pt.\hss}\kern2pt^{.^.}$}}
%\thinlines %(default in blue.tex)
}%end commonforpic
%
%
%
\lst\bintreepic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup\unitlength.5ex
   \kk32 \xoffset{-32} \yoffset{-5}%
   \xdim{66}\ydim{5}%
   \def\eertnib##1\relax{\fi}
\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture\egroup
\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\bluemodelpic{\bgroup\unitlength=3.5ex
 \yoffset{-.75}
 \xdim{13}\ydim{12}
\beginpicture
\def\str{\lower.5ex\null}
%baseline
\put(1,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}}
\put(4,0){\vector(1,0){.9}}
\put(2.5,0){\makebox(0,0){extras}}
\put(6,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}}
\put(12,0){\vector(1,0){.9}}
\put(9,0){\makebox(0,0){BLUe's format}}
%
\put(0,4){\framebox(4,2){Extensions}}
\put(0,8){\framebox(4,2){Publ.\
   formats}}
%Horizontal connection lines
\put(4,5){\line(1,0){2}}
\put(4,9){\line(1,0){2}}
%\multiput(4,5)(.2, 0){10}{\hbox to
%   .2\unitlength{-\hss-}}
%\multiput(4,9)(.2, 0){10}{\hbox to
%   .2\unitlength{-\hss-}}
%Vertical separation line
\multiput(5,0)(0,1){11}{\vrule
    height.5\unitlength\relax}
\put(6,4){\framebox(4,6){\vbox{%
   \hbox{\tiny outer tags}
   \kern1.25\unitlength
   \hbox{blue.tex}
   \kern1.25\unitlength
   \hbox{\tiny inner tags}}}}
%\put(6,4){\framebox(4,2){\vbox{%
%   \hbox{\strut Inner}\hbox{Tags}}}}
%\put(6,8){\framebox(4,2){\vbox{%
%   \hbox{\strut Outer}\hbox{Tags}}}}
\put(9.1,8.1){\vbox{\offinterlineskip
   \hbox{\tiny\str ppt}\hbox{\tiny\str ref}%
  }}
\put(9.1,4.1){\vbox{\offinterlineskip
   \hbox{\tiny\str man}%
   \hbox{\tiny\str gkp}%
   \hbox{\tiny\str\raise2ex\null crs}%
   \hbox{\tiny\str vrb}%
   \hbox{\tiny\str btb}\hbox{\tiny
   \str abr}}}
%\put(8,6){\line(0,1){2}}
%Databases next
%Outer database
%\multiput(10,9)(.2, 0){5}{\hbox to
%   .2\unitlength{-\hss}}
\put(10,9){\line(1,0){1}}
\put(11,7){\line(0,1){2}}
%\card{12.25}{7.25}{fmt.dat}
\put(11,7){\framebox(1.25, .5){}}
\put(12.3, 7){{\tiny fmt.dat}}
%Inner databases
\put(10,5){\line(1,0){1}}
%\multiput(10,5)(.2, 0){5}{\hbox to
%   .2\unitlength{-\hss}}
\put(11,3){\line(0,1){2}}
\put(10,1){\framebox(2,2){\vbox{%
      \hbox{\strut Data}\hbox{Bases}}}}
%
\card{12.25}{3.25}{tools.dat}
\card{12.5 }{3.5 }{obsolete.dat}
\card{12.75}{3.75}{pic.dat}
\card{13   }{4   }{lit.dat}
\card{13.25}{4.25}{address.dat}
%
%\diagdots{13.35}{4.35}
%
\put(4,6){\corners{.975}}%
\put(4,10){\corners{.975}}
\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}%
}%end bluemodelpic
%
\lst\bluepagepic{\vbox{\arrows{2cm}{\small headline}
\hbox to2cm{\hss\tiny headlinesep(2ex)\hss}
\hbox{\vrule\vbox to 3cm{\hrule\offinterlineskip
    \hbox to2cm{\hss$\uparrow$\hss}\vss
    \arrows{2cm}{\lower3pt\null\small pagewd}
    \vss
    \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small v\hss}
    \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small s\hss}
    \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small i\hss}
    \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small z\hss}
    \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small e\hss}
\vss\hbox to2cm{\hss$\downarrow$\hss}\hrule
}\vrule}\kern-.7\baselineskip
\hbox to2cm{\hss\tiny footlinesep(1ex)\hss}
\arrows{2cm}{\small footline}
}}
%
\lst\cantordustpic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup
\def\cf{{\E{\the\k}}\divide\k3
   \ifnum0=\k \fc\fi
   \advance\y-3\unitlength
   {\cf}\advance\x\the\k\unitlength
        \advance\x\the\k\unitlength
   \cf\relax}%
\def\fc##1\relax{\fi}%
\k243 \unitlength1pt
\xdim{243}\yoffset{-10}%
\beginpicture\cf\endpicture
\egroup\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\cglpic{\bgroup\unitlength20pt%
\xdim{1}\ydim{1}%
\beginpicture
\put(0,0){\squine(0,.4,.8,0,1,0)}
\put(0,0){\squine(0,.4,.8,1,0,1)}
\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,1,1)}
\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,0,0)}
\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8,.4,.5,1,1)}
\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8,.4,.5,0,0)}
\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}%
}%end \cgl
%
\lst\chartpic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup
\def\bintree{\E{\the\ekk}\ifnum\kk=2 \eertnib\fi
   \divide\kk2 {\N{\the\kk}\bintree}%
                \S{\the\kk}\bintree\relax}%
\def\eertnib##1\relax{\fi}%
\let\Eold\E
\def\E{\global\advance\k1
  \xytxt{ \csname\the\k\endcsname}\Eold}%
\def\1{LMB, 1912}%
\def\2{MJHB, 1882}\def\5{PAME, 1884}%
\def\3{JHB, 1838}\def\4{MDB, 1840}%
\def\6{EFE, 1845}\def\7{CLW, 1850}%
\ekk8\k0\unitlength2ex\kk8
\xdim{25}\ydim{17}\yoffset{-8}%
\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture
\egroup\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\dragonpic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup
\let\0\globalN\let\1\globalW
\let\2\globalS\let\3\globalE
\def\dragon{\k0
 \loop \draw
  \advance\k1 \kk\k \calcdir
 \ifnum\k<\kmax
 \repeat}
\def\calcdir{\ifodd\kk \kaux\kk
 \divide\kaux4 \multiply\kaux4 \advance\kk-\kaux
 \advance\dir\kk \ifnum\dir>3 \advance\dir-4 \fi
 \else\divide\kk2 \ea\calcdir\fi}
\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname1}
\unitlength2ex
\dir0\x0pt\y0pt \kmax4
\beginpicture\dragon\endpicture
\egroup\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\flowchartlooppic
{\bgroup\unitlength=3.8ex
 \xoffset{-.5}\yoffset{-.3}
 \xdim{5}\ydim{7.5}
\beginpicture
\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0)\markorigin\fi
\put(0,0){\line(1,0){2}}
\put(0,0){\line(0,1){6}}
\put(0,6){\vector(1,0){2}}
\put(2,6.5){\vector(0,-1){1.5}}
\put(1,4){\framebox(2,1){pretst}}
\put(2,4){\vector(0,-1){.5}}
%rhombus
\put(2,3){\rhombus(2,1)1{tst}}
%\put(1,3){\line(2,1){1}}
%\put(1,3){\line(2,-1){1}}
%\put(3,3){\line(-2,1){1}}
%\put(3,3){\line(-2,-1){1}}
%\put(2,3){\makebox(0,0){tst}}
%
\put(2,2.5){\line(0,-1){0.5}}
\put(1,1){\framebox(2,1){posttst}}
\put(2,1){\line(0,-1){1}}
%
\put(3,3){\line(1,0){1}}
\put(4,3){\vector(0,-1){3}}
\put(4,2.5){\kern2pt`{\tt\char92else}'}
\endpicture\egroup%end flowchartlooppic
}
\lst\furutapic
{\bgroup\unitlength=4ex\yoffset{-1}
 \xdim{14}\ydim{4.5}
\beginpicture
%\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0)\markorigin\fi
\put(1, 1){\oval(2, 1)}
\put(1, 1){\makebox(0, 0){Start}}
\put(2, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
\put(3.5,.25){\framebox(2,1.5){Edit}}
\put(5.5, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
\put(7,.25){\framebox(2,1.5){Format}}
\put(9, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
\put(11.5, 1){\oval(2, 1)}
\put(11.5, 1){\makebox(0, 0){End}}
\put(0,0){\squine(4.5,8,11.5,1.85,4,1.6)}
\put(11.65,1.55)\rdarrowhead
\put(0,0){\squine(4.5,6.25,8,.1,-1,.1)}
\put(4.5,.175)\luarrowhead
\endpicture\egroup%end furutapic
}
%
\lst\gpic{\bgroup\unitlength20pt%
\xdim{1}\ydim{1}%
\beginpicture
\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,1,1)}
\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,0,0)}
\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8, 0.4,.75,1,1)}
\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8, 0.4,.25,.5,.5)}
\put(0,0){\squine(.4,.8,.8, 0, 0,.25)}
\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}%
}%end \gpic
%
\lst\hfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup
\def\mod##1{\advance\dir##1
   \ifnum3<\dir \advance\dir-4 \fi}%mod 4
\def\nxt{\csname\the\dir\endcsname
   {\the\kk}\multiply\kk17\divide\kk24
         \advance\level-1 \hf}%
\def\hf{\ifnum\level=0 \fh\fi
   {\mod1\nxt}\mod3\nxt\relax}%
\def\fh##1\relax{\fi}%
\unitlength.1ex
  \xdim{80}\ydim{140}\yoffset{-60}%
  \kk48 \dir0 \level6
\beginpicture\hf\endpicture
\egroup\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\indmodelpic
{\bgroup\unitlength=6ex
 \xdim{7.5}\ydim{6}
\beginpicture
\put(2,0){\makebox(0,0){Result}}
\put(2,1){\vector(0,-1){.8}}
\put(2,1.25){\makebox(0,0){\cs{pasteupindex}}}
\put(5.5,1.6){\vector(-1,0){3}}
\put(2,3){\vector(0,-1){1.5}}
\put(2,3.25){\makebox(0,0){\cs{sortindex}}}
\put(2.5,2.9){\line(1,0){3}}
\put(5.5, 2.9){\vector(0,-1){.5}}
\put(5.5, 2.25){\makebox(0,0){`Enrich' index.elm\ }}
\put(5.5, 2){\line(0,-1){.4}}
\put(2,4.3){\vector(0,-1){.8}}
\put(2,4.5){\makebox(0,0){Copy + IR markup}}
\put(2,5.55){\vector(0,-1){.8}}
\put(3,5.75){\makebox(0,0){\cs{input} blue
     \cs{loadindexmacros} \cs{report}}}
\endpicture\egroup}
%end indmodelpic
%
\lst\kochfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup
\let\0\globalN\let\1\globalE
\let\2\globalS\let\3\globalW
\def\left{\advance\dir3 \ifnum\dir>3
                      \advance\dir-4 \fi}%
\def\right{\advance\dir1 \ifnum\dir>3
                      \advance\dir-4 \fi}%
\def\koch{\ifnum\kk=1 \draw\hcok\fi
   {\divide\kk4
    \koch\left\koch\right\koch\right\koch\koch
         \left\koch\left\koch\right\koch}\relax}
\def\hcok##1\relax{\fi}%
\x0pt\y0pt\dir1\kk4 \unitlength1ex
\beginpicture\koch\endpicture
\egroup\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\lettertreepic
{\bgroup\smallskip\small
 \unitlength2ex
 \xdim{25}\ydim{17}
 \def\makebox(##1##2)##3{\hbox
  to##1\unitlength{\vbox to##2\unitlength
  {\vss\hbox{##3}\vfil}\hss}}
\beginpicture
\put(0,8.9){\makebox(4,0){Letter\lower.2ex\null}}
\put(5,9){\line(-1,0){1.5}}
%first level
%vert line
\put(5,2){\line(0,1){14}}%End coordinates (5,16)
%hor lines
\multiput(5,2)(0,2){8}{\line(1,0){.75}}
%texts
\put(6,1.9){\makebox(5,0){Post}}
\put(6,3.9){\makebox(5,0){Signed}}
\put(6,5.9){\makebox(5,0){Body}}
\put(6,7.9){\makebox(5,0){Subject}}
\put(6,9.9){\makebox(5,0){Addr$+$}}
\put(6,11.9){\makebox(5,0){Date}}
\put(6,13.9){\makebox(5,0){Yourref}}
\put(6,15.9){\makebox(5,0){Ref}}
%\put(6,17.9){\makebox(5,0){Header}}
%Considered as format issue
%Second level
%hor lines
\put(11,2){\line(-1,0){2}}
\put(11,6){\line(-1,0){1.5}}
\put(11,10){\line(-1,0){1}}
%vert lines
\put(11,1){\line(0,1){2}}
\put(11,5){\line(0,1){2}}
\put(11,8){\line(0,1){4}}
%hor lines
\multiput(11,1)(0,1){3}{\line(1,0){.75}}
\multiput(11,5)(0,2){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
\multiput(11,8)(0,2){3}{\line(1,0){.75}}
%texts
\put(12,.9){\makebox(5,0){cc$*$}}
\put(12,1.9){\makebox(7,0){Enclosures$*$}}
\put(12,2.9){\makebox(5,0){PS$*$}}
\put(12,4.9){\makebox(5,0){p$+$}}
\put(12,6.9){\makebox(5,0){Dear}}
\put(12,7.9){\makebox(5,0){Comm}}
\put(12,9.9){\makebox(5,0){Address}}
\put(12,11.9){\makebox(5,0){Name}}
%Third level
%hor lines
\put(17,5){\line(-1,0){2}}
\put(17,8){\line(-1,0){1}}
\put(17,10){\line(-1,0){.75}}
\put(17,12){\line(-1,0){1}}
%Vert lines
\put(17,4){\line(0,1){2}}
\put(17,7.5){\line(0,1){1}}
\put(17,9.5){\line(0,1){1}}
\put(17,11.5){\line(0,1){1}}
%hor lines
\multiput(17,4)(0,1){3}{\line(1,0){.75}}
\multiput(17,7.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
\multiput(17,9.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
\multiput(17,11.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
%texts
\put(18,3.9){\makebox(5,0){hp$*$}}
\put(18,4.9){\makebox(5,0){q$*$}}
\put(18,5.9){\makebox(5,0){list$*$}}
\put(18,7.4){\makebox(5,0){e-mail$*$}}
\put(18,8.4){\makebox(5,0){phone$*$}}
\put(18,9.4){\makebox(5,0){city}}
\put(18,10.4){\makebox(5,0){street}}
\put(18,11.4){\makebox(5,0){given}}
\put(18,12.4){\makebox(5,0){family}}
%fourth level
\put(21.75,9.5){\line(-1,0){1.25}}
\put(21.75,10.5){\line(-1,0){.25}}
\put(22,9.4){\makebox(5,0){country}}
\put(22,10.4){\makebox(5,0){code}}
\endpicture
\egroup}
%end lettertreepic
%
\lst\levyfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup
\def\summodfour{{\modsum0
  \loop \ifodd\k \advance\modsum1 \fi
   \divide\k2 \ifnum\k>0
  \repeat \global\dir\modsum
  \divide\modsum4 \multiply\modsum4
  \global\advance\dir-\modsum}}
\def\levyfractal{\loop\summodfour
   \draw \advance\k1
   \ifnum\k<\order \repeat}
\unitlength1ex\x0pt\y0pt
\k0 \dir0 \order256
\kk1 %argument for \draw
\ydim{14}%\yoffset{-7}%
\xdim{21}\xoffset{-2}%
\beginpicture\levyfractal\endpicture
\egroup\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\linespic
{\bgroup\unitlength1cm
 \yoffset{-1.5}
 \xdim{7}\ydim{3}
\beginpicture
\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
\line(1,-1){1}
\line(1,1){1}
\makebox(2,0){Beer}
\disk{.25}\quad
\circle{.5}
\endpicture\egroup%end linespic
}
\lst\ntgpiepic
{\bgroup\unitlength=7ex
 \xoffset{-3}\yoffset{-2.25}
 \xdim{6}\ydim{5}
\beginpicture
%1st quadrant
%\bezier{100}(2, 0)(2, .54)(1.79, .89)
     % 0  - `30' 2:1-lijn
%\bezier{60}(1.79, .89)(1.46, 1.46)(1,
%1.73)
\put(0,0){\squine(1.79,1.46,1,.89,1.46,
 1.73)}
     % `30' - 60
%\bezier{60}(1, 1.73)(.54, 2)(0, 2)
     % 60 - 90
\put(0,0){\squine(1,.54,0,1.73,2,2)}
%2nd quadrant
%\bezier{60}(0, 2)(-.54, 2)(-1, 1.73)
     % 90 - 120
\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.54,-1,2,2,1.73)}
%\bezier{60}(-1,1.73)(-1.46,1.46)(-1.73,
%1)
     %120 - 150
\put(0,0){\squine(-1,-1.46,-1.73,1.73,
   1.46,1)}
%\bezier{60}(-1.73, 1)(-2, .54)(-2, 0)
     %150 - 180
\put(0,0){\squine(-1.73,-2,-2,1,.54,0)}
%3rd quadrant
%\bezier{60}(-2, 0)(-2, -.54)(-1.73, -1)
     %180 - 210
\put(0,0){\squine(-2,-2,-1.73,0,-.54,
   -1)}
%\bezier{60}(-1.73,-1)(-1.46,-1.46)(-1,
%-1.73)
     %210 -240
\put(0,0){\squine(-1.73,-1.46,-1,-1,
   -1.46,-1.73)}
%\bezier{60}(-1, -1.73)(-.54, -2)(0, -2)
     %240 - 270
\put(0,0){\squine(-1,-.54,0,-1.73,-2,-2)}
%4th quadrant
%\bezier{60}(0, -2)(.54, -2)(1, -1.73)
     %270 - 300
\put(0,0){\squine(0,.54,1,-2,-2,-1.73)}
%\bezier{60}(1,-1.73)(1.46,-1.46)(1.73,-1)
     %300 - 330
\put(0,0){\squine(1,1.46,1.73,-1.73,
  -1.46,-1)}
%\bezier{60}(1.73, -1)(2, -.54)(2, 0)
     %330 - 360
\put(0,0){\squine(1.73,2,2,-1,-.54,0)}
%division lines
\put(0, 0){\line(1, 0){2}}
\put(0, 0){\line(2, 1){1.79}}
     %1.79 = 2 cos arctg .5
%\put(0, 0){\line(-2, 1){1.79}}
%\bezier{75}(0, 0)(-.81, .59)(-1.61,
%1.18)
     %-.81 = cos 144; .59 = sin 144
\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.81,-1.61,0,.59,
   1.18)}
%\put(0, 0){\line(-1, -2){.89}}
     % .89 = 2 sin arctg .5
%\bezier{75}(0, 0)(-.59, -.81)(-1.18,
%-1.62)
     %-.59 = cos -126; -.81 = sin -126
\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.59,-1.18,0,-.81,
   -1.62)}
%piece
%\bezier{60}(2.5, 0.1)(2.5, .64)(2.29,
%.99)
     % shift .5, .1
\put(0,0){\squine(2.5,2.5,2.29,0.1,.64,
   .99)}
\put(0.5, 0.1){\line(1, 0){2}}
\put(0.5, 0.1){\line(2, 1){1.79}}
%Candles:
%\bezier{20}(0,1.31)(-.15,1.45)(0,1.61)
\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.15,0,1.31,1.45,
   1.61)}
%\bezier{20}(0,1.31)(.175,1.45)(0,1.61)
\put(0,0){\squine(0,.175,0,1.31,1.45,
   1.61)}
%Middle
\put(-.1,.11){\line(0,1){1.2}}
\put(.1,.05){\line(0,1){.95}}
\put(.1,1.1){\line(-2,3){.2}}
%Left
%\bezier{20}(-.25,1.46)(-.40,1.6)(
%-.25,1.76)
\put(0,0){\squine(-.25,-.40,-.25,
   1.46,1.6,1.76)}
%\bezier{20}(-.25,1.46)(-.075,1.6)(
%-.25,1.76)
\put(0,0){\squine(-.25,-.075,-.25,
   1.46,1.6,1.76)}
\put(-.35,.26){\line(0,1){1.2}}
\put(-.15,.21){\line(0,1){.95}}
\put(-.15,1.15){\line(-2,3){.2}}
%Right
%\bezier{20}(.25,1.46)(.40,1.6)(.25,
%1.76)
\put(0,0){\squine(.25,.40,.25,1.46,
   1.6,1.76)}
%\bezier{20}(.25,1.46)(.075,1.6)(.25,
%1.76)
\put(0,0){\squine(.25,.075,.25,1.46,
   1.6,1.76)}
\put(.35,.25){\line(0,1){1.2}}
\put(.15,.2){\line(0,1){.95}}
\put(.15,1.15){\line(2,3){.2}}
%Leftleft
%\bezier{20}(-.5,1.61)(-.65,1.75)(
%-.5,1.91)
\put(0,0){\squine(-.5,-.65,-.5,1.61,
   1.75,1.91)}
%\bezier{20}(-.5,1.61)(-.325,1.75)(
%-.5,1.91)
\put(0,0){\squine(-.5,-.325,-.5,1.61,
   1.75,1.91)}
\put(-.6,.41){\line(0,1){1.2}}
\put(-.4,.36){\line(0,1){.95}}
\put(-.4,1.3){\line(-2,3){.2}}
%Rightright
%\bezier{20}(.5,1.61)(.65,1.75)(.5,
%1.91)
\put(0,0){\squine(.5,.65,.5,1.61,1.75,
   1.91)}
%\bezier{20}(.5,1.61)(.325,1.75)(.5,
%1.91)
\put(0,0){\squine(.5,.325,.5,1.61,
   1.75,1.91)}
\put(.6,.4){\line(0,1){1.2}}
\put(.4,.35){\line(0,1){.95}}
\put(.4,1.3){\line(2,3){.2}}
%texts
\put(-1, -.1){\makebox(0, 0){\strut
   Happy}}
\put(.5, -1){\makebox(0, 0){\strut
   Birthday}}
\put(1.9, .35){\makebox(0, 0){\strut
   NTG}}
\endpicture\egroup%end ntgpiepic
\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\overviewtexpic
{\bgroup\unitlength=3.8ex \fullfalse
 \xoffset{-.5}\yoffset{-2.75}
 \xdim{15}\ydim{16.5}
\beginpicture
%1st column
\put(1, 0){\line(0, 1){1.5}}
\put(1, 2){\oval(2, 1)}
\iffull\put(1.1, 2.1){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
           \oval(2, 1)}
   \put(2.1, 2){{\tiny .ps}}
   \put(1.2, 2.2){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
           \oval(2, 1)}
   \put(2.3, 2.2){{\tiny .log}}
\fi
\put(1, 2){\makebox(0, 0){.pk}}
\put(1, 4){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
\put(-.5, 4){\framebox(3, 1){%
   METAfont}}
\iffull\card{2.75}{5.25}{-{%\smc%Too large
       post}}
\fi
\put(1, 6.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
\put(1, 7){\oval(2, 1)}
\put(1, 7){\makebox(0, 0){.mf}}
%second column
\put(7.5, -.5){\framebox(2, 1){%
   driver}}
\put(9.5,.5){\corners{.5}}%
\put(8.5, 1.5){\vector(0, -1){1}}
   %mod 24/1/94
\put(8.5, 2){\oval(2, 1)}
\iffull
   \put(8.6, 2.1){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
               \oval(2, 1)}
   \put(9.6, 2){{\tiny .log}}
%\put(8.7, 2.2){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
%               \oval(2, 1)}
\fi
\put(8.5, 2){\makebox(0, 0){.dvi}}
\put(8.5, 4){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
\put(7.5, 4){\framebox(2, 1){\TeX}}
%Flavours
\card{ 9.75}{5.25}{BLUe}
\card{10   }{5.5 }{La\TeX}
\card{10.25}{5.75}{AMS-(La)\TeX}
%\diagdots{10.35}{5.85}
%
\put(8.5, 6.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
\put(8.5, 7){\oval(2, 1)}
\put(8.5, 7){\makebox(0, 0){.tex}}
%
\multiput(8.5, 9)(0, -.415){3}{%
   \line(0, -1){.25}}
\put(8.5, 8.7){\vector(0, 1){.3}}
\put(8.5, 7.8){\vector(0, -1){.3}}
\put(7.5, 9){\framebox(2, 1){editor}}
%Tools
\card{ 9.75}{10.25}{Spell}
\card{10   }{10.5 }{Style}
%\diagdots{10.1}{10.6}
%
\put(8.5, 11.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
\put(8.5, 12){\oval(2, 1)}
\put(8.5, 12){\makebox(0, 0){copy}}
%basis
\put(1, 0){\vector(1, 0){6.5}}
\put(9.5, 0){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
\put(11, -.75){\framebox(2, 1.5){\vbox{%
    \hbox{printer}
    \hbox{screen}}}}
%middle
\multiput(5, 5.25)(0, 1){3}{%
   \line(0,1){.5}}
\multiput(5,  .25)(0, 1){4}{%
   \line(0,1){.5}}
\multiput(5, -2.25)(0, .5){2}{%
   \line(0,1){.25}}
\put(5,-.5){\line(0,1){.25}}
%PostScript
\iffull
   \put(1, -1){\oval(2, .5)}
   \put(1, -1){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny A-Type1}}}
   \put(1.1, -.9){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
           \oval(2, .5)}
   \put(1.2, -.8){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
           \oval(2, .5)}
   \multiput(2, -1)(.45, 0){4}{%
   \line(1,0){.25}}
   \put(4,-1){\vector(1,0){0}}
   \put(4, -1.250){\framebox(2, .5){%
   {\tiny \PS}}}
   \multiput(6, -1)(.45, 0){8}{%
      \line(1,0){.25}}
   \put(9.75,-1){\vector(1,0){0}}
   \put(10.25, -1){\oval(1, .5)}
   \put(10.25, -1){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny .ps}}}
   \multiput(10.75, -1)(.45, 0){5}{%
      \line(1,0){.25}}
   \put(13.25,-1){\vector(1,0){0}}
   \put(12,-1){\vector(0,1){.25}}
   \put(13.25, -1.25){\framebox(1.5, .5){{\tiny Acrobat}}}
   \put(14.75, -.75){\corners{.5}}
   \multiput(14, -.625)(0,1){2}{\line(0,1){.25}}
   \put(13.25, .75){\framebox(1.5, .5){{\tiny Acrobat}}}
   \put(14.75, 1.25){\corners{.5}}
   \put(14, 0){\oval(1,.5)}
   \put(14, 0){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny .pdf}}}
   \multiput(13.25,1)(-.5, 0){3}{\line(-1,0){.25}}
   \put(12, 1){\vector(0,-1){.25}}
   \put(8.5, -1){\vector(0, 1){.5}}
   \put(8.5,-.5){\vector(0,-1){.5}}
\else
   \put(5, -1){\line(0, -1){.25}}
\fi
%
\put(2.5, 4.5){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
\put(5, 4.5){\oval(2, 1)}
\put(5, 4.5){\makebox(0, 0){.tfm}}
\put(6, 4.5){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
%Source variants
\iffull
   \put(9.5, 7){\vector(-1,0){0}}
   \multiput(9.5, 7)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}}
   \multiput(10.25, 7.375)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}}
   \put(11, 7.375){\vector(1,0){0}}
   \put(11, 7.125){\framebox(1.5,.5){\tiny SGML}}
   \multiput(10.25, 7.375)(0,-.5){2}{\line(0,-1){.25}}
   \multiput(10.25, 6.625)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}}
   \put(11,6.625){\vector(1,0){0}}
   \put(11,6.375){\framebox(1.5,.5){\tiny HTML}}
   %\put(12, 4.5){\oval(2, 1)}
   %\put(12, 4.5){\makebox(0, 0){.log}}
\fi
%base line
\put(.51,-2.25){\vector(-1, 0){1}}
\put(2.25, -2.25){\makebox(0, 0){Fonts}}
\put(3.9,-2.25){\vector( 1, 0){1}}
\put(6.1,-2.25){\vector(-1, 0){1}}
\put(9, -2.25){\makebox(0, 0){%
   Typesetting}}
\put(11.9,-2.25){\vector(1, 0){1}}
\endpicture\egroup%end overviewtexpic
\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\partitionedmatrixpic{\bgroup
  \def\vdts{\vbox{\baselineskip4pt
  \lineskiplimit0pt
  \vglue2pt\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}}%
\vcenter{\offinterlineskip%No interline
%                space in between parts
\halign{\hfil$##$&\hfil$##$\hfil\cr%2-column
%first row with braces, element 11 empty
{}&\hfil\enspace\mathop{\hbox to.9cm%
   {\downbracefill}}\limits^{\vbox{\hbox{
               $\scriptstyle p$}\kern2pt}}
        \enspace\hfil\mathop{\hbox to.6cm%
   {\downbracefill}}\limits^{\vbox{\hbox to
  0pt{\hss$\scriptstyle n-p$\hss}\kern2pt}}%
        \enspace\hfil\cr  % end first row
%Separation between first (border) row and
%rest
\noalign{\vglue1ex}
%first column with braces
\vcenter{\vfil
   \hbox{${\scriptstyle p}\left\{\vbox
   to.8cm{}\right.$}\vfil\vglue2ex\vfil
   \hbox{\llap{$\scriptstyle n{-}$}%
   ${\scriptstyle p}\left\{\vbox to.5cm{}
   \right.$}\vfil}
&%22-element is the matrix proper
\left(\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
\halign{\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil&
\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil
\tabskip=.5\tabskip&\vdts##&
\tabskip=2\tabskip
\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil&
\hfil$##$\hfil\cr%end template
\times&\times&\times&\times&&\times&
 \times&\times\cr
0     &\times&\times&\times&&\times&
 \times&\times\cr
0     &0     &\times&\times&&\times&
 \times&\times\cr
0     &0     &0     &\times&&\times&
 \times&\times\cr
\noalign{\vglue1ex}
\multispan8\dotfill\cr
0     &0     &0     &0     &&\times&
 \times&\times\cr
0     &0     &0     &0     &&\times&
 \times&\times\cr
0     &0     &0     &0     &&\times&
\times&\times\cr}%end halign (22)
}%end vcenter
\right)\cr %end 22-element
%Separation between last (border) row
%and rest
\noalign{\vglue1ex}
{}&\hfil\enspace\mathop{\hbox to.9cm{%
   \upbracefill}}\limits_{\vbox{\kern2pt
                  \amyicurt{4ex}{1.5ex}}}
   \enspace\hfil
   \mathop{\hbox to.6cm{%
   \upbracefill}}\limits_{\vbox{\kern2pt
   \unitlength1ex
   \icmat4{1.5}}}\enspace\hfil%
\cr  % end last row
}%end halign
}\egroup%end vbox
}%end partitionedmatrixpic
%
\lst\pythpic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup
%\newdimen\leftx \newdimen\rightx
%\newdimen\lefty \newdimen\righty
\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE
\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW
\def\right{\turn2}%
\def\left{\turn6}%
\def\turn##1{\advance\dir##1
  \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8
\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname{\the\kk}}%
\def\ldrawsq{\draw       \leftx\x  \lefty\y
             \right\draw \rightx\x \righty\y
             \right\draw
             \right\draw
             \right}%
\def\rdrawsq{\draw      \rightx\x \righty\y
             \left\draw \leftx\x  \lefty\y
             \left\draw
             \left\draw
             \left}%
\let\drawsq\ldrawsq
\def\pyth{\ifnum\level=1 \htyp\fi
    \drawsq\advance\level-1 \multiply\kk18\divide\kk25
    {\turn7\x\leftx  \y\lefty \let\drawsq\ldrawsq\pyth}%
     \turn1\x\rightx \y\righty\let\drawsq\rdrawsq\pyth\relax}
\def\htyp##1\relax{\fi}%
\unitlength0.2ex\kk20
\rightx\the\kk\unitlength
\divide\rightx2 \x-\rightx%positioning
\level5
\beginpicture\pyth\endpicture
\egroup\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\pythtreepic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup
\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE
\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW
\def\leftbranch{\advance\dir7
 \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8
\def\rightbranch{\advance\dir1
 \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8
\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname{\the\kk}}
\def\pythtree{\ifnum\level=1 \eerthtyp\fi
    \advance\level-1
    \multiply\kk23\divide\kk32
    {\leftbranch\draw\pythtree}%
     \rightbranch\draw\pythtree\relax}
\def\eerthtyp##1\relax{\fi}
%alternative
%\def\pythtree{\ifnum\level>1
%   \expandafter\dopyth\fi}
%\def\dopyth{\advance\level-1
%    \multiply\kk23\divide\kk32
%    {\leftbranch\draw\pythtree}%
%     \rightbranch\draw\pythtree}
%\linethickness.2pt
  \unitlength.2pt
  \level6 \dir0 \kk90
\xdim{285}\ydim{285}\xoffset{-90}%
\beginpicture
\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule
   width\the\linethickness
   height\the\linethickness depth0pt}
\N{\the\kk}\pythtree\endpicture
\egroup\thispicture{}}%end \pythtreepic
%
\lst\regulartransparencypic{
\setbox0=\vbox to.6\hsize{\let\x\fiverm
   \hsize=.4\hsize\def\w{\kern.5ex}
   \vskip.5ex\noindent
   \centerline{\x Title Transparencies Set}
   \line{\x\w\vbox to 10ex{\vss
            \rlap{\x LOGO}\vss}\hfill
         \vbox to 10ex{\vss
             \x\baselineskip3ex
             \llap{\x headtitle}
             \llap{\x subheadtitle}
             \llap{\x subsubheadtitle}
                    \vss}\w}
   \hrule\vfil
   \centerline{o\ o}
   \centerline{\vrt}
   \centerline{\teni\char'136}
   \vfil\hrule\vskip.5ex
   \line{\x\w\rlap{\x date}\hfill
         --number--\hfill
         \llap{\x copyright}\w}
   \vskip.5ex}
%
\vbox{\vskip1ex\hbox to.4\hsize{\hss
   Regular Transparency\hss}
\kern2ex
\hbox{\rlap{\copy0}\makelightbox}}
}
\lst\rotatedbintreepic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup\unitlength1ex%
  \let\W\N \let\exchange\E
  \let\E\S \let\S\exchange
  \def\1{x}\def\2{y}\def\3{a}\def\4{b}%
  \def\5{piet}\def\6{hans}\def\7{etc.}%
  \k0\kk16\xdim{10}\ydim{30}%
\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture\egroup
\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\sgmltexpic
{\bgroup\csname newcount\endcsname\leg
\unitlength2.5ex\xoffset{-13}
\xdim{20}\ydim{25}
\beginpicture
\put(-7,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){%
   (La)\TeX}}
\put(-2,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){%
   TROFF}}
\put(3,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){\dots}}
\advance \leg by 4
%hark
\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}}
\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}}
\put(5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}}
\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(1,0){5}}
%backarrow
\put( 0,\the\leg){\line(1,0){5}}
%converters
\put(5.5,\the\leg){\vtop to 0pt{%
\hbox{Specific}\hbox{format file}\vss}}
\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0, 1){1}}
%backarrow
\advance \leg by 1
\put(-4,\the\leg){\framebox(8,2){%
      $\vcenter{\hbox{Generic markup}
          \hbox{$\Rightarrow$\
                  procedural}}$
                                 }
                 }
\advance \leg by 2
\put(4,\the\leg){\corners1}
%\put(4.2,\the\leg.2){\line(0, -1){1}}
%\put(4.2,\the\leg.2){\line(-1, 0){1}}
%\put(4.4,\the\leg.4){\line(0, -1){1}}
%\put(4.4,\the\leg.4){\line(-1, 0){1}}
\put(4.4,\the\leg.2){{\tiny Formats}}
%
\advance \leg by 1
\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0,-1){1.5}}
\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0, 1){0}}
%backarrow head
%applications
\advance \leg by 1
\put(-10,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){Exchange}}
\put(-5,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){Storage}}
\put(0,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){%
   Publication}}
\put(5,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){%
   Database}}
\put(10,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){%
\vtop to 0pt{\hbox{(Text-)}
   \hbox{analysis}\vss}}}
%hark
\advance \leg by 2
\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
\put(-10,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
\put(5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
\put(10,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
\put(-10.5,\the\leg){\line(1,0){21}}
\put(11.25,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){\dots}}
\put(-11.25,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){\dots}}
\advance \leg by 2
\put(0,\the\leg){\line(0,-1){2}}
\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,1){0}}
%back (up) arrow head
\put(-7.5,\the\leg){\framebox(15,1){%
   Complete, correct SGML doc.}}
\advance \leg by 2
\put(.5,\the\leg.25){Parser}
\advance \leg by 2
\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){3}}
%\advance \leg by 1
\put(-7.5,\the\leg){\framebox(15,3){
  $\vcenter{\hbox{|<|!SGML
             - - declaration - -|>|}
            \hbox{|<|!DOCTYPE
             - - declaration - -|>|}
            \hbox{|<|!
             - - Markup copy - -|>|}}$
                                    }
                    }
\advance \leg by 3
%\corners
\put(7.5,\the\leg){\corners2}
%\put(7.7,\the\leg.2){\line(0,-1){2}}
%\put(7.7,\the\leg.2){\line(-1,0){2}}
%\put(7.9,\the\leg.4){\line(0,-1){2}}
%\put(7.9,\the\leg.4){\line(-1,0){2}}
\put(7.9,\the\leg.2){{\tiny DTDs}}
%
\advance \leg by 1
\put(.5,\the\leg){Editor}
\advance \leg by 1
\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0,-1){2.5}}
\advance \leg by 1
\put(0,\the\leg){\framebox(0,0){\strut
    ``Copy''}}
\endpicture\egroup%end sgmltexpic
\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\sierpinskitripic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup
\def\triangle{\ifnum\kk=0 \elgnairt\fi
        {\N{\the\kk}}{\E{\the\kk}}\divide\kk2
        {\triangle}%
        {\advance\x\the\kk\unitlength\triangle}%
         \advance\y\the\kk\unitlength\triangle\relax}
\def\elgnairt##1\relax{\fi}
\unitlength1ex\kk16
\xdim{16}\ydim{16}
\beginpicture\triangle\endpicture
\egroup\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\simplepic
{\bgroup\unitlength=1cm
 \xdim{3}\ydim{1.25}
\beginpicture
\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
\put(1.5,.5){\oval(2,1)}
\put(0.5,0){\makebox(2,1){Kees}}
\endpicture\egroup%end simplepic
}
\lst\spiralpic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup\unitlength.5ex\k30
 \xdim{\the\k}\ydim{34}%
 \yoffset{-\the\k}%
\beginpicture
 \loop\E{\the\k}\advance\k-1
      \S{\the\k}\advance\k-1
      \W{\the\k}\advance\k-1
      \N{\the\k}\advance\k-1
 \ifnum\k>4 \repeat
\endpicture\egroup
\thispicture{}}
%
\lst\texflowpic
{\bgroup\smallskip\small
\unitlength=2.5ex
\xdim{18}\ydim{19}\yoffset{2}
\beginpicture
\put(6,1.5){\makebox(0,0){``Copy''}}
\put(6,20.5){\makebox(0,0){``Results''}}
\put(6,5){\oval(6,2)}
\put(6,5){\makebox(0,0){Editor}}
\put(6,9){\oval(6,2)}
\put(6,9){\makebox(0,0){\AllTeX}}
\put(6,13){\makebox(0,0){{\rm Error?}}}
\put(6,17){\oval(6,2)}
\put(6,17){\makebox(0,0){Driver}}
\put(12,4){%\dashbox{.5}(8,2){\makebox(0,0){%
        \framebox(8,2){\vbox{%
                  \hbox{\tiny Spelling checker}
                  \hbox{\tiny Style tools}}}}
\put(0.2,13.2){Yes}
\put(6.50,14.5){No}
\put(6,2){\vector(0,1){2}}
\put(6,6){\vector(0,1){2}}
\put(6,10){\vector(0,1){2}}
\put(6,14){\vector(0,1){2}}
\put(6,18){\vector(0,1){2}}
\put(0,13){\line(0,-1){8}}
\put(9,5){\vector(1,0){3}}
\put(12,5){\vector(-1,0){3}}
\put(0,5){\vector(1,0){3}}
\put(3,13){\line(-1,0){3}}
\put(3,13){\line(3,1){3}}
\put(3,13){\line(3,-1){3}}
\put(9,13){\line(-3,1){3}}
\put(9,13){\line(-3,-1){3}}
\endpicture
%\caption{Correction cyclus \label{correctie}}
\smallskip\egroup
}
\lst\systemtheorypic
{\bgroup
\unitlength1cm\xoffset{-1.5}
\xdim{7}\ydim{2.25}
\beginpicture
\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
\put(-1,1.75){$u_1$}
\put(-.4,1.5){$^{\fivesy+}$}
\put(-1,1.5){\vector(1,0){.9}}
\put(0,0){\vector(0,1){1.4}}
\put(-.3,1.125){$^{\fivesy+}$}
\put(0,1.5){\circle{.1}}
%
\put(.1,1.5){\vector(1,0){1.65}}
\put(.5,1.25){$e_1$}
\put(1.75,1.125){\framebox(1,.75){$G$}}
\put(2.75,1.5){\line(1,0){1.75}}
%
\put(4.5,1.5){\vector(0,-1){1.4}}
\put(4.6,.2){$^{\fivesy+}$}
\put(4.5,0){\circle{.1}}
%
\put(1.75,0){\line(-1,0){1.75}}
\put(1.75,-.375){\framebox(1,.75){$K$}}
\put(4.4,0){\vector(-1,0){1.65}}
\put(3.25,-.25){$e_1$}
%
\put(5.5,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}}
\put(4.7,-.375){$^{\fivesy+}$}
\put(5.5,-.25){\llap{$u_2$}}
\endpicture
\egroup%end systemtheorypic
}

\lst\titletransparencypic{%
\setbox0=\vbox to.6\hsize{\let\x\fiverm
   \let\s\sevenrm
   \hsize=.4\hsize\def\w{\kern.5ex}
   \vskip7ex\noindent
   \centerline{\s Title Transparencies
     Set}
   \centerline{\x subtitle}
   \vskip2ex
   \centerline{\s author name}
   \centerline{\x address}
   \vskip3ex
   \centerline{\llap{\s\kern-10ex--
            \quad\dots}}
   \centerline{\llap{\s\kern-10ex--
           \quad\dots}}
   \vfil}
%
\vbox{\hbox to.4\hsize{\hss Title
                Transparency\hss}
\kern2ex
\hbox{\rlap{\copy0}\makelightbox}}
}
%
\lst\trimodelpic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup\linethickness1ex
\unitlength1ex
\xdim{0}\ydim{15}%
\yoffset{-5}%
\beginpicture
\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule
   width1.74\linethickness
   height\linethickness\relax}
\unitlengthy\ht\trielm
\unitlengthx\wd\trielm
\unitlength\unitlengthy
{\N{10}}{\ESE{10}}{\WSW{10}}$$
\endpicture\egroup
\thispicture{}}%end \trimodelpic
%
\lst\tritreepic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup\linethickness.2pt
%Here we have to correct for the direction
%and  to adjust the drawing element atom
%into a rectangular block,
%default of size $.348{\times}.2$pt.\ftn{%
%   Vertically only half of the atoms have to be stacked.
%   Horizontally the right distance must be paced,
%   i.e.\ a factor $\sqrt3$ larger.
%  The rectangular block has sides in the proportion of $\sqrt3$.}
\def\tritree{\ifnum\level=1 \eertirt\fi
    \advance\level-1 \divide\kk2
    {\N{\the\kk}\tritree}%
    {\ESE{\the\kk}\tritree}%
     \WSW{\the\kk}\tritree\relax}%
\def\eertirt##1\relax{\fi}%
\unitlength.2pt
\xdim{0}\ydim{320}%
\xoffset{0}\yoffset{0}%
\level5 \kk128
\beginpicture
\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule
   width1.74\linethickness
   height\linethickness}%
%To account for element in 30 degrees direction
\unitlengthy\ht\trielm %default.2pt
\unitlengthx\wd\trielm %default.3482pt
\unitlength\unitlengthy
\tritree
\endpicture\egroup
\thispicture{}}%end \tritreepic
%
\lst\vectorbundlepic
{\bgroup\unitlength=1cm
 \xdim{4}\ydim{5}\yoffset{-.25}
\beginpicture
\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
\put(2,0){\vector(1,1){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(1,2){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(1,3){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(2,3){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(1,4){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(2,1){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(3,1){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(3,2){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(4,1){1}}
%Second quadrant
\put(2,0){\vector(-1,1){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(-2,1){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(-3,1){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(-3,2){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(-4,1){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(-1,2){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(-1,3){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(-1,3){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(-2,3){1}}
\put(2,0){\vector(-1,4){1}}
\endpicture\egroup%end vector
}                 % bundlepic
%
\lst\viewtexpic
{\bgroup\smallskip\small
\unitlength2.5ex
\xdim{24}\ydim{20.5}
\beginpicture
\put( 3, 4){\oval( 6, 2)}
\put( 3, 4){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny PC preview}}
\put( 3, 7){\oval( 6, 2)}
\put( 3, 7){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny VDU preview}}
\put(21, 1){\oval( 6, 2)}
\put(21, 1){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Photo setter}}
\put(21, 4){\oval( 6, 2)}
\put(21, 4){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Laser printer}}
\put(21, 7){\oval( 6, 2)}
\put(21, 7){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Matrix printer}}
\put(12,19.5){\oval( 6, 2)}
\put(12,19.5){\makebox( 0, 0){CompuScript}}
\put(9,15.5){\framebox(6, 2){\TeX}}
\put(12,13.5){\oval( 6, 2)}
\put(12,13.5){\makebox( 0, 0){dvi-file}}
\put( 9, 9){%dashbox{.5}( 6, 2){PostScript}}
           \framebox( 6, 2){PostScript}}
\put(12, 1){\line( 0, 1){8}}
\put(12,12.5){\vector( 0,-1){1.5}}%dvi-postscript
\put(12,18.5){\vector(0,-1){1}}   %ms-dos dvi
\put(12,15.5){\vector(0,-1){1}}   %ms-dos dvi
\put(12, 7){\vector( 1, 0){6}}
\put(12, 7){\vector(-1, 0){6}}
\put(12, 4){\vector( 1, 0){6}}
\put(12, 4){\vector(-1, 0){6}}
\put(12, 1){\vector( 1, 0){6}}
\endpicture
\smallskip\egroup
}
\lst\windpic{%July 1995, cgl
\bgroup\unitlength10ex
\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE
\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW
\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname1}%
   \xoffset{0}\yoffset{-1}%
   \xdim{0}\ydim{2}%
\beginpicture
\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule
   width\the\linethickness
   height\the\linethickness depth0pt}%
\loop\ifnum\dir<8{\draw}\advance\dir1\repeat
\endpicture\egroup
\thispicture{}}
\endinput



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:14:08 +0100
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: BLUe

%fmt.dat
%The material is shareware and subject
%to the separate notes on copyright.
%
%File of formats to cooperate with blue.tex
%To print the formats properly, copy
%the following 11-lines job and
%substitute the semicolon token
%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x)
%                         ---Kees---
%\input blue.tex
%\hfuzz25pt
%\title{File: fmt.dat}
%\issue{Version 1.0}
%\beginscript
%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0
%  \catcode`\!=12
%  \catcode`\|=12
%  \input fmt.dat}
%\beginverbatim
%`semi-col'endverbatim
%\endscript %or use pgfile.tex
%
%
%
%Contents:
%- concert
%- letter
%- report
%- transparencies
%
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%concert%
%cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl       %;numvrb
\tool\concertfmt
\message{ ---Concert format, Jan 95, cgl--- }
%Concert format TeXbook 409, 412
%\font\twelverm=cmr12
%\font\twelvebf=cmbx12
%\font\twelveit=cmti12 %all in blue.tex
%\font\twelvesl=cmsl12
%\font\twelvemus=cmmi12
%
\def\bigtype{\let\rm=\twelverm
  \let\bf=\twelvebf\let\it=\twelveit
  \let\sl=\twelvesl\let\mus=\twelvemus
  \baselineskip=14pt minus 1pt \rm}
\def\medtype{\let\rm=\tenrm
  \let\bf=\tenbf\let\it=\tenit
  \let\sl=\tensl\let\mus=\teni
  \baselineskip=12pt minus 1pt \rm}
\def\smalltype{\let\rm=\eightrm
  \let\bf=\eightbf\let\it=\eightit
  \let\sl=\eightsl\let\mus=\eighti
  \baselineskip=9.5pt minus .75pt \rm}
%
\def\flat{\raise.2ex\hbox{\mus\char"5B}}
\def\sharp{\raise.4ex\hbox{\mus\char"5D}}
\let\,=\thinspace
\def\(#1){{\rm(}#1\/{\rm)}}
%                            ;vrblin50
\def\composition#1{\halign{\bf
   \quad##\hfil\cr\kern-1em#1\crcr}}
% use \cr's if more than one line
\def\composer#1{\rightline{\bf#1}}
\def\movements#1{\halign{\quad\it##\hfil
   &&\qquad\it##\hfil\cr#1\crcr}}
\def\soloists#1{\centerline{\bf
   \vbox{\halign{##\hfil\cr#1\crcr}}}}
%                            ;vrblin100
\def\tsaologo{\vbox{\bigtype\bf
   \line{\hrulefill}
   \kern-.5\baselineskip
   \line{\hrulefill\phantom
{ THE ST.\,ANFORD ORCHESTRA }\hrulefill}
   \kern-.5\baselineskip
   \line{\hrulefill\hbox
{ THE ST.\,ANFORD ORCHESTRA }\hrulefill}
   \kern-.5\baselineskip
   \line{\hrulefill\phantom
{ R. J. Drofnats, Conductor }\hrulefill}
   \kern-.5\baselineskip
   \line{\hrulefill\hbox
{ R. J. Drofnats, Conductor }\hrulefill}
    }}
%Defaults
\onecol\hsize=4in\bigtype
\endinput                 %;nonum
%Contents
%Fonts
%   \bigtype................10-13
%   \medtype................14-17
%   \smalltype..............18-21
%   \flat......................23
%   \sharp.....................24
%   \,.........................25
%   \(...).....................26
%Layout
%   \composition............51-52
%   \composer..................54
%   \movement..................55
%   \soloists...............57-58
%   \tsalogo..............101-115
%Defaults
%   \onecol\hsize\bigtype.....117
%History of changes.
%Jan 95 Creation.
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%concert%!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%letter%;numvrb
\tool\letterfmt
%Inspired upon the TeXbook App E
%\today already in blue.tex
\message{ ---Letter format,
                Jan 95, cgl--- }
%Addresses assumed in address.dat
%Toks vars: \letterfile\addressesfile
%Address handling
\def\beginaddresses#1\endaddresses{%
  \def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1
    \let##1\addresserror
  \else \message{\Dash\string##1
         already loaded.\Dash}%
  \fi\namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1}}
  \fifo#1\ofif%end defining all names
  \loadselectivefrom{\the\addressesfile}}
%with on top the trivial variant
\def\addresserror{Address not in database,
   Sorry.\loaderror{Addresses}}
\def\addresses#1{\beginaddresses
                #1\endaddresses}
%
\def\addressee#1{\ea
   \splitaddress#1\egroup}%;nonum
%
%with at the lower level
%;numvrb;vrblin50
\def\splitaddress#1\\#2\\{\addresseename{#1%
   \unskip}\fullname{#2\unskip}\setbox
   \affiliationbox\hbox\bgroup#2\\}%;nonum
%
%To handle letters
%;numvrb;vrblin100
\def\letterto#1{{\everyscript{\notlastscript}
   \storedvsize\vsize
   \storedheadline\headline
   \storedfootline\footline
   \beginaddresses#1\endaddresses
   \let\lst\processletter
   \the\namelst}}
%
\def\lettertoall{{\everyscript{\notlastscript}
   \def\lst##1{\processletter}
   \input\the\addressesfile.dat\relax}}%;nonum
%
%with at the lower level
%;numvrb;vrblin150
\def\processletter#1{{%#1 name or address
   \headline\storedheadline
   \footline\storedfootline
   \vsize\storedvsize
   \addressee{#1}
   \beginscript
   \input\the\letterfile\relax
   \endscript}}
%;vrblin175
%\def\makelistaddresseetags{\def\lst
%   ##1##2{\namelst\ea{\the\namelst##1}}
%  \input\the\addressesfile\relax}%;nonum
%
%`Page makeup'
%;numvrb;vrblin200
\headline{\line{\vbox to3cm{%
\line{\logo\hss
  \vbox{\hsize.33\hsize\small
   \the\address\\\the\netaddress}
}\kern3pt\hrule\vss}\hss}%
\addresseewindow
%and for follow pages
\global\headline{\line{\vbox
  to3cm{\vss%Implicit vspace
  \line{\tenrm To: \the\fullname
   \hss\today/\the\subject/\the\crowner\
   \oldstyle\the\ourreference}\kern2pt\hrule
   \vss}}}%end follow \headline
}%end \headline
%
\footline{\line{\vbox{%
  \kern\baselineskip\hrule\kern.5ex
  \hbox{\strut\the\businessaccount}}\hss}
%and for follow pages
  \global\vsize19cm
  \global\footline{\line{\null
   \hss--{\oldstyle\the\count0}--\hss
   }}%end follow \footline
}%end \footline
%;vrblin250
\def\addresseewindow{\line{%
\vbox to 4cm{%Window height Dutch
             %envelopes
\vskip\vaoffset   %To shift address vert.
\leftskip\haoffset%To shift address hor.
\unhbox\affiliationbox
\vss}\hss}%end line
\line{\hbox to\longindentation
   {\hbox to11ex{Subject\hss:}
     \the\subject\hss}\today\hss}
\line{\hbox to11ex{\small Our Ref\hss:}
   \the\crowner\
   \oldstyle\the\ourreference\hss}
\line{\hbox to11ex{\small Your Ref\hss:}
   \the\yourreference\hss}
}%;nonum
%
%Processing labels
%;numvrb;vrblin300
\def\makelabels#1{\vsize=26cm%
   \headline{}\footline{}%
   \beginaddresses#1\endaddresses
   \let\lst\processlabel
   \the\namelst}
%
\def\makealllabels{\vsize=28cm
   \headline{}\footline{}
   \def\lst##1{\processlabel}
   \input\the\addressesfile.dat\relax
}
%
\def\makesearchlabels{\vsize=28cm
   \headline{}\footline{}
   \let\lst\processlabel
   \the\namelst}%;nonum
%
%with at the lower level
%;numvrb;vrblin350
\def\processlabel#1{\addressee{#1}%
   \boxit{\kern1cm\vbox to3.5cm
      {\noindent\leftskip.33\hsize
       \hsize.9\hsize
       \unhbox\affiliationbox\vss}
   {\smallskip\small
        \leftskip\generalindent
         \the\author\\
         \the\address\bigskip}
}\smallskip}%end \processlabel%;nonum
%
%general things
%                  ;numvrb;vrblin400
\def\beginscript{%
   \lastscript\the\everyscript
   \the\thisscript
\begingroup\pageno1 \null
\vskip3\bigskipamount
}%end \beginscript
\let\beginletter\beginscript
%
\def\endscript{\smallskip
  \vfil\eject\endgroup
  \tracingstats1
  \stop\thisscript{}}
\let\endletter\endscript
%;vrblin500
%To be replaced by your salutation
\def\sincerely{{\bigskip
   \parindent\longindentation
   Sincerely,
   \medskip
   \the\author\vskip3\bigskipamount}}
%
\def\dear{Dear \the\addresseename,\bigskip}
%
\def\ps{\bigskip\small\item{P.S.}}
\def\cc{\bigskip\small\item{cc.}}
\def\appendix#1{\newpage\tenpoint
   \centerline{\bf\the\appendixname\ #1}
   \bigskip}%;nonum
\def\enclosures{\bigskip\small}
%
%Defaults, Initializations \letter
%                ;numvrb;vrblin900
%\loadntglogo
\onecol%Because in blue.tex
       %\twocol default
\addressesfile{address}
\searchfile{address}
\letterfile{letter}
\def\email#1{}\def\phone#1{}\def\fax#1{}
%Separation headline and rest
\vsize13cm%First page
\hsize13cm\pagewd\hsize
\hoffset1cm
\parindent0pt
\generalindent2pc
\interlinepenalty1000
\longindentation.667\hsize
\storedvsize\vsize
\storedheadline\headline
\storedfootline\footline
\raggedbottom
\endinput                 %;nonum
%
%Contents
%Address
%  \beginaddresses...........9-19
%  \endaddresses...............21
%  \addresses...............23-24
%  \addressee...............26-27
%lower level
%  \splitaddress............51-54
%Letter
%  \letterto..............101-107
%  \lettertoall...........109-110
%lower level
%  \processletter.........151-158
%  \makelistaddresseetags.176-183
%Header and footer
%  \headline..............201-214
%  \footline..............216-224
%lower level
%  \addresseewindow.......251-266
%Labels
%  \makelabels............301-304
%  \makealllabels.........306-309
%  \makesearchlabels......311-313
%lower level
%  \processlabel..........351-360
%Composition
%  \beginscript...........401-406
%  (\beginletter).............407
%  \endscript.............409-412
%  (\endletter)...............413
%  \sincerely.............502-506
%  \dear......................508
%  \ps........................510
%  \cc........................511
%  \appendix..............512-514
%Defaults.................901-9xx
%History of changes.
%Jan 95 Creation.
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%letter%!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%report%;numvrb
\tool\reportfmt
%Report format Jan 95     ;numvrb
%cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
\message{ ---Report format,
                Jan 95, cgl--- }
\let\chapterfont\Large
\font\subtitlefont=cmr12 scaled\magstep2
%
%;vrblin100
%Chapter title matters
\prechapterhead{\newpage\null
   \vskip4pc\bgroup\catcode`\^=7
   \the\everychapterhead
   \the\thischapterhead
   \global\advance\chaptercnt1
%   \xdef\chapno{\the\chaptercnt}%
}
%;vrblin110
\postchapterhead{\egroup
   \headcnt0 \exercisecnt0 \examplecnt0
   \write\toc{\nx\separator{\alfanum
   \the\chaptercnt}{\the\chaptertitle}}
   %suppress headline first page chapter
   \headline{\global\headline
    {\hbox to\pagewd
     {\sl\the\chaptertitle\hfill
                    \the\title}}}%
   \footline{\hbox to\pagewd{\small
     \rlap{Draft \today}\hfill\dash
  {\oldstyle\the\pagenumber}\dash
     \hfill\llap{\copyright
                 \the\crowner}}}%
%Example is redefined here such that on
%first use if ever in the chapter, it
%redefines itself as the regular macro,
%while writing the chapter title to the
%table-of-examples, ToE, file.
%In this way titles of chapters without
%examples are suppressed in the ToE.
   \def\example{\immediate\write\toe{\nx
      \separator{\alfanum
      \the\chaptercnt}{\the\chaptertitle}}
       \let\example\regularexample\example}
%To get the title of ToC Appendix also in
%the ToC the \immediate is needed
   \thischapterhead{}\vskip3pc}
%
\def\beginchapterhead{\the\prechapterhead
   \storechaptertitle}
%
\def\storechaptertitle#1\endchapterhead{%
   \global\chaptertitle{#1}\endchapterhead}
%
\def\endchapterhead{\centerline{\chapterfont
   \the\chapternumbering\the\chaptertitle}
   \the\postchapterhead\ignorewhitespace}
%
\def\chapterhead{\bgroup
   \def\storechaptertitle##1{\egroup
     \global\chaptertitle{##1}%
   \endchapterhead}
   \beginchapterhead}
%
\def\setupappendices{\thischapterhead=
  {\chaptercnt64 \gdef\alfanum{\char}%
   \global\chapternumbering
   {\alfanum\the\chaptercnt: }}}
%
\def\pasteupanswers
{\chapterhead{Answers to the exercises}
 \immediate\closeout\ans
 {\ninepoint\parindent2pc
  \input answers\relax}}
%
\def\pasteuptoe{%
  \chapterhead{List of Examples}
\immediate\closeout\toe %Table Of Examples
{\ninepoint\def\exampleno##1.##2: {\noindent
 \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}.%
  {\oldstyle##2}\hss}}%
 \def\separator##1{\smallbreak\noindent
  \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}\hss}}
 \parindent0pt\obeylines\sl
 \input examples\relax}}
%
\def\pasteuptoc{%
 \chapterhead{Table of \the\contentsname}
\immediate\closeout\toc%Table Of Contents
{\ninepoint\def\contentsno##1.##2:
   {\noindent\hbox to\generalindent
   {{\oldstyle##1}.{\oldstyle##2}\hss}}
 \def\separator##1{\smallbreak\noindent
  \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}\hss}}
 \def\she{\noindent\hbox
        to1.5\generalindent{\hss}}
 \def\sshe{\noindent\hbox
        to2\generalindent{\hss}}
 \parindent0pc\obeylines\sl
 \input contents\relax}}
%
\def\pagenorepresentation#1{\quad\dotfill
   \hbox to\generalindent{\hfil\oldstyle#1}}
%
%;vrblin250
%Invariant for value \parindent
\def\beginquote{\endgraf\bgroup
 \parindent\generalindent
 \narrower\smallbreak\noindent}
%;vrblin300
%Header matters
\def\beginhead{\the\prehead
   \global\advance\headcnt1
   \storeheadtitle}
%
\def\storeheadtitle#1\endhead{%
   \global\headtitle{#1}\endhead}
%
\def\endhead{\centerline{\headfont
   \the\headtitle}\the\posthead}
%
\def\head{\bgroup
   \def\storeheadtitle##1{\egroup
    \global\headtitle{##1}\endhead}
   \beginhead}
%
\posthead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{%
    \write\toc{\contentsno
    \nx\alfanum\the\chaptercnt.\the\headcnt:
    \the\headtitle\nx\nx\nx
    \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number
    \pageno}}}\writetoc
   \nobreak\medskip\noindent
   \ignorewhitespace}
%;vrblin350
\def\beginsubhead{\the\presubhead
   \the\thissubhead
   \storesubheadtitle}
%
\def\storesubheadtitle#1\endsubhead{%
   \global\subheadtitle{#1}\endsubhead}
%
\def\endsubhead{{\subheadfont
   \the\subheadtitle}\the\postsubhead}
%
\def\subhead{\bgroup
   \def\storesubheadtitle##1{\egroup
   \global\subheadtitle{##1}\endsubhead}
   \beginsubhead}
%
\postsubhead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{%
    \write\toc{\nx\nx\nx\she
    \the\subheadtitle\nx\nx\nx
    \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number
    \pageno}}}\writetoc
   \ifrunin\ \else\quad\fi\ignorewhitespace}
%;vrblin400
\def\beginsubsubhead{\the\presubsubhead
   \the\thissubsubhead
   \storesubsubheadtitle}
%
\def\storesubsubheadtitle#1%
   \endsubsubhead{\global
   \subsubheadtitle{#1}\endsubsubhead}
%
\def\endsubsubhead{{\subsubheadfont
  \the\subsubheadtitle}\the\postsubsubhead}
%
\def\subsubhead{\bgroup
   \def\storesubsubheadtitle##1{%
   \egroup\global
    \subsubheadtitle{##1}%
    \endsubsubhead}
   \beginsubsubhead}
%
\postsubsubhead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{%
    \write\toc{\nx\nx\nx\sshe
    \the\subsubheadtitle\nx\nx\nx
    \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number
    \pageno}}}\writetoc
   \ifrunin\ \else\quad\fi\ignorewhitespace}
%
%Inner markup;vrblin500
%;vrblin525
\def\beginexample{\vskip0pt plus5ex
 \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-5ex
 \medskip
 \global\advance\examplecnt1
 \bgroup\catcode`\^=7 \the\everyexample
  \the\thisexample\storeexampletitle}
%
\def\storeexampletitle#1\endexample{%
  \global\exampletitle{#1}\endexample}
%
\def\endexample{%
  \xdef\writeexa{\write\toe{\exampleno
  \alfanum\the\chaptercnt.\the\examplecnt:
  \the\exampletitle
  \nx\nx\nx\pagenorepresentation
  {\the\count0}}}\writeexa
  {\the\examplename} {\sl(\the\exampletitle)}
  \egroup
  \nobreak\endgraf\noindent\ignorewhitespace}
%
\def\example{\bgroup
  \def\storeexampletitle##1{\egroup
   \global\exampletitle{##1}\endexample}
  \beginexample}
%
%;vrblin550
%Mod item macros, to prevent hanging out
%with \parindent=0pt
\def\hang{\hangindent\generalindent}
%
\def\itemitem{\endgraf\leavevmode
   \hskip\generalindent
   \hangindent2\generalindent\textindent}
%
\def\textindent#1{\leavevmode
   \hskip\generalindent
   \llap{#1\enspace}\ignorespaces}
%;vrblin575
\def\exercise{\medbreak
 \global\advance\exercisecnt1
 \hangindent\generalindent
 \noindent\hbox to\generalindent{%
 {\oldstyle\the\chaptercnt}.{\oldstyle
  \the\exercisecnt}\hfil}}
%
\def\answer{\endgraf\medbreak
 \immediate\write\ans{}
 \immediate\write\ans{\string\ansno
  \the\chaptercnt.\the\exercisecnt:}%
  \copytoblankline}
%
\def\ansno#1.#2:{\medbreak\noindent
   \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle#1}%
   .{\oldstyle#2}\hss}\hangindent
   \generalindent\ignorespaces}
%;vrblin700
%Preliminary pages matters
%Markup preliminary pages via \beginscript
\def\beginscript{\lastscript
\the\everyscript\begingroup
\the\thisscript
\pageno-1 \headline{}\footline{}
\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Cover}}\fi
\kern7\bigskipamount
\centerline{\chapterfont\the\title}
\bigskip\if!\the\subtitle!\else
\centerline{\subtitlefont\Dash
            \the\subtitle\Dash}\fi
\vskip\bigskipamount
\centerline{by}
\vskip\bigskipamount
\centerline{\subtitlefont\the\author}
\vfill
\ifx\coverpic\undefined
\else$$\coverpic$$
\fi
\vfill
\if!\the\translator!
\else\rightline{\subtitlefont
     Translated by \the\translator}
\fi
     \newpage
\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Inside
                         Cover}}\fi
%
\kern3\bigskipamount
\pasteupkeywords
\smallskip
\the\bibliographydata
\vfill\vfill
\pasteupacknowledgements
%
   \newpage
\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Title
                         Page}}\fi
\kern7\bigskipamount
\centerline{\chapterfont\the\title}
\bigskip
\centerline{\subtitlefont\Dash
            \the\subtitle\Dash}
\vskip\bigskipamount
\centerline{by}
\vskip\bigskipamount
\centerline{\subtitlefont\the\author}
\vfill\pasteupabstract\vfill\vfill
%
\ifvoid\forewordtranslatorbox
\else    \newpage
 \ifproof\rightline{\rlap
  {\sl Foreword Translation}}\fi
 \vfill
 \unvbox\forewordtranslatorbox
 \vfill
 \rightline{\vtop{\hbox{\the\translator}
           \hbox{\the\author}}}\vfill
\fi
%
\ifvoid\prefacebox
\else   \newpage
 \ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Preface
                         Page}}\fi
 \vfill\pasteuppreface\vfill\vfill
\fi
       \newpage
\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Contents
                         Page}}\fi
\vfill\pasteupcontents
\vfill\eject
\immediate\openout\ans=answers
\immediate\openout\toe=examples
\immediate\openout\toc=contents
}%end \beginscript
%
%;vrblin800
%Auxiliaries preliminary pages
\def\beginkeywords{\setbox\keywordsbox
 \vbox\bgroup{\bf\the\keywordsname: }}
%
\preacknowledgements{\leftline{\bf
   \the\acknowledgementsname}\medskip}
%
\def\pasteupacknowledgements{\ifvoid
  \acknowledgementsbox
  \else\the\preacknowledgements\unvbox
  \acknowledgementsbox\bigskip
  \makesignature\fi}
%
\def\beginpreface{\setbox\prefacebox
  \vbox\bgroup}
%
\def\endpreface{\egroup}
%
\def\preface#{\beginpreface\bgroup
 \aftergroup\endpreface
 \afterassignment\ignorespaces
 \let\dummy=}
%
\def\pasteuppreface{\centerline{\chapterfont
   \the\prefacename}\bigskip\unvbox\prefacebox}
%
\def\beginforewordtranslator{\setbox
  \forewordtranslatorbox=
  \vbox\bgroup\begincenter}
%
\def\endforewordtranslator{\endcenter\egroup}
%
\def\forewordtranslator#{\beginforewordtranslator
   \bgroup
   \aftergroup\endforewordtranslator
   \let\dummy=}
%
\def\pasteupforewordtranslator{\unvbox
   \forewordtranslatorbox\relax}
%
\def\begincontents{%
 \setbox\contentsbox\vbox\bgroup
 \def\separator{\vbox to.5ex{}}
 \def\newcol{\cr}
 \ea\def\csname par\endcsname{&}\obeylines
 \valign\bgroup&\noindent\strut
                \hsize=7cm##\cr}
%
\def\endcontents{\cr\egroup\egroup}
%
\def\pasteupcontents{\unvbox\contentsbox}
%
%;vrblin900
\def\endscript{\xcol=\maxcols
   \vfill\eject\endgroup\backcover
   \tracingstats=1 \stop\thisscript{}}
%
\def\pwtbackcover{\headline{}\footline{}%
\begingroup%inside back cover.
\hsize=12cm \hoffset2cm
\ifproof\hbox to13cm{\hss\rlap{\sl
   Inside Back}}%14cm is regular page
                %width of PWT
\fi
\vfill
\loadntginfo    \ntginfo
\vfill
%Irina, you can include here another half
%page about CyrTUG.
%It should be possible to have both
%info parts on one page.
%Adapt eventually the \hsize.
%---Kees---
\eject\endgroup
   \ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Back
                            Cover}}\fi
   \vskip.75\vsize
   \pictures{\cglpic}
   $$\cglpic\vbox{%
    \hbox to12ex{\hss Thank You\hss}
    \hbox to12ex{\hss\cs{bye}\hss}}$$
}%end \pwtbackcover
%;vrblin1000
%Defaults
\def\onecol{\maxcols=1
    \hsize=14cm%MOD
    \pagewd=\hsize
    \colwd=\hsize
    \vsize=25cm
    \xcol=1
\hyphenchar\tentt='055
\hyphenchar\ninett='055
\hyphenchar\eighttt='055
\tolerance500
\hbadness=499
\hfuzz=7pt
}
\onecol
\tolerance500\hbadness=499\vbadness=500
\everychapterhead={\catcode`\^=7 }
\everyhead\everychapterhead
\everysubhead\everychapterhead
\everysubsubhead\everychapterhead
\hoffset1cm
\generalindent2pc
\parindent0pt
\subsubheadindent0pt
\parskip\smallskipamount
\chapternumbering{}
\let\regularexample\example
\let\exampleno\relax
\let\contentsno\relax
%\let\coverpic\relax
\let\backcover\relax
\everyverbatim{\emc}
\gutter1em
\def\alfanum{\number}
\prefacename{Preface}
\postfil{\hss}
\def\she{\hskip5em}
\def\sshe{\hskip6em}
\endinput                  %;nonum
%Table of Contents report format
%Token vars (declared in blue.tex)
%   \prefacename
%   \bibliographydata
%   \chaptertitle
%   \prechapterhead
%   \postchapterhead
%   \headtitle
%   \subheadtitle
%   \subsubheadtitle
%   \prepoint
%   \prefil
%   \postfil
%Box vars   (declared in blue.tex)
%   \prefacebox
%   \contentsbox
%New dimens (declared in blue.tex)
%   \generalindent
%   \gutter
%   \xshift
%   \yshift
%   \subsubheadindent
%New counts (declared in blue.tex)
%   \headcnt
%   \chaptercnt
%   \examplecnt
%   \exercisecnt
%New writes (declared in blue.tex)
%    (opened in \beginscript)
%   \toc
%   \toe
%Fonts
%   \chapterfont\Large.........4
%   \subtitlefont..............5
%Chapter title matters
%   \chapno              (manmac)
%   \prechapterhead.......102-109
%   \postchapterhead......111-138
%   \beginchapterhead.....140-141
%   \storechaptertitle....143-144
%   \endchapterhead.......146-148
%   \chapterhead..........150-154
%   \setupappendices......156-159
%   \pasteupanswers.......161-165
%   \pasteuptoe...........167-176
%   \pasteuptoc...........178-191
%   \pagenorepresentation.193-194
%Summary
%   \beginsummary      (blue.tex)
%   \endsummary        (blue.tex)
%   \summary           (blue.tex)
%   \beginquote...........252-254
%   \endquote          (blue.tex)
%Header matters
%Head
%   \beginhead............302-304
%   \storeheadtitle.......306-307
%   \endhead..............309-310
%   \head.................312-315
%   \posthead.............317-324
%Subhead
%   \beginsubhead.........351-353
%   \storesubheadtitle....355-356
%   \endsubhead...........358-359
%   \subhead..............361-364
%   \postsubhead..........366-371
%Subsubhead
%   \beginsubsubhead......401-403
%   \storesubsubheadtitle.405-407
%   \endsubsubhead........409-410
%   \subsubhead...........412-417
%   \postsubsubhead.......419-424
%Inner markup
%   \begindemo         (blue.tex)
%   <escape char>yields(blue.tex)
%   \enddemo           (blue.tex)
%   \beginexample.........526-531
%   \storeexampletitle....533-534
%   \endexample...........536-544
%   \example..............546-549
%   \hang.....................553
%   \itemitem.............555-557
%   \textindent...........559-561
%   \exercise.............576-581
%   \answer...............583-587
%   \ansno................589-592
%Generalized \samplebox
%   \point             (blue.tex)
%   \gbox              (blue.tex)
%Centering verbatims
%   \boxlines           (blue.tex)
%   \begincenterverbatim(blue.tex)
%   \endcenterverbatim  (blue.tex)
%Preliminary pages matter
%   \def\beginscript......703-772
%Closing pages matter
%   \endscript............901-903
%   \pwtbackcover.........905-929
%Auxiliaries
%   \beginkeywords........802-803
%   \preacknowledgements..805-806
%   \pasteupacknowledgements808/812
%   \beginpreface.........814-815
%   \endpreface...............817
%   \preface..............819-822
%   \pasteuppreface.......824-825
%   \beginforewordtranslator827/9
%   \endforewordtranslator....831
%   \forewordtranslator...833-836
%   \pasteupforewordtranslator838/9
%   \begincontents........841-847
%   \endcontents..............849
%   \pasteupcontents..........851
%   NTG info          (tools.dat)
%Defaults...............1000-10xx
%   (\she....................1037
%    \sshe...................1038)
%end Table of Contents
%
%History of changes
%July 95 \immediate\openout\toc=contents
%        etc. included in \beginscript
%Jan 95 Creation
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%report%!cgl;newcol
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs%
%trs.tex from BLUe's Transparencies
%                   cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Purpose: Preparing transparencies from
%   TeX marked up copy.
%                              ;numvrb
\tool\transparenciesfmt
\message{ ---Transparencies format, Jan 95,
          cgl---  }
\catcode`\@=11
\font\titlefont     =cmr12
     scaled\magstep4\relax
\font\subheadfont   =cmr12
     scaled\magstep3\relax
%\font\subsubheadfont=cmr12
%     scaled\magstep2\relax
\font\headlinefont  =cmr12
     scaled\magstep1\relax
\let\headfont\titlefont
\font\ffont=cmr7\relax
\let\authorfont\titlefont
\let\subsubheadfont\subheadfont
%
%Rest all in blue.tex
%\font\largerm=cmr12
%      scaled\magstep2
%etc
%\def\large{\def\rm{\fam0\largerm}%
%etc.
%}
\let\small\tenpoint
%
%Mark up title transparency;vrblin200
\def\begincontents{\global\setbox
   \contentsbox\vbox\bgroup
   \leftskip1.5\leftskiptrs
   \large\baselineskip3.5ex
   \everypar{$\bullet$\enspace}
   \obeylines}
%
\def\endcontents{\egroup}
%;vrblin250
\def\beginscript{\lastscript
   \the\everyscript\the\thisscript
   \pictures\cglpic
   \begincenter
   \footline={}\headline={}
\message{\the\title}
   {\titlefont\the\title}
   \medskip
   {\Dash\the\subtitle\Dash}
   \bigskip
   {\authorfont\the\author}
   \medskip\hfil\the\address
   \bigskip$$\box\contentsbox$$}
%
\def\endscript{\endcenter\vfill
\rightline{\small\cglpic\vbox{%
    \hbox to12ex{\hss Thank You\hss}
    \hbox to12ex{\hss\cs{bye}\hss}}
}\vfill\eject\stop}
%
%Mark up regular transparencies;vrblin300
\prehead{\nxttrs\headline\regularheadline
  \footline\regularfootline\pageno1
  \prehead{\nxttrs}}
%
\posthead{\medskip}
%
\def\beginhead#1\endhead{\the\prehead
 \headtitle{#1}\subheadtitle{}%
 \subsubheadtitle{}{\headfont#1}%
 \the\posthead}
%
\def\head#1{\beginhead#1\endhead}
%                          ;vrblin350
\presubhead{\medbreak}
%
\postsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
%
\def\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead{%
 \subheadtitle{#1}\subsubheadtitle{}%
 \the\presubhead{\subheadfont#1}%
 \the\postsubhead\thissubhead{}}
%
\def\subhead#1{\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead}
%                          ;vrblin400
\presubsubhead{\smallbreak}
%
\postsubsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
%
\def\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead{%
 \subsubheadtitle{#1}
 \the\presubsubhead{\subsubheadfont#1}
 \the\postsubsubhead\thissubsubhead{}}
%
\def\subsubhead#1{%
 \beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead}
%;vrblin450
\preverbatim{\leftskip\leftskiptrs
 \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax}
%;vrblin500
\def\bitem{\bgroup\leftskip\leftskiptrs
  \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax
  \def\bitem{\item{$\bullet$}\strut}
  \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
      \smallbreak}
  \let\smallskip\smallbreak
  \bitem}
%enumerate item
\def\eitem{\bgroup\leftskip\leftskiptrs
   \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax
   \def\eitem##1{\item{##1}\strut}
   \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
        \smallbreak}
   \let\smallskip\smallbreak
   \eitem}
%;vrblin550
\let\bgnsyn\beginsyntax
\def\beginsyntax{\bgroup
 \leftskip\leftskiptrs
 \rightskip0pt plus 1fil\relax\bgnsyn}
%
\let\endsyn\endsyntax
%
\def\endsyntax{\endsyn\egroup}
%
%Header and footer         ;vrblin600
\regularheadline={\line{\vbox to0pt{\vss
   \centerline{\titlefont
      \strut\the\title}
   \vskip2ex
   \line{\logo\hfill\vbox{%
     \llap{\strut\the\headtitle}
     \llap{\strut\the\subheadtitle}
     \llap{\strut\the\subsubheadtitle}}}
   \vskip1ex
   \hrule width\hsize height1pt
   }}%end hbox
}%end headline
%                          ;vrblin650
\regularfootline={\vbox to 0pt{%
\leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\relax
   \hrule width\hsize height1pt
   \vskip.5ex
   \line{\small
     \rlap{\the\identification}%
      \hfil--{\oldstyle\the\pagenumber}--\hfil
     \llap{\copyright\the\crowner}%
    }\vss}%end vbox
}%end footline
%
%Auxiliaries             ;vrblin700
\def\nxttrs{\vfill\eject}
\def\continue{\vfill
   \rightline{\dots continued}\eject}
%Defaults;vrblin900
\identification{\today}
%\let\small\tenpoint
\def\begincenter{\leftskip0pt plus1fill
\rightskip0pt plus 1fill\parfillskip0pt
\obeylines}           \def\endcenter{}
%
\onecol
\hsize=17.5cm \vsize=20cm
\voffset3.5cm%\hoffset-1truecm
\pagewd=\hsize
\pagenumber{\folio}
\leftskiptrs.2\hsize\relax
\rightskiptrs.1\hsize\relax
\overfullrule0pt\parindent0pt
\large
\loadntglogo
\def\logo{\copy\ntglogobox}
\catcode`\@=11
\endinput                    %;nonum
%Contents transparencies format
%Fonts
%   \titlefont...................5-6
%   \subheadfont.................7-8
%   \subsubheadfont.............9-10
%   \headlinefont..............11-12
%   \authorfont...................15
%   \largerm..............(blue.tex)
%   \largeit..............(blue.tex)
%   \largesl..............(blue.tex)
%   \largesy..............(blue.tex)
%   \largeex..............(blue.tex)
%   \largebf..............(blue.tex)
%   \largett..............(blue.tex)
%   \large................(blue.tex)
%   \largebig.............(blue.tex)
%   \small.......................124
%Newtoks
%   \identification.......(blue.tex)
%   \crowner..............(blue.tex)
%   \headtitle............(blue.tex)
%   \subheadtitle.........(blue.tex)
%   \subsubheadtitle......(blue.tex)
%Newskips
%  \leftskiptrs, \rightskiptrs..908/9
%Page size
%   \hsize, \vsize...............903
%   offsets......................904
%   \pagewd......................905
%Markup title
%   \begincontents...........201-206
%   \endcontents.................208
%   \beginscript.............251-263
%   \endscript...................265
%Markup regular transparencies
%   \prehead.................301-302
%   \beginhead\endhead.......306-309
%   \head........................311
%   \posthead....................304
%   \presubhead..................351
%   \beginsubhead\endsubhead.355-358
%   \subhead.....................360
%   \postsubhead.................353
%   \presubsubhead...............401
%   \beginsubsubhead
%        \endsubsubhead......405-408
%   \subsubhead..............410-411
%   \postsubsubhead..............403
%   \preverbatim.............451-452
%   \bitem...................501-507
%   \beginsyntax.............552-554
%   \endsyntax...................558
%Header and footer
%   \headline................601-615
%   \footline................651-660
%   \identification..............901
%Auxiliaries
%   \nxttrs......................701
%   \continue................702-703
%   \begincenter (blue.tex)
%   \endcenter...(blue.tex)
%   \center......(blue.tex)
%Personalisation (blue.tex)
%Defaults
%   \logo........................913
%   \pagenumber..................906
%   \onecol......................907
%   \hsize,\vsize................903
%   \leftskiptrs.................908
%   \rightskiptrs................909
%   \large.......................911
%History of changes
%Jan 1995 As format with blue.tex
%Aug 1994 Centering markup automated
%Jul 1994 \contentsbox is used
%         \pagenumber introduced
%Jun 1994 More consistent with
%         blue.tex.
%         \small is \eightpoint.
%         \begincontents...\endcontents
%Feb 1994 Release Version 1.0
%Example of use
%\title{Manmac BLUes}
%\subtitle={---how to typeset a book
%            via \TeX---}
%\contents{
%User's guide
%Coding
%}
%
%\beginscript
%\head{Why?}
%To return to the roots...

%\head{User's Guide}
%Relative numbering
%\pagenumber{U\folio}\pageno=1
%...
%\nxttrs    %Next transparency
%\subsubhead{Markup paragraphs}
%...
%\continue%Continuation on next slide
%...
%\head{Conclusions}
%\pagenumber{--x--}
%\bitem...
%\vfil
%\rightline{\vtop{\hbox{Thank you}
%                 \hbox{\cs{bye}}}}
%\endscript
%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs%!cgl
%
%
%
%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs%
%Preprint for BLUe's Transparencies
%                   cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Purpose: Printing transparencies from
%         TeX marked up copy in A6,
%         4 on each page.
%                              ;numvrb
\tool\transparenciespptfmt
\message{ ---Transparencies A6 proof format, May 95,
          cgl---  }
\hfuzz=25pt \vfuzz=25pt
\font\titlefont=cmbx10
\font\headfont=cmr10
\let\subheadfont\headfont
\let\headlinefont\titlefont
\font\ffont=cmr5
\let\authorfont\headfont
\let\subsubheadfont\subheadfont
%
%Mark up title transparency;vrblin200
\def\begincontents{\setbox
   \contentsbox\vbox\bgroup
   \baselineskip3ex\null\vfil
   \everypar{$\bullet$\enspace}
   \obeylines\parindent1em}
%
\def\endcontents{\egroup}
%;vrblin250
\def\beginscript{\lastscript
   \the\everyscript\the\thisscript
   \leavevmode\noindent
   \setbox\trsppt=\vbox to.475\vsize
   \bgroup\hsize.475\hsize\parindent2em
   \null\vfil
   \titlefont\the\title
   \smallskip\subtitlefont
   \Dash\the\subtitle\Dash
   \medskip\let\\\par
   \authorfont\the\author
   \smallskip\the\address
   \medskip$$\box\contentsbox$$}
%
\def\endscript{\vss
\rightline{\small\cglpic\qquad}
\vss
\line{\strut\hss--\the\trsno--\hss}\egroup
\boxit{\box\trsppt}\endgraf
\vfill\eject\stop}
%
\def\nxttrs{\vfil\kern3ex
\ifnum\trsno>0 \line{\strut\hss
         --\the\trsno--\hss}\fi
\egroup
\boxit{\box\trsppt}\advance\trsno1
\ifodd\trsno\kern3ex\else
            \hfil\break\vfil\noindent\fi
\setbox\trsppt=\vbox to.475\vsize\bgroup
\hsize.475\hsize\parindent2em\null\par\noindent}
%
%Mark up regular transparencies;vrblin300
\prehead{\nxttrs\trsno1 \medskip\noindent\hfil
  \global\prehead{\nxttrs\medskip\noindent\hfil}}
%
\posthead{\medskip\noindent}
%
\def\beginhead#1\endhead{\the\prehead
 \headtitle{#1}\subheadtitle{}%
 \subsubheadtitle{}{\headfont#1}%
 \the\posthead}
%
\def\head#1{\beginhead#1\endhead}
%                          ;vrblin350
\presubhead{\medbreak\noindent\hfil}
%
\postsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
%
\def\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead{%
 \subheadtitle{#1}\subsubheadtitle{}%
 \the\presubhead{\subheadfont#1}%
 \the\postsubhead\thissubhead{}}
%
\def\subhead#1{\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead}
%                          ;vrblin400
\presubsubhead{\smallbreak\noident\hfil}
%
\postsubsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
%
\def\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead{%
 \subsubheadtitle{#1}
 \the\presubsubhead{\subsubheadfont#1}
 \the\postsubsubhead\thissubsubhead{}}
%
\def\subsubhead#1{%
 \beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead}
%;vrblin450
\preverbatim{}
%;vrblin550
%
%Header and footer         ;vrblin600
\headline={\hbox to\pagewd{\titlefont
      \hss\the\title\hss}
}%end headline
%                          ;vrblin650
\footline={\hbox to\pagewd{%
     \rlap{\fiverm\strut\the\identification}\hss
     \llap{\fiverm\copyright\the\crowner}}%
}%end footline
%
%Auxiliaries             ;vrblin700
\catcode`\@=11
\def\fivepoint{\def\rm{\fam0\fiverm}%
  \textfont0=\fiverm \scriptfont0=\fiverm
               \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
  \textfont1=\fivei \scriptfont1=\fivei
                \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
  \textfont2=\fivesy \scriptfont2=\fivesy
               \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
  \textfont3=\tenex \scriptfont3=\tenex
                \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
  \def\it{\fam\itfam\fivei}\def\oldstyle
  {\fam1 \fivei}\textfont\itfam=\fivei
  \def\sl{\fam\slfam\fivei}%
  \textfont\slfam=\fivei
  \def\bf{\fam\bffam\fivebf}%
  \textfont\bffam=\fivebf
   \scriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
   \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
  \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\fiverm}%
  \textfont\ttfam=\fiverm
  \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
  \normalbaselineskip=7pt plus1pt minus1pt
  \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}}%
  \let\sc=\fivexrm
  \let\big=\fivebig
  \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height7pt
   depth2pt width\z@}%
  \normalbaselines\rm}
  \def\fivebig#1{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to4.5pt{}\right.\n@space$}}
\catcode`\@=12
%
\def\continue{\vss
   \rightline{\dots continued}\nxttrs}
%Defaults;vrblin900
\identification{\today}
\onecol
\hsize=18.5cm  \vsize=25cm
\pagewd=\hsize
%\pagenumber{\folio}
\let\small\fivepoint
\overfullrule0pt
\parindent0pt
\obeylines
\endinput



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:15:31 +0100
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: BLUe

%lit.dat for completeness, address.dat is only needed when pwt guide will be run
%Database of EP related literature, to be processed by blue.fmt.
%Version Aug 1994
%Files: lit.dat (data this file)
%C.G. van der Laan, Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB, Garnwerd, The Netherlands
%                                        05941-1525, cgl AT rc.service.rug.nl
%Note: Don't include blank lines! (TeX ends paragraphs then and will
%                           disturb your typeset list of references.)
%      Don't use \verb|...| or so for verbatims (catcodes are fixed once read)
%Auxiliary macros
%\def\thepage{\folio} %Necessary when with tugboat.sty
%\def\tubissue#1(#2){\TUB~#1, no.~#2}%To be independent from tugboat.sty c.q.
                                     %                      ltugboat.sty.
%Conventions entries
%\def\<name>                               %Key for database, add a, b, ...
%    {<family name> <initials> (<year>):   %All with minimal interpunction
%     <title>                              %No discrimination
%     <source>                             %ISBN for books in here, pages as range
%     \annotation{<Comments, annotations.>}% <numbers>\dash<numbers>
%}%end entry
%
%Data
\lst\aap
   {Association of American Publishers (1989):
    Markup of Tabular Material.
    Version 2.0 AAP Inc.
}
\lst\aapstd
   {Association of American Publishers (1987):
    Standard for electronic manuscript preparation and markup.
    AAP inc.
    \annotation{Association of American Publishers,
    2005 Massachusetts Avenue, NW. Washington, DC 20036,
    Phone: (202) 232-3335.}
}
\lst\aapaut
   {Association of American Publishers (1989):
    Author's guide to electronic manuscript preparation and
    markup.
    AAP inc. (2$^{nd}$ version.)
}
\lst\aapref
   {Association of American Publishers (1989):
    Reference manual on electronic manuscript preparation and markup.
    AAP inc.
    (2$^{nd}$ version.) ISBN 1-55653-084-6.
}
\lst\aaptab
   {Association of American Publishers (1989):
    Markup of tabular material.
    AAP Inc. ISBN 1-55653-085-4.
    (2$^{nd}$ version.).
}
\lst\aapmat
   {Association of American Publishers (1989): Markup of
    Mathematical Formulas.
    AAP Inc. EPSIG.
    (2$^{nd}$ version.)
}
\lst\abrahamspw
    {Abrahams P.W (1990): \TeX\ for the impatient.
     Addison-Wesley.
}
\lst\adobeb
   {Adobe  (1985):
    PostScript Language Reference Manual.
    Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-10174-2.
}
\lst\adobeA
   {Adobe Magazine (1995):
    The Technology of type.
    Adobe Magazine, 2, 16\dash19.
    (A nice survey of the outline fonts in relation to truetype.)
}
\lst\ahoav
   {Aho A.V, R. Sethi (1988):
    Maintaining Cross-references in Manuscripts.
    Softw.Pract.exp.,  18, 1, 1\dash14.
}
\lst\alexanderjc
   {Alexander J.C (1986):
   Tib, a reference setting package.
   \tubissue{ 7}(3), 138\dash139.
   \annotation{An update note is in \tubissue{8}(2), 102.
   A C program inspired upon troff's refer (and its successor bib).
   It is a preprocessor tailored for use with (All)\TeX.
   It allows for a few citation styles, and a publisher can extend these.
   It provides also for a powerful word-definition citation search.
   Flexible in general.
   Tagging of the entries a la refer has to be obeyed.
   From the UKTuG meeting of 1990 the following characteristics.
   It consists of:
   tibdex, a hashing program to speed up access to
   large collections of citations, by creating an index to the bibliography;
   tiblist, to format and print the database;
   looktib, a program to query the database;
   tib, main program goes through the source document and looks for
   keywords between [ and ].
   Advantages: 1-pass, pattern-matching citation no need to invent unique
   key, compatible with UNIX refer databases,
   good toolbox of style elements, single index
   of bibliographies, formatting more-closely related to \TeX.
   Disadvantages: pre-processor system, possible wrong matches, possible errors
   in repeated citations, non-algorithmic style language, left up to Tib
   to work out citation type, lack of extensibility in field,
   not very robust (crashes).}
}
%\lst\amsa {AMS (1989):   AMS-\LaTeX. AMS.}
\lst\amsb
 {AMS (1991):
 A look inside the AMS.
 \annotation{A nice brochure of what AMS is all about.}
}
\lst\amsc
  {AMS (1991):
  Think about publishing with the AMS.
  \annotation{Another nice brochure about the merits of
  publishing with AMS: effective marketing, extensive promotion, world-wide
  distribution, better sales, longer life of book, royalties, support
  worthwhile noncommercial activities for the benefit of the scientific
  community at large, for example the \TeX\ project.}
}
\lst\amsd
 {AMS (1993):
 \AmSTeX\ User's Guide 2.1.
}
\lst\amse
 {AMS (1993):
 \AmSTeX\ Installation Guide 2.1.
}
\lst\amsf
 {AMS (1993):
 \AmS-\LaTeX\ User's Guide 1.1.
}
\lst\amsg
 {AMS (1993):
 \AmS-\LaTeX\ Installation Guide 1.1.
}
\lst\amsh
 {AMS (1993):
 AMSfonts. User's Guide 2.1.
}
\lst\amsi
 {AMS (1993):
 AMSfonts. Installation Guide 2.1.
}
\lst\amsj
 {AMS (1993):
 Guidelines for preparing electronic manuscripts.
 \AmSTeX\ (booklet, 52p), and the mirrored one
 \AmS-\LaTeX\ (booklet, 58p).
 \annotation{The first is very well-done.
  I have not seen a guideline of similar quality of yet!
  Simply the best available. Much experience is embodied to learn from.
  The second is verbose, incomplete, and deals at length with issues
  an author should not be bothered with.}
}
\lst\amsteljja
   {Amstel J.J van, J Bomhoff, G.J Schoenmakers (1978):
    Inleiding tot het programmeren 1.
    Academic Service.
}
\lst\appeltwa
   {Appelt W (1987):
   Macros with keyword parameters.
  \tubissue{8}(2), 284\dash287.
}
\lst\appeltwb
   {Appelt W (1988):
   Typesetting Chess.
   \tubissue{9}(3), 284\dash287.
}
\lst\appeltwc
   {Appelt W (1988):
   \TeX\ f\"ur Fort\-geschrit\-tene\-\Dash
   Pro\-gram\-mier\-tech\-ni\-ken und Makro\-pa\-kette.
   Addison-Wesley.
}
\lst\appeltwd
   {Appelt W (1988):
    Introduction to \TeX. Addison-Wesley.
}
\lst\aps
   {APS (1992):
   The REV\TeX{} input guide.
   (From the file server.)
}
\lst\arsenaud
   {Arsenau D (1992):
   overcite.sty, drftcite.sty, citesty.
   (From the file server.
    No longer needed when BLUe's Bib, especially as part of blue.fmt,
    is used.)
}
\lst\arsenaudb
   {Arsenau D (1993):
   Typesetting paragraphs of a specified shape.
   MAPS 93.2, 191\dash193.
}
\lst\asher
   {Asher (1992):
    Inside Type \& Set.
    \tubissue{13}(1), 13--22.
}
\lst\aurbachrl
   {Aurbach R.L (1987):
    Automatic Index Generation for \LaTeX.
    \tubissue{8}(2), 201\dash209.
   \annotation{The IdxTeX program provides the external processing
   and generates a file of \LaTeX{} source which may be included
   in a document to produce the desired index.}
}
\lst\batageljv
   {Batagelj V (1994):
   Combining \TeX{} and PostScript.
   Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 83\dash90.
}
\lst\barlettfh
   {Barlett F.H (1991):
    Contra-\LaTeX, or what really works in the publishing world.
    TUG '91. \tubissue12(3), 367\dash371.
}
\lst\barrond
   {Barron D (1989): Why use SGML?
    Electronic publishing, 2,1, 3--24.
}
\lst\bechtolsheimsa
  {Bechtolsheim S. von (1988):
   Tutorial on \cs{futurelet}.
   \tubissue{9}(3), 276\dash278.
}
\lst\bechtolsheimsaa
  {Bechtolsheim S von (1988):
   Using the emacs editor to savely edit \TeX\ sources.
   \TeX niques 7, 195\dash202.
}
\lst\bechtolsheims
  {Bechtolsheim S von (1989):
  \cs{csname} and \cs{string}.
  \tubissue{10}(2), 203\dash206.
  \annotation{Apart from the basics, SvB discusses the convenient
   (read non-double) loading of macro files, and
   the cross-referencing. Common to both applications is the use
   of \cs{csname} and \cs{string}. No nesting of \cs{csname},
   and no mentioning of associating \cs{csname} with arrays.}
}
\lst\bechtolsheimsb
   {Bechtolsheim S von (1993):
    \TeX\ in Practice.
    1.~Basics
    2.~Paragraphs, Math and Fonts
    3.~Tokens, Macros
    4.~Output Routines, Tables
    Springer-Verlag.
}
\lst\beebenhfa
   {Beebe N.H.F (1988):
   A \TeX\ driver family.
   \TeX niques 5, 71\dash113.
}
\lst\beebenhfb
   {Beebe N.H.F (1989):
   \TeX\ and graphics: The state of the problem.
   Cahiers GUTenberg, 2, 13\dash53.
}
\lst\beebenhfc
   {Beebe N.H.F (1991):
   The TUGlib server.
   MAPS 91.2, 117\dash123.
   (Also \TeX line 11.)
}
\lst\beebenhfd
   {Beebe N.H.F (1992):
   \LaTeX\ Editing Support.
   MAPS 92.1, 91\dash114.
}
\lst\beebenhfe
   {Beebe N.H.F (1993):
   Bibliography prettyprinting and syntax checking.
   \tubissue{14}(3/4), 222, respectively ?\dash?.
}
\lst\beetonbn
   {Beeton B.N (editor, 1991):
    TUG Resource Directory.
    \annotation{It contains: TUG membership list,
                  \TeX\ User Associations,
                  Sources of \TeX\ software,
                  Output Device Drivers,
                  \TeX\ archives,
                  Electronic Discusion Lists,
                  \TeX\ bibliography.}
}
\lst\beetonbnb
   {Beeton B.N (1990):
   \TUB{} production: \TeX, \LaTeX, and paste-up.
   SGML-\TeX{} meeting, Groningen. \annotation{Unpublished}
}
\lst\bell
   {Bell System Technical Journal (1978):
    UNIX Time Sharing System.
    BTJ, Vol 57, 6, part 2.
}
\lst\bentleyjla
   {Bentley J.L (1986):
    Programming Pearls.
    ISBN 0-201-10331-1. Addison-Wesley.
}
\lst\bentleyjlb
   {Bentley J.L (1988):
    More programming Pearls---confessions of a coder.
    ISBN 0-201-11889-0. Addison-Wesley.
}
\lst\berryka
    {Berry K (199?):
     Expanded plain \TeX.
     From the file server.
     \annotation{A toolbox to cooperate with Any\TeX. It contains
      a fancy cross-referencing scheme, and left justification
      of math displays, among others. An announcement of
      the availability of the toolbox\Dash and its contents\Dash
      has appeared in \tubissue{11}(4), 571\dash572.}
}
\lst\bestr
   {Best R (1993):
   \TeX\ zonder omhaal; voor ATARI PC en andere PCs.
   MAPS 93.1\&2, 57\dash68, resp.~111\dash114.
   MAPS 94.1\&2, 31\dash34, 35\dash36, resp.~43\dash44.
   (Also ATARI-ST Journal.)
}
\lst\bienzt
   {Bienz T, R Cohn (1993):
   Portable Document Format Reference Manual.
   Adobe Systems Inc. Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-62628-4.
}
\lst\bleekerj
   {Bleeker J (1989): Electronische verzending,
    bewerking en opslag van wetenschappelijke artikelen.
    In: SGML de consequenties.
    De eerste Nederlandse SGML conferentie.
    SGML User's Group Holland. (Dutch)
}
\lst\bloemenpa
   {Bloemen P (1993):
   4all\TeX: NTG's \TeX{} for MS-DOS.
   MAPS 93.2, 141\dash154.
   \annotation{The announcement of this working environment. For simple users only
    1 HD flop, and in its full glory over 30 HD floppies. Available
    from NTG's shop. Shareware.}
}
\lst\bloemenpb
   {Bloemen P (1993):
   Shells for \TeX.
   MAPS 93.2, 155\dash159.
   (It discusses \TeX Shell and 4\TeX.)
}
\lst\bloemenpc
   {Bloemen P (1994):
   \PS{} fonts in \TeX.
   MAPS 94.2, 139\dash148.
}
\lst\bodenheimerb
   {Bodenheimer B (?):
   Frequently asked questions.
   comp.text.tex newsgroup.
   (Adapted by Van Oostrum in MAPS 91.1, 85\dash92.).
}
\lst\boothv
   {Booth V (1975): Writing a scientific paper.
   The Biochemical Society, London.
}
\lst\borceuxf
   {Borceux F (1990): De la construction de diagrammes.
   Cahiers GUTenberg, 5, 41\dash48.
}
\lst\botwaylc
   {Botway L, C Biemesderfer (198?):
    \LaTeX\ command summary.
    \TeX niques 10.
}
\lst\braamsjl
  {Braams J.L (1991):
  Babel, a multilingual style-option system for use with \LaTeX's standard
  document styles.
  \tubissue{12}(2), 291\dash301.
  (Pre-release MAPS 91.1;
   updated \tubissue{14}(1), 60\dash61.)
}
\lst\braamsjla
   {Braams J.L, V Eijkhout, N.A.F.M Poppelier (1990):
    The development of national \LaTeX\ styles.
    \tubissue{10}(3), 401--406.
}
\lst\braamsjlb
  {Braams J.L (1991):
  Babel, a multilingual style-option system
  for use with \LaTeX's standard document styles.
  \tubissue{12}(2), 291--301.
  (Early version in MAPS 91.1.)
}
\lst\bridge
  {BRIDGE. Monthly of the NBB (Dutch Bridge Union).
}
\lst\brueggemana
  {Br\"uggemann-Klein A, D Wood (1989):
  Drawing trees nicely with \TeX.
  EP-ODD, 2, 2, 101\dash115.
  (Also in \TeX\ Applications, Uses and Methods, Malcom Clark, editor.)
}
\lst\bruinr
   {Bruin R de, C.G van der Laan, J.R Luyten, H.F Vogt (1988):
   Publiceren met \LaTeX.
   CWI Syllabus 19.
   (See also Addendum `Publiceren met \LaTeX' in MAPS 92.1.)
}
\lst\bryanma
   {Bryan M (1988):
    SGML, an Author's Guide to the Standard
    Generalized Markup Language.
    Addison-Wesley.
}
\lst\bryanm
  {Bryan M (1993):
  A \TeX{} user's guide to ISO's Documentstyle Semantics and Specification
  Language (DSSSL).
  Proceedings TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), ?\dash?.
}
\lst\buergerd
  {B\"urger D (1990):
  \LaTeX\ for scientists and engineers. MC Graw-Hill.
}
\lst\bzylw
   {Bzyl W, T Przechlewski (1993):
    An application of literate programming: creating a format for the Bulletin
    of the Polish TUG.
    TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 296\dash299.
    \annotation{Very promising this using of the experience embodied in {\tt tugboat.sty}
     via transformation into Web and modify this with GUST's mods via
     change files. As a bonus there is an index.
     Handy to locate commands, but it won't help to locate
     the various @begin$<foo>$ commands because these are invoked via
     csnames.}
}
\lst\cameronpj
   {Cameron P.J (1990):
    Adventures of a new \TeX nician.
    \TeX line 12, 2\dash3.
}
\lst\carlisleda
    {Carlisle D (1992):
     longtable.sty.
     From the fileserver.
}
\lst\chemtex
   {Chem-\TeX (?):
    From the  file server.
}
\lst\chenp
  {Chen P, M Harrison (1987):
   Automatic index preparation.
   CSB-TR 87/347. UCB.
  \annotation{A nice survey of issues relevant to preparing indexes
  automatically. Existing indexing tools in use in various systems
  are discussed. The paper emerged from the experience gained in writing
  the makeindex C program.}
}
\lst\cheswickb
   {Cheswick B (1990):
   A permuted index for \TeX\ and \LaTeX.
   CSR 145. AT\&T.
   (Also \TeX niques 14. Handy for looking up if a command is already in use.)
}
\lst\childsba
   {Childs B (1989):
    Teaching \TeX.
    \tubissue{10}(2), 156\dash163.
}
\lst\childsbb
   {Childs, B (1989):
    Answers to \TeX\ tests.
    \tubissue{10}(3), 319\dash323.
}
\lst\clarkaa
   {Clark A.F (1987):
    Halftone output from \TeX.
    \tubissue{8}(3), 270\dash274.
}
\lst\clarkma
   {Clark M (1987):
    More symbols for \TeX.
    \TeX line 5, 7\dash8.
}
\lst\clarkmaa
   {Clark M (1988):
    A note comparing \TeX\ to SGML.
    SGML User's Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 67\dash68.
}
\lst\clarkmab
   {Clark M (1988):
    A note comparing \TeX\ to SGML.
    SGML User's Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 67\dash68.
}
\lst\clarkmac
   {Clark M (1989):
    \TeX\ and/or SGML.
    Proceedings Euro\TeX89. Karls\-ruhe.
    \annotation{Context sensitivity as a tool for checking
     input correctness is stressed;
     an example of how to do this within \TeX\
     is given.}
}
\lst\clarkmb
   {Clark M (editor, 1990):
    \TeX\ applications, uses and methods.
    Proceedings of Euro\TeX\ '88.
    Ellis Horwood. ISBN 0-13-912296-6.
}
\lst\clarkmc
   {Clark M (1992):
    Portable Graphics in \TeX.
    Proceedings TUG '92. \tubissue{13}(3), 253\dash260.
    (Also as chapter 17 in his \TeX\ Primer.)
}
\lst\clarkmd
   {Clark M (1992):
    A plain \TeX\ primer.
    Oxford University Press. 480p.
}
\lst\cms
   {The Chicago manual of style (1982).
    University of Chicago Press.
}
\lst\coffings
   {Coffin G.S (1954): Bridge Plays:
    Four classics. Faber and Faber. London.
}
\lst\commacm
   {Comm ACM (1988):
    Special Issue: Hypertext.
    Comm. ACM, 88, 31, 7.
    \annotation{It contains:
     An overview of hypertext, by J.B Smith, S.F Weiss;
     KMS: A distributed hypermedia system for managing knowledge in
          organizations, by R.M Akscyn, D.L McCracken, E.A Yoder;
     Reflections on notecards: seven issues for the next generation of
          hypermedia systems, by F.G Halasz;
     HAM: A general purpose hypertext abstract machine, by B Campbell, J.M
          Goodman;
     Abstraction mechanisms in hypertext, by P.K Carg;
     Hypertext and the new Oxford dictionary, by D.R Raymond, F.W Tompa;
     Searching for information in a hypertext medical handbook, by
           M.E Frisse;
     Hypertext '87: Keynote address, by A van Dam.
     There are conferences devoted to the subject at least each year.}
}
\lst\coombsjh
   {Coombs J.H, A.H Renear, S.J DeRose (1987):
    Markup systems and the future of scholarly text processing.
    Comm. ACM, 30, 11, 933\dash947.
}
\lst\cowanrf
   {Cowan R.F (1985):
   Making tables with macros. tables.tex \& tabledoc.tex.
   (Available from file servers.)
}
\lst\crowhurste
   {Crowhurst E (1986):
    ACOL in competition. Pelham. London.
}
\lst\damrauj
   {Damrau J, M Wester (1991):  Form letters with 3-across
   labels capability. TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 510\dash516.
}
\lst\dobrowolskiae
  {Dobrowolski A, E (1992):
  Typesetting SGML documents using \TeX.
  Proceedings TUG '92. \tubissue{12}(4), 409\dash414.
}
\lst\dolw
    {Dol W, E.H.M Frambach, M van der Vlerk (1993):
    4\TeX: a \TeX\ workbench for MS-DOS PCs.
    MAPS 93.1, 53\dash56.
}
\lst\dolwb
    {Dol W (1993):
    The ease of including graphics in \TeX{} documents using 4\TeX.
    MAPS 93.2, 171\dash176.
}
\lst\dolwc
    {Dol W, E.H.M Frambach, S Kroonenberg, M van der Vlerk (1994):
    \TeX{} \& 4\TeX{} Guide.
    (Booklet to accompany NTG's 4All\TeX{} CD-ROM.)
}
\lst\doobma
    {Doob M (1990):
    A gentle introduction to \TeX.
    \TeX niques 12.
    (Also from the file server, as is my review.)
}
\lst\doobmb
    {Doob M, C Platt (1993):
    Virtual fonts in a production environement.
    TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 275\dash281.
}
\lst\doumontjl
    {Doumont J.L (1994):
     Pascal pretty-printing:
     an example of `preprocessing within \TeX.'
     Proceedings TUG '94. \tubissue{15}(3), 167\dash173.
}
\lst\downesmja
    {Downes M.J. (1991):
     Dialogue with \TeX.
     Proceedings TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 502\dash509.
}
\lst\drilcon
    {DRILCON (1990): A program for conversion between \TeX\ and wordprocessors.
     KUB. The Netherlands.
     (It uses an intermediate language.)
}
\lst\duchierd
 {Duchier D (1990):
  \TeX, ex\-ter\-nal tensor pro\-duct.
  \TeX HaX 90.20.
}
\lst\dunna
 {Dunnr A (1987):
  Using \PS{} with \TeX.
  \tubissue{8}(2), 171\dash173.
}
\lst\durstlka
  {Durst L.K (1989): Bibliographic citations, or variations
   on the old shell game. \tubissue{10}(3), 390\dash394.
   \annotation{It discusses how to cope with \TeX ing a bibliography. BLUe's Bib
    has undoubtedly been influenced by this work, because I read it
    at least a year before creating BLUe's Bib. Durst does not use the
    list separator \TeX nique, and therefore the encoding is a little more
    complex. Also the writing to a file and the external sorting makes it
    more cumbersome. In the paper it is not worked out how to use it within
    one of \TeX's flavours.
    The basic approach is very similar to mine, however.}
}
\lst\durstlkb
   {Durst L.K (1990):
   Long-winded endnotes and exercises with hints or solutions.
   \tubissue{11}(4), 580\dash588.
   \annotation{A comment is given in Hefferon (1991): Getting {\tt\char92answers}
    in \TeX.}
}
\lst\durstlkc
   {Durst L.K (1991):
   Some tools for  making indexes: Part I.
   \tubissue{12}(2), 248\dash258.
}
\lst\dysonmc
   {Dyson M.C (1992):
   The curriculum as a hypertext.
   EP-ODD, 5, 2, 63\dash72.
}
\lst\dysonmcb
   {Dyson M.C (1993):
   Teaching digital typography\Dash the Didot project.
   TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 329\dash332.
   (Also MAPS 93.2, 216\dash218.)
}
\lst\eijkhoutva
   {Eijkhout V (1990):
   Unusual paragraph shapes.
   \tubissue{11}(1), 51\dash53.
}
\lst\eijkhoutvb
   {Eijkhout V (1990):
   An indentation scheme.
   \tubissue{11}(4), 613\dash616.
   (Also MAPS 90.2.)
}
\lst\eijkhoutvc
   {Eijkhout V (1990):
   A {\tt\char92parskip} scheme.
   \tubissue{11}(1), 616\dash619.
   (Also MAPS 90.2.)
}
\lst\eijkhoutvd
   {Eijkhout V (1992):
   \TeX\ by Topic. Addison-Wesley.
}
\lst\eijkhoutve
   {Eijkhout, V (1993):
    The bag of tricks. \tubissue{13}(4), 494\dash495.
    (It is about how to layout a macro. What I like most of it is the
     summary of how to counteract unwanted spaces. At the end the important
     difference between the \cs{ifUndefinedCS} and \cs{if}\cs{UndefinedCS}
     has been treated.)
}
\lst\einarssonb
   {Einarsson B, W.M Gentleman(1984):
    Mixed Language programming.
    Soft.Prac.Exp., 14, 4 383\dash396.
}
\lst\eppsteind
   {Eppstein D (1985):
   Trees in \TeX.
   \tubissue{6}(1), 31\dash37.
}
\lst\fergusonmj
   {Ferguson M.J (1991):
   INRS-\TeX\ (new version).
   (See also his multilingual reports, \tubissue{11}(4), 514\dash515)
}
\lst\fineja
   {Fine J (1992): Some basic control macros for \TeX.
   \tubissue{13}(1), 75\dash83.
}
\lst\furutar
   {Furuta R, J Scofield, A Shaw (1982):
   Document Formatting Systems: Survey, Concepts, and Issues.
   Computing Surveys, 14, 3, 417\dash472.
}
\lst\genussapl
   {Genussa P.L (1987):
    Document Preparation Method
    of the United States Aire Force
    Automated Technical Order System.
    SGML Users' group. Bulletin 2, 1.
}
\lst\gibbonsj
   {Gibbons J (1993):
    Footnotes with verbatim material.
    TTN, 2, 4, p.9.
   \annotation{\LaTeX's footnote implementation has been modified to allow also for
    verbatims similar to plain's encoding. Basically it comes down to handling
    the `argument.' Really nice.}
}
\lst\glendowng
    {Glendown G (1990): Round boxes for plain \TeX.
    \tubissue{10}(3), 385--386.
}
\lst\goossensma
   {Goossens M (1993):
   POSTSCRIPT en \LaTeX, de komplementariteit in de praktijk.
   MAPS 93.1, 101\dash113.
}
\lst\goossensmb
   {Goossens M, F Mittelbach, A Samarin (1993):
   The \LaTeX-companion. Addison-Wesley.
}
\lst\goossensmc
   {Goossens M, F Mittelbach, A Samarin (1993):
   Customizing \LaTeX's lists.
   MAPS 93.2, 177\dash183.
}
\lst\goossensmd
   {Goossens M, S.P.Q  Rahtz (1994):
   Colour slides with \LaTeX{} and Seminar.
   Baskerville, 4,1, 8\dash12.
}
\lst\goossensme
   {Goossens M, S.P.Q  Rahtz (1994):
   Simple colour design and colour in \LaTeX2$\epsilon$.
   Euro\TeX, 196\dash205.
}
\lst\grahamrla
   {Graham R.L, D.E Knuth, O Pastashnik (1989):
    Concrete Mathematics. Addison-Wesley.
    \annotation{The macros for formatting this book are available from the
     CTAN and known as gkpmac.tex.}
}
\lst\greeni
   {Green I (1992):
    citesort.sty.
    (From the file server.)
}
\lst\greeneam
   {Greene A.M (1989):
   \TeX reation\Dash Playing Games with \TeX's mind.
   \tubissue{10}(4), 691\dash705.
}
\lst\greenwadegd
   {Greenwade G.D (1993):
   The Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive Network\Dash CTAN.
   TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 342\dash351.
   (Also MAPS 93.2, 133\dash140.)
}
\lst\griesd
   {Gries D (1983 snd printing):
    The science of programming.
    Springer-Verlag. ISBN 0-387-90641-x.
}
\lst\grootenhuisj
   {Grootenhuis J (1990):
    Typesetting SGML coded Mathematics.
    Paper presented at Markup'90. Charleston.
}
\lst\guittetc
   {Guittet C (1986):
    FORMEX: une mise en practique des normes internationales.
    SGML user's group. Bulletin, 1, 2.
}
\lst\gurariema
   {Gurari E.M (1989):
   An introduction to the theory of computation.
   Computer Science Press.
}
\lst\gurariemb
   {Gurari E.M (1994):
   \TeX{} \& \LaTeX\Dash Drawing \& Literate Programming.
   Mc Graw Hill. ISBN 0-07-025208-4.
}
\lst\gurariemc
   {Gurari E.M  (1994):
   Writing with \TeX.
   Mc Graw Hill. ISBN 0-07-025207-6.
}
\lst\hafnerja
   {Hafner J (1992):
   Foil\TeX, a \LaTeX-like system for typesetting foils.
   \tubissue{13}(3), 347\dash356.
}
\lst\hagenja
   {Hagen J, A.F Otten (1994):
   PPCH\TeX: Chemische structuur formules in \TeX.
   MAPS 94.2, 167\dash177.
}
\lst\hagenjb
   {Hagen J (1994):
   Een meertalige interface naar \TeX.
   MAPS 94.2, 178\dash182.
}
\lst\hagenjc
   {Hagen J (1994):
   Sub- en Superscripts in Chemische Formules.
   MAPS 94.2, 183.
}
\lst\hamiltonb
   {Hamilton Kelly B (1989):
   The autodoc-option.
   \tubissue{10}(2), 274\dash284.
}
\lst\hamiltonba
   {Hamilton Kelly B (1990):
   Some macros to draw crosswords.
   \tubissue{11}(1), 103\dash119.
}
\lst\hamiltonh
   {Hamilton H (1989):
    Mastering \TeX{} with templates.
    TUG '89. \tubissue{10}(4), 541\dash548.
    \annotation{It has all to do with learning by example.}
}
\lst\haralambousy
   {Haralambous Y (1992):
    \TeX\ conventions concerning languages. TTN, 1, 4, 3\dash10.
}
\lst\heckelp
   {Heckel P (1982):
    The elements of friendly software design.
    Warner Books. ISBN 0-446-38040-7.
}
\lst\hemelj
   {Hemel J, C.G van der Laan, R.C.G.M Lauwerier (1989):
    Het maken van transparanten voor overhead-projectie.
    RC-Rapport 23.
    \annotation{In this report a set of 4 characteristic transparencies---a drawing,
      a bar-chart, a pie-chart,
      a list of items with some formulas---is selected,
     and the aspects which come along when making these by hand,
     by Wordperfect, or by \LaTeX, are discussed. The results are shown and
     the needed amount of work for each approach is summarized among others.}
}
\lst\hendersonda
   {Henderson D (1989):
   Outline fonts with METAfont.
   \tubissue{10}(1), 36\dash38.
}
\lst\hendersondb
   {Henderson D (1989):
   Introduction to METAfont.
   \tubissue{10}(4), 467\dash480.
}
\lst\hendricksonaa
   {Hendrickson A (1985):
   Some diagonal line hacks.
   \tubissue{6}(2), 83\dash86.
   \annotation{The macros go wrong for (nearly) vertical lines.}
}
\lst\hendricksonab
   {Hendrickson A (1989):
   Macro\TeX.
}
\lst\hendricksonac
   {Hendrickson A (1990):
   Getting \TeX nical: Insights into \TeX\ macro writing \TeX niques.
   \tubissue{11}(3), 359\dash370.
}
\lst\hendricksonax
   {Hendrickson A (priv.\ comm.).
}
\lst\henricip
   {Henrici, P (1977): Applied and computational complex analysis.
    II. Special functions, integral transformations, asymptotics, continued
     fractions. John-Wiley.
}
\lst\herwijnenea
   {Herwijnen E van (1988):
    Electronic submission of Physics
    articles to publishers. De $1^e$ Nederlandse
    SGML conferentie. SGML: De Consequenties.
    \annotation{Also published in: Computer Physics
     Communications 57 (1989) 244\dash250:
     The use of text interchange standards
     for submitting physics articles to journals.
     In the context of this paper the discussion of
     SGML related to \TeX\ is relevant.}
}
\lst\herwijnene
   {Herwijnen E van (1990):
   Practical SGML. Kluwer.
}
\lst\herwijnenea
  {Herwijnen E van, N.A.F.M Poppelier, C.A Rowley (to appear):
   Standard DTDs and scientific publishing.
   MAPS 92.2, 69\dash80.
}
\lst\herwijneneb
   {Herwijnen E van (priv. comm.): Streamlining publishing
    procedures.
}
\lst\herwijnenec
   {Herwijnen E van (1988):
    TexT Processing at CERN I.
    SGML Users' Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 39--54.
}
\lst\hobbyjda
    {Hobby J.D (1992):
     A user's manual for METAPost.
    CSTR 162. AT\&T Bell Laboratories.
    (Since 1995 METAPost is in the public domain.)
}
\lst\hobbyjdb
    {Hobby J.D (1992):
     Introduction to METAPost.
     Euro\TeX{} 92. 21\dash36.
}
\lst\hoenigajaa
   {Hoenig A.J (1987):
   \TeX{} does windows.
   \tubissue{8}(2), 212\dash216.
}
\lst\hoenigajab
   {Hoenig A.J (1989):
   Fractal images with \TeX.
   Proceedings TUG '89. \tubissue{10}(4), 491\dash497.
}
\lst\hoenigaja
   {Hoenig A.J (1990):
   Labelling figures in \TeX\ documents.
   TUG '90. \tubissue{12}(1), 125\dash128.
}
\lst\hoenigajb
   {Hoenig A.J (1991):
   When \TeX\ and METAfont talk:
   Typesetting on curved paths and other special effects.
   TUG91 proceedings. \tubissue{12}(3), 554\dash557.
}
\lst\hoenigajba
   {Hoenig A.J (1991):
   Typesetting along arbitrary curves with \TeX\ and METAfont.
   TUG91 proceedings.
}
\lst\hoenigajc
  {Hoenig A.J (1991):
  \TeX\ for new users. MAPS 91.2, 91\dash96.
}
\lst\hoenigajd
   {Hoenig A.J (1992):
   When \TeX\ and METAfont work together.
   Euro\TeX\ '92 proceedings, 1\dash19.
   (An updated version released in MAPS 93.1.)
}
\lst\hoenigaje
   {Hoenig A (1992): Q \& A. Partitioned Matrices.
   \tubissue{13}(1), 60\dash62.
}
\lst\hoenigajf
   {Hoenig A (1994):
   Less is more: Complex page layouts and shapes with \TeX.
   TUG94 proceedings. \tubissue{15}(3), 232\dash243.
}
\lst\hooveraza
   {Hoover A.Z (1989):
   Using wordperfect 5.0 to create \TeX\ and \LaTeX\  documents.
   \tubissue{10}(4), 549\dash559.
}
\lst\hooverazb
   {Hoover A.Z (1991):
   Getting Postscript into \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ documents.
   TUG '91.  MAPS 91.2.
}
\lst\hooverazc
   {Hoover A.Z (1992):
   The key to successful support: knowing your \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ users.
   Euro\TeX{} '92 proceedings, 1\dash19.
   (Also MAPS 92.2.)
}
\lst\horakk
   {Horak K (priv. comm. 1992):
    Examples of (scientific) METAfont use.
    (Some have been encorporated in NTG's PR set.)
}
\lst\horakka
   {Horak K (1994):
    Fighting with big METAfont pictures
    when printing them reversely or landscape.
    Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 105\dash107.
}
\lst\hornbkp
  {Horn B.K.P (1993):
   Where are the Math fonts?
   TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 282\dash284.
}
\lst\hornbkpa
  {Horn B.K.P (1993):
   New from Y\&Y: complete bitmap-free \TeX{} packages!
   Flyer 8p.
   \annotation{Reviewed in Notices of the AMS by J.L Casti.
    Very good with respect to
    encorporation of Postscript (product: DVIPSONE)
    and the accompanying previewer (product: DVIWindo).
    No virtual fonts are supported, and as
    argued by the author  there is no need for it to do so.}
}
\lst\horowitze
   {Horowitz E (1984):
    Fundamentals of programming languages.
    Computer Science Press. ISBN 0-88175-004-2.
}
\lst\hosekd
  {Hosek D (1991):
   \TeX\ Output Devices.
   TUG Resource Directory, 133\dash158.
}
\lst\houtjfmj
    {Hout J.F.M.J, M.J.A Mirande, E.B Smuling (1981):
     Geven van hoorcolleges.
     Aula 807.
     \annotation{Apart from the useful survey aspects it supplies also references
      to Gagn\'e's work.}
}
\lst\isosgml
   {ISO (8879): Information Processing\Dash Text and Office
     Systems\Dash Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML). 1986--10--15.
}
\lst\isosgmltr
   {ISO (TR9573): Information Processing\Dash SGML
    Support Facilities\Dash Techniques for using SGML.
    1988--09--12.
}
\lst\iwakumat
   {Iwakuma Tetsuo (1994):
   A guide to use Macros and Style files in \LaTeX.
   MAPS 94.2, 73\dash110.
}
\lst\jackowskibc
   {B Jascowski, M Ry\'cko (1994):
    Labyrinth of METAfont paths in outline.
    Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 18\dash32.
}
\lst\janschcr
{J\"ansch C.R, U R\"ode, K Schnepper (1988):
 Macro expansion, a tool for the systematic development of scientific software.
 TUM-I8814.
}
\lst\jeffreya
  {Jeffrey A (1990): Lists in \TeX's mouth.
   \tubissue{11}(2), 237\dash244.
}
\lst\jeffreyab
  {Jeffrey A (1993):
   A Postscript font installation package written in \TeX.
   TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 285\dash292.
}
\lst\jeffreyac
  {Jeffrey A (editor, 1993):
  Math font encodings: a workshop summary.
  TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 293\dash295.
}
\lst\jensenk
   {Jensen K, N Wirth (1975): PASCAL user manual and report.
    Springer-Verlag.
}
\lst\jonesdm
   {Jones D.M (1992):
   A catalogue of \TeX{} macros.
   (From the file server.)
}
\lst\jurrienstaa
   {Jurriens T.A (priv. comm.):
   Supertabular.sty.
   (From the file server.)
}
\lst\jurrienstaaa
   {Jurriens T.A (1992): \TeX\ for everybody?
    Euro\TeX92.
   \annotation{Experience \LaTeX\  teaching.}
}
\lst\jurrienstab
   {Jurriens, T.A (1991):
   Ladies and \LaTeX I-II-III.
   MAPS 91.2, 102\dash104, 92.1, 133\dash134, MAPS 92.2, 102\dash104.
}
\lst\jurrienstac
   {Jurriens T.A (1992): \TeX\ as database. MAPS92.2,
   100\dash101.
}
\lst\jurrienstad
   {Jurriens T.A (1992):
   From observation to publication.
   \tubissue{14}(2), 123\dash126.
}
\lst\kabelschachta
   {Kabelschacht A (1987):
   \cs{expandafter} vs.\ \cs{let} and \cs{def}, and
   a generalization of plain's loop.
   \tubissue{8}(2), 184\dash185.
}
\lst\kappertr
   {Kappert R (1992): scite.sty. (A compilation
    of the earlier versions of Arseneau and Green.
    From the file server.)
}
\lst\kelderj
  {Kelder J, B van der Velde (1986):
    Dwangposities tegen \'e\'en tegenstander. Becht. A'dam. (Dutch).
    Translated from:
    Kelsey H.W (1985, paperback):
    Simple squeezes. Gollancz. London.
}
\lst\kelleram
   {Keller, A.M (1985):
    From text to \TeX\Dash coursenotes for \TeX\ for beginners.
    (TOPS 20 is outdated. emacs is still actual.)
}
\lst\khanhha
   {Khanh Ha (1990):
   Easy Table. \tubissue{11}(2), 250\dash264.
}
\lst\knappenja
   {Knappen J (1992):
    Changing the appearance of Math.
    Euro\TeX'92.
}
\lst\knesert
   {Kneser T (1990):
   \LaTeX-paragraphs floating around figures.
   \tubissue{12}(1), 28\dash30.
}
\lst\knuthdea
   {Knuth D.E (1968):
   The art of computer programming. Vol. I: Fundamental algorithms.
   Addison-Wesley.ISBN 0-201-03809-9.
}
\lst\knuthdeb
   {Knuth D.E (1969):
   The art of computer programming. Vol. II: Seminumerical algorithms.
   Addison-Wesley.LLOCC 67-26020.
}
\lst\knuthdec
   {Knuth D.E (1973):
   The art of computer programming. Vol. III: Sorting and searching.
   Addison-Wesley. LLOCC 67-26020.
}
\lst\knuthdeca
   {Knuth D.E (1979): Mathematical Typography.
    Bulletin AMS, 1, 2, 345\dash372.
}
\lst\knuthdecb
   {Knuth D.E (1979):
   \TeX\ and METAfont: New directions in typesetting.
   Part 1 Mathematical Typography. 45p.
   Part 2 \TeX\ a system for technical text. 201p.
   Part 3 METAfont, a system for alphabet design. 105p.
   AMS. Digital Press. ISBN 0-932376-02-9.
   \annotation{A nice and handy book which explains the basic approaches in
    not too much detail.}
}
\lst\knuthdecc
   {Knuth D.E (1984):
   Literate Programming.
   The Computer Journal, 27, 2, 97\dash111.
}
\lst\knuthded
   {Knuth D.E (1984):
   Computers and Typesetting.
   \TB. Addison-Wesley.
   ISBN 0-201-13447-0 (hard cover)
   ISBN 0-201-13448-9 (soft cover).
   \annotation{For the correct printing look in the index
    for \cs{language}.
    \TeX, frozen in version $\pi$,
    3.1415\dots}
}
\lst\knuthdee
   {Knuth D.E (1984):
   A course on METAfont programming.
   \tubissue{5}(2), 105\dash118.
}
\lst\knuthdeea
   {Knuth, D.E (1985): Recipes and fractions.
    \tubissue{6}(1), 36\dash38.
}
\lst\knuthdef
   {Knuth D.E (1986):
   Computers and Typesetting.\TeX: the program.
   Addison-Wesley.
   \annotation{Reprint with corrections 1988,
    a version dated after 1989 is needed.
   Look again for \cs{language} in the index.}
   ISBN 0-201-13437-3.
}
\lst\knuthdeg
   {Knuth D.E (1986):
   Computers and Typesetting. The METAfont book.
   Addison-Wesley.
   ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
}
\lst\knuthdeh
   {Knuth D.E (198?):
   Computers and Typesetting. METAfont: the program.
   Addison-Wesley.
}
\lst\knuthdehb
   {Knuth D.E, P Mackay (1987):
    Mixing right-to-left texts with left-to-right texts.
    \tubissue{7}(1), 14--25.
}
\lst\knuthdehc
   {Knuth D.E (1987):
    Saturday morning problem\Dash conclusion.
    \tubissue{8}(2), 211.
    \annotation{The principle of text flowing around a figure
    via an OTR with a `mock'-\cs{everyline}. Hoenig in TUG 94
    has elaborated the issue further.}
}
\lst\knuthdehd
   {Knuth D.E (1987):
    Reply: Printing out selected pages.
    \tubissue{8}(2), 217.
    \annotation{Manmac's shipout for slected pages.}
}
\lst\knuthdehe
   {Knuth D.E (1987):
    Fonts for digital halftones.
    \tubissue{8}(2), 135\dash270.
    \annotation{}
}
\lst\knuthdei
   {Knuth D.E (1989):
   The errors of \TeX.
   Software Practice and Experience, 19, 7, 607\dash685.
   (Also \tubissue{10}(4), 529\dash532.)
}
\lst\knuthdeib
   {Knuth D.E, T Larrabee, P.M Roberts (1989):
   Mathematical writing.
   MMA Notes, 14.
\annotation{With contributions by Paul Halmos, Leslie Lamport, Mary-Claire van Leunen,
Nils Nilsson, Rosalie Stemer, Jeff Ullman, and Herbert S. Wilf.}
}
\lst\knuthdej
   {Knuth D.E (1990):
   Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards.
   \tubissue{11}(1), 13\dash23.
}
\lst\knuthdek
{Knuth D.E, S Levy (1987):
 The CWEB System of Structured Documentation.
 (FTP: labrea.stanford.edu, in directory /pub/cweb)
}
\lst\kopkah
   {Kopka H, P.W Daly (1993):
 A guide to \LaTeX\Dash Document preparation for beginners and advanced users.
   Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-56889-6.
}
\lst\kolodziejska
   {Ko{\l}odziejska H (1991):
   Go diagrams with \TeX.
   MAPS 91.2, 63\dash68.
   (From the file server.)
}
\lst\kopkah
   {Kopka H,  P.W Daly (1993):
    A guide to \LaTeX---Document preparation
    for beginners and advanced users.
    Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-56889-6.
}
\lst\krimpenh
  {Krimpen H van (1986):
   Boek over het maken van boeken.
   Gaade Uitgevers. Veenendaal. ISBN 9-060-17521-2.
}
\lst\kuykenshjp
   {Kuykens H.J P (1994):
   MIDI2\TeX, een music\TeX{} tool.
   MAPS 94.2, 184\dash188.
}
\lst\laancg
   {Laan C.G van der (1984): (Graceful) Mixed Language
    Programming. Argonne National Laboratory Workshop.
}
\lst\laancga
   {Laan C.G van der, J.R Luyten (1988):
   Evaluation of K-talk.
   RC-RUG rapport 15.
   \annotation{Contains test collection for evaluating converters.
    The conclusion is that ordinary marked up text is no problem,
    but tables, math and graphics go wrong.}
}
\lst\laancgaa
   {Laan C.G van der (1989):
    Teaching \TeX: critics and \LaTeX\ proposal.
    Appendix V. Minutes $4^{th}$ NTG meeting.
}
\lst\laancgb
   {Laan C.G van der (1989):
   Typesetting Bridge via \LaTeX.
   \tubissue{10}(1), 113\dash116.
   (Also MAPS 91.2.)
}
\lst\laancgc
   {Laan C.G van der (1990):
   Typesetting Bridge via \TeX.
   \tubissue{11}(2), 265\dash276.
   (Pre-release GUTenberg Cahiers 5, and a copy in MAPS 91.2.)
}
\lst\laancgd
   {Laan C.G van der (1990):
   SGML(, \TeX\ and \dots).
   \tubissue{12}(1), 90\dash104.
   (Pre-release MAPS 90.2 and GUTenberg
   cahiers 5.
   It contains also an extensive bibliography
   about SGML-\TeX\ relation.)
}
\lst\laancge
   {Laan C.G van der (1991):
   Math into BLUes.
   Part~I: Mourning. TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(3), 485\dash501.
   Part~II: Sing your song. Euro\TeX\ '91.
            GUTenberg Cahiers 10\&11, 147\dash170.
   (Pre-release MAPS 91.1.)
}
\lst\laancgf
   {Laan C.G van der (1992):
   Tower of Hanoi, revisited.
   \tubissue{13}(1), 91\dash94.
}
\lst\laancgg
   {Laan C.G van der (1992):
    Table Diversions.
    MAPS 92.2, 115\dash129.
    (An earlier version at Euro\TeX{} '92.)
}
\lst\laancgga
   {Laan C.G van der (1992):
    Spivak's \OE uvre.
    MAPS 92.1, 139\dash142.
}
\lst\laancgh
   {Laan C.G van der (1992):
    FIFO and LIFO sing the BLUes.
    \tubissue{14}(1), 54\dash59.
    (An earlier version at Euro\TeX{} '92
      and MAPS 92.2.)
}
\lst\laancgi
   {Laan C.G van der (1992):
   Typesetting crosswords via \TeX, revisited.
   MAPS 92.2, 145-146.
   \annotation{Submitted TUGboat. An earlier version based upon \cs{halign} in
    Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92, 217\dash224, and MAPS 92.1, 128\dash132.}
}
\lst\laancgj
   {Laan C.G van der (1992):
   Syntactic Sugar.
   TUG '93.
   \tubissue{14}(3), 310\Dash318.
   (Earlier versions in MAPS 92.2, abridged in GUST bulletin 1.)
}
\lst\laancgk
   {Laan C.G van der (1993):
   Manmac BLUes\Dash Or how to typeset a book via \TeX.
   MAPS 93.1, 171\dash191.
}
\lst\laancgl
   {Laan C.G van der (1993):
   AMS BLUes\Dash Professionals at work.
   MAPS 93.1, 192\dash212.
}
\lst\laancgm
   {Laan C.G van der (1993):
   Sorting in BLUe.
   MAPS 93.1, 149\dash170.
   (Abrid\-ged TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 319\dash328.)
}
\lst\laancgo
   {Laan C.G van der (1993):
   Typesetting number sequences.
   MAPS 93.1, 145\dash148.
   \annotation{Submitted TUGboat. No longer relevant when BLUe's Bib is used.}
}
\lst\laancgp
   {Laan C.G van der (1993):
   Matrix icons via \LaTeX.
   MAPS 93.2, 211\dash212.
   (Also note in TTN 3.3, 1994.)
}
\lst\laancgq
   {Laan C.G van der (1993):
   BLUe's Bibliography\Dash A ge\-ne\-ric ap\-proach.
   MAPS 93.2, 205\dash210.
   \annotation{Selective loading has been added in MAPS 94.1.}
}
\lst\laancgr
   {Laan C.G van der (1993):
   What is \TeX{} and \MF{} all about?
   MAPS 93.2, 67\dash87.
   (Also: proceedings `PD, Shareware, Freeware'
    meeting NLUUG, November 1993. CTAN
    and PTF CD in \dots/whatstex in
    ctan/info/info.zip)
}
\lst\laancgs
   {Laan C.G van der (1994):
   TUGboat BLUes\Dash How \TeX ies do it.
   MAPS 94.1, 119\dash150.
}
\lst\laancgt
   {Laan C.G van der (1994):
   BLUe's Trans\-paren\-cies\Dash From report to transparency.
   MAPS 94.1, 111\dash114.
}
\lst\laancgu
   {Laan C.G van der (1994):
   BLUe's Verbatim\Dash The selection.
   MAPS 94.1, 116\dash118.
}
\lst\laancgv
   {Laan C.G van der (1994):
   BLUe's Format\Dash The best of both worlds.
   MAPS 94.2, 189\dash199.
   (Abridged. Euro\TeX\ '94, 33\dash44, also abridged.
    Unabridged version from the CTAN.)
}
\lst\laancgw
   {Laan C.G van der (1994):
   BLUe's Biblio\-gra\-phy\Dash Se\-lec\-tive loading.\\
   MAPS~94.1, 115.
}
\lst\laancgx
   {Laan C.G van der (1994):
   BLUe's Graphs\Dash Simplicity, aha!
   MAPS 94.2, 200\dash206.
}
\lst\laancgy
   {Laan C.G van der (1994):
   BLUe's Cross-Referen\-cing\Dash A one-pass approach.
   MAPS 94.2, 207\dash209.
}
\lst\laancgz
   {Laan C.G van der (1995):
   Publishing with \TeX\Dash BLUe's Selection.
   MAPS Special. %CWI tract.
   See CTAN /pub/archive/info/pwt.
}
\lst\laancgA
   {Laan C.G van der (1994):
   Paradigms\Dash Headache?
   MAPS 94.2, 212\dash214.
}
\lst\laancgB
   {Laan C.G van der (1994):
   Paradigms\Dash Plain's items extended.
   MAPS 94.2, 210\dash211.
}
\lst\laancgC
   {Laan C.G van der (1995):
   BLUe's Typesetting of Pascal\Dash Lean and mean.
   MAPS 95.1, \dash .
}
\lst\laancgD
   {Laan C.G van der (1995):
   BLUe's Index\Dash The principle and some more.
   MAPS 95.1, \dash .
}
\lst\laancgE
   {Laan C.G van der (1995):
   BLUe's Format Databases\Dash Stay organized.
   MAPS 95.1, \dash .
}
\lst\lammarschj
   {Lammarsch J (1993):
   A new typesetting system: is it really necessary?
   TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 167\dash170.
}
\lst\lamportla
   {Lamport L (1985?):
   Bezier.sty.
   \annotation{(For drawing arbitray lines within the picture environment.
    From the file server. See however also gkpmac.}
}
\lst\lamportlb
   {Lamport L (1985):
   \LaTeX\ User's Guide \& Reference Manual.
   Addison-Wesley. ISBN-0-201-15790-X.
   \annotation{With respect to \BibTeX\ the following characteristics
   from UKTUG meeting of 1990.
   Advantages: clear layout of database, unique identifyer for elements,
   compatibility with Scribe databases, explicit statement of citation type,
   extensible style language, uses \LaTeX's cross-referencing, easy to
   edit output, can be mixed with non-automatic generated bibliographies,
   cross-referencing and abbreviations.
   Disadvantages: multiple passes (\LaTeX, \BibTeX, \LaTeX, \LaTeX);
   have to remember unique references, style language is opaque,
   database is very wordy and boring to enter.}
}
\lst\lamportlc
   {Lamport L (1987):
   Makeindex: An index processor for \LaTeX.
   (From the file server.)
}
\lst\langmyhrda
   {Langmyhr D (1994):
   How to make your own documentstyle in \LaTeX2e.
   Euro\TeX'94, 167\dash175.
   (Also MAPS 94.2, 65\dash72.)
}
\lst\larsonje
   {Larson J.E (1989):
   A chess font for \TeX.
   \tubissue{10}(3), 351.
}
\lst\lauwerierhab
   {Fractals\Dash meetkundige figuren in eindeloze herhaling.
    Aramith. ISBN/NUGI-90-6834-031X/619.
   \annotation{Some basic programs of the fractals are included.}
}
\lst\lavaudma
   {Lavaud M (1991):
   As\TeX, or developing a multi-windowing environment for research based on
   \TeX.
   Euro\TeX\ '90. Cahiers Gutenberg.
   (Developments Euro\TeX\ '92, and TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 238\dash244.)
}
\lst\lavaudmb
   {Lavaud M (1993):
   Disquettes PC-GUT: \TeX\ \& Co pour PC.
   (With: manual d'installation, revised 25/6/93.)
}
\lst\lawrencem
  {Lawrence M. (1988):
   The complete book on hand evaluation. Max Hardy.
   ISBN 0-939460-27-0.
}
\lst\lebanb
   {Leban B (1985):
   A solution to the Tower of Hanoi problem using \TeX.
   \tubissue 6(3), 151\dash154.
\annotation{Review. Leban requires as input the number of disks and the first tower as
a sequence of one-digit numbers.
This means that creation of the initial tower is not part of the paper.
Furthermore, Leban develops a set of Lisp like functions for \TeX.
Apparently Knuth's List macros, \TeX book Appendix D.2, have been overlooked.
Leban's small list processing system is an example of reinventing the wheel,
with the concept of an active list separator absent. As a consequence
the printing of the towers is done by recursion which is not necessary
when using Knuth's list separator appropriately to `execute' the list.}
}
\lst\leskme
   {Lesk  M.E (1979):
    Tbl\Dash a program to format tables.
    UNIX manual,157--174.
}
\lst\louarnp
   {Louarn P (1991):
    Instructions to Euro\TeX{} and GUTenberg '91 authors.
}
\lst\louarnpa
  {Louarn P (1991): Manipulons une matrice.
  Cahiers GUTenberg 8. 59\dash61.
  \annotation{His step-by-step  explanation is very clear. The example
   does not contain braces connecting cells,
   or sub parts.}
}
\lst\makeindex
   {Makeindex (1987):
    Makeindex.
    \annotation{From the file server. See also Chen and Harrison, Lamport (1987),
     Salomon for a plain variant. Since 1995 there is BLUe's Index.}
}
\lst\markit
   {MARK-IT (1989): SGML Parser, version 2. Sobemap NV,
    Place du Champ de Mars 5, Bte 40, 1050 Bruxelles.
}
\lst\martincr
   {Martin C.R (1990):
    \TeX\ for \TeX nical typists.
    \tubissue{11}(3), 425\dash428.
}
\lst\mattese
   {Mattes E (1990?):
   em\TeX.
   (PD version for MS-DOS PCs, in general use. From the archives.)
}
\lst\mauss
 {Maus S (1991): An expansion power lemma.
 \tubissue{12}(2), 277.
}
\lst\mcclurem
   {McClure M (1989):
    \TeX\ macros for COBOL syntax diagrams.
    TUGboat, 10, 4, 743--750.
}
\lst\meulenbroekd
   {Meulenbroek D (1989):
    Nieuwsblad v/h Noorden. December.
   (Dutch)
}
\lst\meyerse
   {Meyers E, F Paige (199?): \TeX sis.
   \annotation{Provides \cs{ruledtable} and documentation in 100p.
    \TeX{} file.
    From lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu, directory /texsis.}
}
\lst\mittelbachfa
   {Mittelbach F (1989):
   An environment for multi-column output.
   \tubissue{10}(3), 407\dash415.
}
\lst\mittelbachfab
   {Mittelbach F (1989):
   The doc-option..
   \tubissue{10}(2), 245\dash273.
}
\lst\mittelbachfb
   {Mittelbach F (1989):
   An extension for the \LaTeX\ theorem environment.
   \tubissue{10}(3), 416\dash426.
}
\lst\mittelbachfc
   {Mittelbach F (1991):
   E-\TeX: Guidelines for future \TeX\ extensions.
   \tubissue{11}(3), 337\dash345.
  (Redistributed: MAPS 93.1)
}
\lst\mittelbachfd
   {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1989):
   The new font selection scheme.
   For \TeX{} packages.
   \tubissue{10}(2), 222\dash238.\\
   User interface to standard \LaTeX.
   Reprint: \tubissue{11}(2), 297\dash305.
   (See also NFSS 2, in Goossens, Mittelbach Samarin.)
}
\lst\mittelbachfe
   {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1990):
   Towards \LaTeX~3.0.
   \tubissue{12}(1), 74\dash79.
   (Also MAPS 90.2.)
}
\lst\mittelbachff
   {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1992):
   The Pursuit of quality.
   Electronic Publishing '92. ISBN 0-521-43277-4.
   (Redistributed MAPS 92.2.)
}
\lst\mittelbachffb
   {Mittelbach F, C.A Rowley (1993):
   The \LaTeX3 project.
   MAPS 93.1, 95\dash99.
   (Also in various early nineties proceedings.)
}
\lst\mittelbachfg
   {Mittelbach F, C.A Rowley, M.J Downes (1993):
   Volunteer work for \LaTeX3 project.
   \tubissue{13}(4), 510\dash515.
}
\lst\mcclurem
   {McClure M (1989):
   \TeX\ macros for COBOL syntax diagrams.
   \tubissue{10}(4), 743\dash750.
}
\lst\modestmf
   {Modest M.F (1989):
   Using \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ with Wordperfect5.0.
   \tubissue{10}(1), 67\dash72.
}
\lst\nagyd
   {Nagy Dezs\"o (1989):
   A bar chart in \LaTeX.
   \tubissue{10}(2), 239\dash240.
}
\lst\nearingj
   {Nearing J (1989): Extended equation numbering
    in plain \TeX.
    \tubissue{10}(1), 82\dash88.
}
\lst\oostrumpa
   {Oostrum P van (1989):
   Fancyheadings.
   From the fileserver.
}
\lst\oostrumpb
   {Oostrum P van (1991):
   Program text generation with \TeX\slash\LaTeX.
   MAPS 91.1, 99\dash105.
   (A survey of the available tools.)
}
\lst\palaisr
   {Palais R (1992):
    Moving a fixed-point. \tubissue{13}(4), 425\dash432.
}
\lst\paperts
   {Papert S (1980):
    Mindstorms---Children, computers, and powerful ideas.
    Harvester studies in cognitive science; 14.
    ISBN 0-85527-163-9.
}
\lst\paternotter
   {Paternotte R (1989): Dwangneurose.
    De {\bf E}nige {\bf G}oede
    {\bf B}ridge {\bf C}ourant.
    December. (Dutch)
}
\lst\petryckilj
   {Petrycki L.J (1991): Comparing \TeX\ and
    traditional typesetting for the composition of a textbook.
    \tubissue{12}(3), 359\dash366.
}
\lst\pittmanje
   {Pittman J.E (1988):
    Loopy.\TeX. \tubissue{9}(3), 289\dash291.
}
\lst\polyaga
   {Polya G (1957):
    How to solve it. Anchor.
}
\lst\polyagb
   {Polya G (1954):
    Mathematics and plausible reasoning.
    I. Induction and analogy in Mathematics.
    ISBN 0-691-08005-4. Princeton University Press.
}
\lst\polyagc
   {Polya G (1954):
    Mathematics and plausible reasoning.
    II. Patterns of plausible inference.
    L.C. Card 68-56327. Princeton University Press.
}
\lst\poppeliernafm
   {Poppelier N.A.F.M (1990):
   SGML and \TeX\ in scientific publishing.
   \tubissue{12}(1), 105\dash109. (Also MAPS 90.2)
}
\lst\quinlre
   {Quin L.R.E (1990):
   Summary of METAfont fonts available.
   \TeX MaG, 4, 6, 1990
   (Also MAPS 91.1.)
}
\lst\rahtzspq
   {Rahtz S.P.Q (1987): Bibliographic tools.
    Literary and linguistic computing, 2, 4, 231\dash241.
}
\lst\rahtzspqa
   {Rahtz S.P.Q, M Burbank (1993):
    Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1993 Annual Meeting of the \TeX{} Users
    Group.
    TUG Office.
}
\lst\rahtzspqaa
   {Rahtz S.P.Q (1993):
    Essential NFSS2, version 2.
   \tubissue{14}(2), 132\dash137.
   (The abstract copied from the article:
    This article offers a user's view of the New Font Selection Scheme, version 2.
    It describes the reasons for using the NFSS;
                                the differences a user will encounter between NFSS and old \LaTeX;
    what it will be like installing and using NFSS2;
    some special situations in mathematics; and
    an overview of the advanced NFSS2 commands for describing new fonts.)
}
\lst\rahtzspqb
   {Rahtz S.P.Q (1994):
    Implementing the extended \TeX{} layout
    using \PS{} fonts.
    \tubissue{14}(2), 107\dash117.
}
\lst\raichleb
   {Raichle B (1993):
    In: V. Eijkhout. Oral \TeX; Erratum.
    \tubissue{13}(1), 75.
}
\lst\raichleba
     {Raichle B (priv.\ comm.): Sorting in \TeX's mouth (revisited).
      Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94. 53\dash58.
     \annotation{Bernd Raichle reported at DANTE's 1994 Februari meeting about
     sorting numbers in \TeX's mouth in the spirit of the work of
     Jeffrey. Although his algorithms are of order $n^2$ the execution
     time is good. The only drawback for practice is that it is restricted
     to numbers so far. For Euro\TeX{} '94 he has extended his work
     with quicksort in the mouth.}
}
\lst\ramekmb
   {Ramek M (1988):
   Chemical structure formulae and X/Y diagrams with \TeX.
   Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '88, 227\dash258.
}
\lst\readd
   {Read D (priv.comm.):
   Some ideas to improve \LaTeX.
   \annotation{Report with suggestions about
   \LaTeX\ implementation,  SGML-based.}
}
\lst\reidtj
   {Reid T.J (1987):
    Floating figures at the right\Dash and\Dash Some random text for testing.
   \tubissue{8}(3), 315\dash320.
}
\lst\rokickyta
  {Rokicky T (199?):
   DVIPS.
 }
\lst\rokickytb
  {Rokicky T (1994):
   Driver support for color in \TeX: Proposal and Implementation.
  \tubissue{15}(3), 205\dash2126.
}
\lst\rogersdf
    {Rogers D.F (1992): On contrarian views.
     \TeX line 14.  2\dash3.
}
\lst\rubinsteinza
   {Rubinstein Z (1989):
   Chess printing via METAfont and \TeX.
   \tubissue{10}(2), 170\dash172.
   (With erratum in \tubissue{10}(3), 359.)
}
\lst\rubinsteinzb
   {Rubinstein Z (1989):
   Printing annotated chess literature in natural notation.
   \tubissue{10}(3), 387\dash390.
}
\lst\ryckom
   {Ry\'cko M, B Jackowski (1993):
   \TeX{} from {\tt\char92indent} to {\tt\char92par}.
   TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 171\dash176.
}
\lst\salomonda
   {Salomon D (1989):
   Macros for indexing and table of contents preparation.
   \tubissue{10}(3), 394\dash400.
   \annotation{Comments by Breitenlohner (1990): \tubissue{11}(1)62,
   with respect to writing long records to {\tt\char92write}
   streams. In 1994 he made \cs{makeindex} available
   for plain \TeX.}
}
%\lst\salomondb
%   {}
\lst\salomondc
   {Salomon D (1990):
   Output Routines Examples \& Techniques.
   Part~I: Introduction \& Examples. \tubissue{11}(1), 69\dash85.
   Part~II: OTR Techniques. \tubissue{11}(2), 212\dash236.
   Part~III: Insertions. \tubissue{11}(4), 588\dash
   605.
   \annotation{Incorporated in his courseware: Insights and Hindsights.}
   Part~IV: Horizontal Techniques. \tubissue{15}(1), 28\dash39.
}
\lst\salomondd
   {Salomon D (1992):
   Arrows for technical drawings.
   \tubissue{13}(2), 146\dash149.
}
\lst\salomonde
   {Salomon D (1992):
   Creating shaded rectangles with POSTSCRIPT.
   \tubissue{13}(3), 327\dash329. (Also MAPS 92.2.)
}
\lst\salomondf
   {Salomon D (1992):
   DDA methods in \TeX.
   \tubissue{10}(2), 207\dash216.
}
\lst\salomondg
   {Salomon D (1992):
   NTG's Advanced \TeX\ course: Insights and Hindsights.
   MAPS Special, $\approx500p.$
}
\lst\salomondx
   {Salomon D (priv.\ comm.).
}
\lst\samuelal
   {Samuel A.L (1985):
    First grade \TeX\Dash A beginners \TeX\ manual.
    \TeX niques 11.
    \annotation{Beautiful, obligatory reading! Even for \LaTeX\ devotees,
     and for every novice. The layout is nice too. Only some 30p.}
}
\lst\sankers
   {Sankar S (1989):
   APE\Dash a set of \TeX\ macros to to format ADA programs.
   \tubissue{10}(1), 89\dash97.
}
\lst\schellera
   {Scheller A (1989):
   Experience with SGML in the real world.
   Advisory Group on Computer Graphics workshop, Rutherford.
   \annotation{Work reported from DAPHNE-project: Document Application Processing in a
   Heterogeneous Network Environment.}
}
\lst\schoepfra
   {Sch\"opf R (1989):
   Drawing histogram bars inside the \LaTeX\ picture-environment.
   \tubissue{10}(1), 105\dash108.
}
\lst\schoepfrb
 {Sch\"opf R (1989):
 A new implementation of the \LaTeX\ {\tt verbatim[*]} environments.
 \tubissue{11}(2), 284\dash296.
}
\lst\schrodj
  {Schrod J (1992):
   The DVI Standard, level 0. The TUG DVI Driver standards committee.
   \tubissue{13}(1), 54\dash57.
}
\lst\schumacherefa
  {Schumacher E.F (1973):
  Small is beautiful.
  Blond \& Briggs, London.
}
\lst\schumacherefb
  {Schumacher E.F (1979):
  Good Work.
  Jonathan Cape Ltd, London.
}
\lst\schwarzn
   {Schwarz N (1987):
   {\em Einf\"uhrung in \TeX}. Addison-Wesley.
    (Translated into English with co-author
     J. Krieger (1990): Introduction to \TeX.
     Addison-Wesley. Also into Dutch.)
}
\lst\schwarzhr
    {Schwarz H.R, H Rutishauser, E Stiefel (1972):
     Numerik symmetrischer Matrizen.
     Teubner. (German)
}
\lst\seroulr
   {Seroul R (1989):
    Le petit livre de \TeX. Inter-\'Editions.
    Paris.
}
\lst\sewellw
   {Sewell W (1989):
    Weaving a program\Dash Literate programming in WEB.
    Van Nostrand. ISBN 0-442-31946.
}
\lst\sewellwa
   {Sewell W (1987):
    Multiple changefiles: The adventure continues.
    \tubissue{8}(2), 117\dash118.
}
\lst\sgmlug
   {SGML User's Group (Newsletter): (Editorial
    address: Pindar Infotek, 2 Grosvenor Road, Wallington,
    Surrey SM6 0ER, UK.)
}
\lst\siebenmannl
   {Siebenmann L (1992):
Elementary text processing and parsing in \TeX\Dash The appreciation of tokens.
    \tubissue{13}(1), 62\dash73.
}
\lst\smedingar
   {Smedinga R (1991):
   Hoe met \LaTeX\ een boek gemaakt kan worden.
   MAPS 91.2, 97\dash101.
}
\lst\smithjma
   {Smith J.M (1987): The standard generalized markup language
    (SGML): Guidelines for editors and publishers.
    British National Bibliography Research Fund Report 26.
    ISBN 0-7123-3111-5.
}
\lst\smithjmb
   {Smith J.M (1987): The standard generalized markup language
    (SGML): Guidelines for authors.
    British National Bibliography Research Fund Report 27.
    ISBN 0-7123-3112-3.
}
\lst\southallra
   {Southall R (1984):
   First principles of typographic design for document production.
   \tubissue{5}(2), 79\dash90.
   (Corrigenda (1985): \tubissue{6}(1), p.6.)
}
\lst\southallrb
   {Southall, R (1985):
   Designing a new typeface via METAfont.
   STAN-CS-85-1074.
}
\lst\sowafa
   {Sowa F (1991):
   Graphics and halftones with BM2font.
   TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 534\dash538.
}
\lst\sowafb
   {Sowa F (1994):
   Printing colour pictures.
   Euro\TeX'94, 176\dash181.
   TUG 94, \tubissue{15}(3), 223\dash227.
}
\lst\sperbergmcq
   {Sperberg-McQueen C.M, L Bernard (1990):
    ACH-ACL-ALLC. Guidelines for the encoding and
    interchange of machine readable texts.
}
\lst\spivakmda
 {Spivak M.D (1986):
 The Joy of \TeX\Dash\AmSTeX.
 AMS. ISBN 0-8218-2999-8.
 (Updated 2$^{nd}$ printing 1990.)
}
\lst\spivakmdb
  {Spivak M.D (1989):
  \LAMSTeX\Dash The Syn\-thesis.
  \TeX\-plora\-tors Corporation.
}
\lst\spivakmdc
  {Spivak M.D (1991):
  \LAMSTeX\Dash The wizards manual.
  \TeX\-plora\-tors Corporation.
}
\lst\swansone
   {Swanson E (1986):
   Mathematics into Type.
   AMS.
}
\lst\swonkgl
   {Swonk G.L (1991):
   \LaTeX\ tree drawer.
   \tubissue{12}(2), 286\dash289.
}
\lst\taupind
   {Taupin D (1990):
   Musique en \TeX.
   Cahiers GUTenberg, 5, 62\dash69.
   (Updated English version MAPS 92.1.)
}
\lst\taylorp
   {Taylor P (1992):
   The future  of \TeX.
   In: Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92.
   235\dash254. (Reprinted in \tubissue{13}(4), 433\dash442.)
}
\lst\taylorpb
   {Taylor P (1993):
   NTS: The future  of \TeX?
   TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 177\dash182.
}
\lst\taylorpba
   {Taylor P (1994):
   $\epsilon$-\TeX{} and NTS: a status report
   Euro\TeX'94, 182\dash187.
}
\lst\taylorpc
   {Taylor P (1993):
   A pragmatic approach to paragraphs.
   \tubissue{14}(2), 138\dash140.
}
\lst\taylorpd
   {Taylor P (1994):
   Defensive programming in \TeX:
   towards a better class of a \TeX{} macro.
   Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 69\dash82.
}
\lst\temmenm
   {Temme N.M (1990):
    Speciale functies in de mathematische
    fysica. Epsilon 15. ISBN 90-5041-019-7.
    (Dutch)
}
\lst\thielec
    {Thiele C (1993):
     The future of \TeX{} and TUG.
   TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 162\dash166.
}
\lst\thieleca
    {Thiele C (1987):
     What constitutes a well-documented macro?
     \tubissue8(3), 307\dash308.
}
\lst\tobing
   {Tobin G (198?):
    METAfont for beginners.
    (From the CTAN.)
}
\lst\tofstedd
   {Tofsted D (1990):
   An improved chess font.
   \tubissue{11}(4), 542\dash544.
}
\lst\treebusk
   {Treebus K (1988):
   Tekstwijzer, een gids voor het grafisch verwerken van tekst.
   SDU. Den Haag.
}
\lst\tugpub
   {TUG (publications):
    TUGboat, TTN, \TeX niques.
\\  (TUGboat: Scholarly quarterly of TUG, with the proceedings of the annual
             meeting as special issue, and the resource directory as
             supplementary issue. From 1980 onward.
    The style files involved are {\tt tugboat.cmn},
    and the styles {\tt tug\-boat}, and
    {\tt ltug\-boat} available from the (CTAN) archives.
\\  \TeX niques: Special themed editions, with no 1 to 14 of 1993)
     TTN: A portable quarterly newsletter of TUG. From 1990 onward.)
}
\lst\tutelaersp
   {Tutelaers P (1991):
   A font and a style for typesetting chess using \LaTeX\ or \TeX.
   MAPS 91.2, 41\dash45. (Also \tubissue{13}(1), 85\dash90.)
}
\lst\urbanm
   {Urban M (1986):
    An introduction to \LaTeX.
    TRW Software Productivity Project.
    \TeX niques 9.
}
\lst\vensej
   {Vens E.J (1992):
    Incorporating POSTSCRIPT fonts in \TeX.
    In: Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92, 173\dash181.
    (Also in MAPS 92.2.)
}
\lst\vignaudd
   {Vignaud D (1989):
    L'\'edition structr\'ee dans les documents,
    SGML applications \`a l'\'edition fran\c caise.
    \'Editions du Cercle de la Librairie. Paris.
}
\lst\vriesh
   {Vries H de (1990): Biedwedstrijd.
    De {\bf E}nige {\bf G}oede
   {\bf B}ridge {\bf C}ourant. Maart. (Dutch)
}
\lst\warmerj
   {Warmer J, S van Egmond (1989):
    The implementation of the Amsterdam SGML Parser.
    EP-ODD, 2, 2, 65\dash90.
}
\lst\whitneyrf
   {Whitney R.F, B.N Beeton (1989):
   TUGboat authors' guide.
   \tubissue{10}(3), 378\dash385.
   (Updated versions via the file server.)
}
\lst\wichuramj
   {Wichura M.J (199?):
   The \PiCTeX\ manual.
   \TeX niques, 6.
   (${\approx}\$30,$\dash.)
}
\lst\wichuramja
    {Wichura M.J (1990):
     Showing-off math macros.
     \tubissue{11}(1), 57\dash61.
}
\lst\wilkinsonjh
   {Wilkinson J.H (1965):
    The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem.
    Oxford University Press.
}
\lst\williamsl
   {Williams L, L Hall (1990):
   Increased efficiency using advanced EDT editing features.
   \tubissue{11}(3), 421\dash424.
}
\lst\williamst
   {Williams T, C Kelley (199?):
   GNUplot: an interactive plotting program.
   Version 3.
}
\lst\wilsonir
   {Wilson I.R, A.M Addyman (1983, second edition, reprint):
    A practical introduction to PASCAL with BS 6192.
    Macmillan Press Ltd. ISBN 0 333 3340 3.
}
\lst\winninkjj
   {Winnink J.J (editor, 1993):
   NTG's PR set.
   MAPS '93 Special, $\approx25$p.
   (Contains: Wat is \TeX?, Hoenig's \TeX\ for new users, 4\TeX/em\TeX\
    information, and examples with respect to
    math, tables, graphics, and the hobbies bridge, chess, and music.)
}
\lst\winogradt
   {Winograd T, B Paxton (1980):
   An indexing facility for \TeX.
   \tubissue{1}(x), A1\dash A12.
   \annotation{The work uses \TeX\ version 1.x and a Lisp
   program. It does not contain such a clear user guide as for makeindex.
   It provides numbers in range notation and allows for
   subentries, and cross-references like see \dots and see also \dots.
   The program can merge files. The program has been converted into
   Pascal some years later. The latter version is available on file servers.}
}
\lst\wirthna
   {Wirth N (1973):
   Systematic Programming: An introduction.
   Prentice-Hall. ISBN 0-13-880369-2.
}
\lst\wirthnb
   {Wirth N (1976):
   Algorithms $+$ Data Structures $=$ Programs.
   Prentice-Hall. ISBN 0-13-022418-9.
}
\lst\wittbeckera
   {Wittbecker A (1988):
   Making paragraphs.
   \tubissue{9}(3), 272\dash276.
}
\lst\wittbeckeraa
   {Wittbecker A (1989):
   \TeX\ enslaved. Proceedings TUG89. Stanford.
   \annotation{Advantages and disadvantages of \TeX-formatter with SGML
   ``front-end'' are discussed, related to DEC's VAX Document.}
}
\lst\wonnebergerr
   {Wonneberger R (1987): Kompaktf\"uhrer \LaTeX.
    Addison-Wesley.
}
\lst\yasukis
   {Ysuki Saito (1987):
    Report on J\TeX: a Japanese \TeX.
   \tubissue{8}(2), 103\dash116.
}
\lst\youngenra
  {Youngen R (1989):
  Computers and Mathematics.
  Notices AMS.
  \annotation{Discusses \TeX, \LaTeX\
   and \AmSTeX, summarizing also the relative advantages.
  Since the publication of this note \AmS-\LaTeX\ has been released,
  and Spivak has provided \LAMSTeX.  Of course these are not dealt with.}
}
\lst\youngenrb
 {Youngen R (1991):
  Typesetting with \TeX\ at the AMS.
  4p.
 \annotation{A nice survey of why-and-what AMS is using \TeX\  for.}
}
\lst\youngenrc
 {Youngen R (1992):
 \TeX-based production at AMS.
  MAPS 92.2, 63\dash68.
}
\lst\zalmstraj
  {Zalmstra J, D.F. Rogers (1989):
  A page make-up macro.
  \tubissue{10}(1), 73--81.
}
\lst\zandta
  {Zandt T van (1992):
  PStricks. Princeton University.
}
\lst\zandtb
  {Zandt T van, D Girou (1994):
   Inside PStricks.
  \tubissue{15}(3), 239\dash246.
}
\lst\zbikowskir
  {Zbikowski R (1993):
   Hacker's guide to AMSfonts and NFSS in the context of \LaTeX.
   \tubissue{14}(1), 62\dash69.
}
\lst\zlatuskaja
   {Zlatuska J (1991):
   Virtual fonts with accented letters.
   Cahiers GUTenberg 10\&11, 57\dash68.
}
\lst\zlatuskajb
   {Zlatuska J (editor, 1992):
    Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92.
    Masarykova universita, Brno. ISBN 80-210-0480-0.
}
\lst\zusek
   {Zuse K (1976):
    The Plankalk\"ul,
    Gesellschaft f\"ur Mathematik und Datenverarbeitung,
    Bonn. BMFT-GMD-106.
}
%%end data
\endinput



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:52:15 +0100
From:   Piet Tutelaers <P.T.H.Tutelaers AT urc.tue.nl>
Subject:   Een advies voor BLUE

Cees,

Ik stel voor dat de BLUE macros op de ftp server van PietvO worden
gezet en niet meer per E-mail worden verspreid in TeX-NL. Misschien kan
Piet je daar zelfs een directory geven waar je naar eigen inzicht je
BLUE ideeen kwijt kunt.  Stel dat we alle pakketten zouden gaan
verspreiden per E-mail dan houden we geen abbonee meer over ...

Groeten,

--Piet T.



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 10:54:46 +0100
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: Een advies voor BLUE

Je hebt groot gelijk Piet.
Wat moet ik verder doen Piet v O?
Vr. Gr. ---Kees---



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 11:32:07 GMT+200
From:   Erik Frambach <E.H.M.Frambach AT eco.rug.nl>
Subject:   upload naar CTAN

Als aanvulling op Piet vO opmerking over het het `opladen' naar
CTAN hieronder de officiele aanwijzingen hoe je dat doet.


ftp.dante.de:/incoming/README.uploads (as of 31-Mar-1995 17:30 BST)
===========================================================================
Now you've reached the directory into which you can upload files
intended for the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN).

Please note that none of the files uploaded to this directory are
available via anonymous ftp until one of the CTAN managers has
processed it.  There is *no* point in uploading files that are not
TeX-related in some way: the managers won't process them, and they
will never therefore be available to the outside world through us.

If you are intending to proceed, please do one of the following:

(1) If you are submitting a single file, simply put it in the
    /incoming directory.  For example:
       <mode command -- ascii or binary>
       put your_file
    The use of the ``mode command'' is optional, but you are strongly
    recommended to ensure that you are in the proper mode for transfer.

(2) We have now managed to create a secure environment where the
    general environment can create their own upload directories on
    ftp.dante.de:/incoming, so if you are submitting a set of files
    intended to be used together, you can put them in your own
    subdirectory of the /incoming directory.  For example:
       mkdir your_subdirectory
       cd your_subdirectory
       <mode command -- ascii or binary>
       mput your_files
    This can prove tedious if you're trying to upload a set of
    directories: see (3).

(3) If you are submitting a set of files intended to be used together
    as a package, another convenient method is to bundle the set up as
    an `archive' of some sort (e.g., .zip, .tar.Z or .tar.gz), and
    transfer that as a binary file.  (Please note that the archive
    maintainers cannot necessarily guarantee to deal sensibly, or at
    least quickly, with files bundled for the Macintosh.)
    For example:
       <mode command (all bundled files are binary) -- binary>
       put your_file(s).<archive type>

Following this, please send an electronic mail message to:
                      CTAN AT SHSU.edu
with the suggested subject of:
 CTAN Submission
Your message should (a) state which site you have uploaded to (b)
state what file(s) you have uploaded, (c) include a brief overview of
what the file(s) is/are intended to do, and (d) [optionally, but
urgently requested] where you recommend placing your submission within
the CTAN directory hierarchy.

Once classified and moved into the CTAN directory hierarchy (of which
/incoming is *not* a part), your submission will automatically be
propagated to the other CTAN hosts.

Please do not abuse your privilege to access the /incoming directory
by placing unauthorized files in it or for purposes of making your
files accessible to another site without the prior knowledge and
consent of Cambridge University.  All ftp transactions to this host
are logged by the IP number of the host you are connecting from (as
are any retrievals from this archive host).  Abuse of the service will
very likely result in complete loss of ftp access to this host from
your site until your system administrators have been notified and
appropriate intervention is made on their behalf.

Please forward any inquiries about this service to CTAN AT SHSU.edu

Please report any problems with the service at this site to
ftpmaint AT dante.de.



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 12:09:58 +0100
From:   Taco Hoekwater <TACO.HOEKWATER AT wkap.nl>
Subject:   Ps fonts and previewers

In het kader van de aantekeningen over PostScript fonts die
opeens opduiken in verband met PSNFSS, zou ik iets anders graag willen
weten over PostScript fonts.

De dviscr previewer zet bij mij de kantlijnen van de via gsftopk gegenereerde
PostScript bitmaps verkeerd neer. Dat wil zeggen, de rechter kantlijn is
niet strak, maar fluctueert enorm.  Hierdoor is de previewer opeens redelijk
waardeloos geworden.

Er zal wel iets verkeerd gaan met de TFM's, maar ik heb geen idee hoe, wat,
waar en waarom. Ik gebruik LaTeX 2.09 met de .tfm files van DVIPS onder
MS-DOS. xdvi onder Linux heeft geen enkel probleem met dezelfde bitmaps, dus
het zal wel niet aan gsftopk liggen?

Ik hoop dat iemand althans uit kan leggen wat er gebeurt, zodat ik misschien
wat verder kom (previewen met cmr i.p.v. times is op z'n zachtst gezegd wat
rommelig).  Het gaat me niet echt om een oplossing, meer om een uitleg.



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 12:19:46 +0200
From:   Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
Subject:   Re: Een advies voor BLUE

>>>>> Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL> (KvdL) schrijft:

KvdL> Je hebt groot gelijk Piet.
KvdL> Wat moet ik verder doen Piet v O?

Ze staan daar als als onderdeel van de CTAN mirror:

/pub/tex-archive/macros/blu/

Nieuw aanvullingen gewoon uploaden naar een van de CTAN's en dan komen ze
automatisch ook bij ons.
--
Piet van Oostrum <piet AT cs.ruu.nl>
http://www.cs.ruu.nl/~piet

From lets5458 AT stud.let.ruu.nl Thu Sep 28 11:33:53 1995
Date: Thu, 28 Sep 1995 11:31:20 +0100 (CET)
From: Vrouwkje <V.Tuinman AT stud.let.ruu.nl>
Subject:
Sender: V.Tuinman AT stud.let.ruu.nl
To: helpdesk AT stud.let.ruu.nl
X-Envelope-To: Jules.vanWeerden AT ruulot.let.ruu.nl
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7BIT
Content-Length: 436
X-Lines: 13
Status: RO

Beste helpdesk,

Sinds vanmorgen werkt de account van De Marge niet meer. Het volgende wordt
aangegeven:

Invalid authentication for user `marge'

Ik weet zeker dat ik de username en het password goed heb ingevuld. Het
password is namelijk hetzelfde als die van mijn eigen account, en die werkt
gewoon. De username is sinds mensenheugnis `marge'.
Wat moet ik doen? Ik verwacht kopij, die kan ik nu niet ontvangen.
Groeten van Vrouwkje




Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 12:27:06 +0100
From:   Kees van der Laan <cgl AT RC.SERVICE.RUG.NL>
Subject:   Re: Een advies voor BLUE

OK, eenvoudig.
Sebastian heb ik op de EuroTeX de flop meegeven.
Ik weet niet of hij al wat gedaan heeft.
Vr. Gr. ---Kees---



Date:Thu, 28 Sep 1995 16:13:49 +0100
From:   Piet Tutelaers <P.T.H.Tutelaers AT urc.tue.nl>
Subject:   Re: Ps fonts and previewers

>
> In het kader van de aantekeningen over PostScript fonts die
> opeens opduiken in verband met PSNFSS, zou ik iets anders graag willen
> weten over PostScript fonts.
>
> De dviscr previewer zet bij mij de kantlijnen van de via gsftopk gegenereerde
> PostScript bitmaps verkeerd neer. Dat wil zeggen, de rechter kantlijn is
> niet strak, maar fluctueert enorm.  Hierdoor is de previewer opeens redelijk
> waardeloos geworden.
>
> Er zal wel iets verkeerd gaan met de TFM's, maar ik heb geen idee hoe, wat,
> waar en waarom. Ik gebruik LaTeX 2.09 met de .tfm files van DVIPS onder
> MS-DOS. xdvi onder Linux heeft geen enkel probleem met dezelfde bitmaps, dus
> het zal wel niet aan gsftopk liggen?
>
> Ik hoop dat iemand althans uit kan leggen wat er gebeurt, zodat ik misschien
> wat verder kom (previewen met cmr i.p.v. times is op z'n zachtst gezegd wat
> rommelig).  Het gaat me niet echt om een oplossing, meer om een uitleg.
>

Dit zijn typisch van die problemen die kunnen ontstaan wanneer je
incompatibele fonts gebruikt! Ook al zijn de bitmaps hetzelfde (de PK
fonts) dan kunnen de fontafmetingen die LaTeX denkt te moeten gebruiken
fout zijn. Vergelijk voor elk gebruikt font de Linux situatie met de
dviscr situtatie eens op de volgende punten:
   - de gebruikte TFM files
   - de gebruikte VF files
   - de gebruikte PK files

Een goede garantie tegen dit soort ongemakken zouden de checksums van
deze files moeten bieden. Helaas zijn er enkele praktische problemen:
  - fontinst generereert ze niet
  - om van het gezeur `incompatible checksums' af te raken, negeren een
    aantal drivers deze checksums
  - het algoritme waarmee dvips de checksums bepaalt voor PostScript
    fonts bevat een fout waardoor fonts afgeleid van verschillende AFM
    fonts toch dezelfde checksums kunnen bevatten. In de nieuwe psfonts
    van Karl Berry zou dit opgelost moeten zijn.

Ik heb een utility (CS) geschreven waarmee je uitgaande van een AFM
file de TeX checksums kunt berekenen in de nieuwe en in de oude stijl.
Beschikbaar in pub/tex/cs-1.1 op ftp.tue.nl (inclusief een MSDOS exe
file). Zie ook de file cs-1.1.proposal waarin de perikelen met
checksums worden uitgelegd.

Meld je terug wat je bevindingen zijn?

Groeten,

--Piet T.



Date:Fri, 29 Sep 1995 10:02:12 +0100
From:   Eric Veldhuyzen <Eric.Veldhuyzen AT si.hhs.nl>
Subject:   Re: BLUe

-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----

You (Kees van der Laan) wrote:

> Beste Luc,
> de versie op de CD bevat kennelijk nog niet de smileys, dus vergeet die.
> Aan de andere kant mail ik je wel even apart blue.tex, tools.dat, pic.dat,
> en fmt.dat, de belangrijkste files voor het smooth runnen.
> Vr. Gr. ---Kees---

[zo'n 4200 regels naar de thredder gestuurt]

Ik ben toch wel erg blij dat ik deze zooi niet naar m'n mail box thuis
gerouteerd kreeg. Daar moet ik tenslotte voor betalen. Ik zou het
desondanks toch wel erg plezierig vinden als men geen mailing lists
meer gebruikt voor het verspreiden van deze handel. Als ik een volle
mailbox wil kan ik ook wel ftpmail gebruiken. Voordeel is dan dat ik
dingen krijg die ik *WIL* hebben...

- --
Eric Veldhuyzen                                                   TEAM OS/2
Eric.Veldhuyzen AT si.hhs.nl                                CIS: [100010,3051]
Eric AT terra.xs4all.nl                                  PGP-KeyID: 0xFB64FCB3
  ************ FIGHT to keep your right to PRIVACY. Use PGP! ************

-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: 2.6.2

iQCVAwUBMGu2GSRI0DH7ZPyzAQFvKwP7Bq4J5I4vzmLQLBoec9lQv72n3kNtSUq2
v6JMI73xAhxr97sNWN/kGTA83P90mY1uHu8CmtSdEM8ZOJd2yV0Y5otTkvWCyfBh
EP2QZz3v/qF0NQkSqe0h6c5WMPbC35CKTNOxUXty8tpfMon1z92SE8/G8Ry1yBFT
zHkN+XJbyQs=
=LH1y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----



Date:Fri, 29 Sep 1995 10:18:37 +0100
From:   Eric Veldhuyzen <Eric.Veldhuyzen AT si.hhs.nl>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----

You (Johan Wevers) wrote:

> You (Eric Veldhuyzen) wrote:

> >Onder dos moet je SET EMX=D:\PATH\EMX.EXE in je environnment hebben
> >staan.

> OK, dat heb ik gedaan. Ik was weer eens te lui om de manual te lezen en
> dacht dat het zonder ems werkte onder DOS, zoals 3c-beta-8.

NOg even een kleine aanvulling, als het het pakktje dpmigcc5.zip van de
emxgcc distributie ophaalt (coontrib dir meen ik) kan je de EMX
executables ook in DOS boxjes onder OS/2 gebruiken en andere DPMI memory
extenders (zoals windows dus). Daar zit een programmatje RSX in wat dan
de juiste functies aanroept. De executables gemaakt met emx gcc .08h en
hoger kunnen met zowel srx als emx als extender werken, en bepalen zelf
of emx (VCPI) of srx (DPMI) gebruikt moet worden.

Overigens gebruik ik zelf gewoon nog steeds m'n eigen versie van TeX die
ik zelf even geport had. Ik heb er ook watbextra truukjes ingebouwd die
emx TeX nog steeds niet heeft, voor zover ik weet. En ik heb dus al een
paar jaar die lange bestandnamen support voor OS/2, waar emx TeX nu pas
mee gekomen is... :-)

> >Waarom het ding onder OS/2 niet werkt begrijp ik ook niet.

> Ik nu wel. Ik moest nieuwe format files aanmaken, hoewel de doc file daar
> niets over zei (de laatste versie waarbij dat moest volgens de doc files
> was 3c-beta-8). Nu werkt alles perfect.

Je hebt je executables vervangen begrijp ik? Dan moet je inderdaad de
formats overnieuw maken. En ik neem aan dat je mf ook vervangen hebt,
dus dan moet je de base file ook op nieuw genereren. Beide soorten
bestanden zijn meen ik een soort van memory dump, en dus afhankelijk van
de executable.

> Ik had trouwens niet verwacht dat mijn vraag zoveel los zou maken over
> LaTeX2e. Ik had niet gedacht dat het zo onpopulair was.

Wat mij betreft is het dat dan ook niet. Maar ik ben niet zo'n LaTeX
power user, en dat Latex intern veranderd is merk ik dus ook niet. Ik
heb nog geen LaTeX 2.09 file gezien die niet vrolijk door LaTeX2e ook
gepikt wordt. Ik gebruik overigens geen Postscipts fonts. Als ik het
geod begrepen heb zitten daar nog de problemen. Maar aangezien ik die
onder LaTeX 2.09 ook nooit aan de praat gekregen heb...

BTW, is er iemand die mij aan een DVI-driver voor Linux kan helpen zodat
ik die DVI-files kan printen op m'n P6 printer? Ik heb wel een Deskjet
driver en een Laserjet driver langs zien komen, Maar ik vrees dat ik
daar dus niet veel aan heb. En ik vind het wel erg omslachtig om een DVI
file eerst om te moeten zetten naar Postscript en daarna met GostScript
te printen. Ik heb er overigen nog niet erg naar gezocht aangezien Linux
een hobby OS is en dus geen prioriteit heeft. Zelfs de rest van Linux
draait nog maar nauwelijks.

- --
Eric Veldhuyzen                                                   TEAM OS/2
Eric.Veldhuyzen AT si.hhs.nl                                CIS: [100010,3051]
Eric AT terra.xs4all.nl                                  PGP-KeyID: 0xFB64FCB3
  ************ FIGHT to keep your right to PRIVACY. Use PGP! ************

-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: 2.6.2

iQCVAwUBMGu58yRI0DH7ZPyzAQHImQQAgrnW4+uajmSKdyrJb7GFR16mikKL2H2a
b/DcQTvsdH5wYKG6ipPUt3DdMkPv1l+WlMZ/yfy3kvJ4x4bueYs0JthRaahfHV68
L09V6IJFzzev+LWRa5/a3xbMr69+jCL+0ill7cktzyvbCXR4v+0WiwTifqHWvJrb
dDgGLj2cl/4=
=TySy
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----



Date:Fri, 29 Sep 1995 11:54:45 +0100
From:   Johan Wevers <johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

You (Eric Veldhuyzen) wrote:

>NOg even een kleine aanvulling, als het het pakktje dpmigcc5.zip van de
>emxgcc distributie ophaalt

Ik probeer het te pakken te krijgen, maar de ftp site die in de manual
van emx genoemd wordt had een response tijd die me te lang duurde, nog
even opnieuw proberen dus.

>Je hebt je executables vervangen begrijp ik? Dan moet je inderdaad de
>formats overnieuw maken.

Ik meende dat dat niet altijd hoefde. Bij 3c-beta-8 stond het expliciet in de
docs.

>En ik neem aan dat je mf ook vervangen hebt,

Nee, ik draai nog steeds de mf286 die ik voor tex386 al had. Zo vaak hoef
ik nou ook weer geen nieuwe fonts te maken.

>BTW, is er iemand die mij aan een DVI-driver voor Linux kan helpen zodat
>ik die DVI-files kan printen op m'n P6 printer?

Als je dosemu werkend hebt ken ik er wel een, dvidot, maar ik gebruik zelf
ook liever de omweg van ghostscript. Het resultaat vind ik dan beter.

--
ir. J.C.A. Wevers          ||    The only nature of reality is physics.
johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl    ||    http://www.xs4all.nl/~johanw/index.html
Finger johanw AT xs4all.nl for my PGP public key.     PGP-KeyID: 0xD42F80B1



Date:Fri, 29 Sep 1995 12:03:53 +0100
From:   Piet Tutelaers <P.T.H.Tutelaers AT urc.tue.nl>
Subject:   Re: Kanttekeningen bij LaTeX2e en PSNFSS

>
> You (Piet Tutelaers) wrote:
>
> >Als je besluit om LaTeX te blijven gebruiken dan ontkom je er vroeg
> >of laat niet aan om de nieuwe versie te installeren.
>
> Waarom niet? Ik kan op mijn eigen PC doen wat ik wil.

Als je documenten wilt uitwisselen met collega's is het prettig dat je
een standaard versie gebruikt. LaTeX2e is momenteel de standaard ...

> De meeste problemen die ik ermee heb is dat mijn eigen .sty files niet meer
> werken met LaTeX2e. Ik gebruik voorlopig toch bijna alleen de cm fonts dus
> problemen met fonts heb ik niet.

Je kunt LaTeX 2.09 stijlen blijven gebruiken als je document begint met
        \documentstyle

LaTeX draait dan in compatibiliteits mode. Loop je daar vast dan kun je
alsnog LaTeX 2.09 gebruiken mits je dat geinstalleerd hebt (naast 2e).

Mocht je nog twijfelen stuur me dan een kleine test met de door jou
gemaakte .sty file. Ik wil hem met alle plezier even door mijn LaTeX
varianten heen trekken.

Groeten,

--Piet



Date:Fri, 29 Sep 1995 12:43:12 +0100
From:   Taco Hoekwater <TACO.HOEKWATER AT wkap.nl>
Subject:   excuses

Sorry,

er is per ongeluk een RFC header op de list terechtgekomen,
via mij. (Nieuwe editor/ mailprogramma en zo)

ik hoop dat dit niet meer voorkomt.



Taco Hoekwater
------------------------------------



Date:Fri, 29 Sep 1995 12:53:04 +0100
From:   Taco Hoekwater <TACO.HOEKWATER AT wkap.nl>
Subject:   Re: Kanttekeningen bij LaTeX2e en PSNFSS

You (Piet--) wrote:

>> De meeste problemen die ik ermee heb is dat mijn eigen .sty files niet meer
>> werken met LaTeX2e. Ik gebruik voorlopig toch bijna alleen de cm fonts dus
>> problemen met fonts heb ik niet.
>
>Je kunt LaTeX 2.09 stijlen blijven gebruiken als je document begint met
>        \documentstyle

Mijn stylefiles werkten ook niet met LaTeX2e. De compatibiliteits modus
werkt niet al te best samen met oudere versies van LaTeX 209, kennelijk.

Het probleem zal wel in het NFSS zitten, dingen zoals \reset@font  en
\normalsize, bijvoorbeeld. (En ik gebruik daarbij dan geen postscript fonts)

Taco



Date:Fri, 29 Sep 1995 14:07:58 +0100
From:   Piet Tutelaers <P.T.H.Tutelaers AT urc.tue.nl>
Subject:   Re: Kanttekeningen bij LaTeX2e en PSNFSS

>
> You (Piet--) wrote:
>
> >> De meeste problemen die ik ermee heb is dat mijn eigen .sty files niet meer
> >> werken met LaTeX2e. Ik gebruik voorlopig toch bijna alleen de cm fonts dus
> >> problemen met fonts heb ik niet.
> >
> >Je kunt LaTeX 2.09 stijlen blijven gebruiken als je document begint met
> >        \documentstyle
>
> Mijn stylefiles werkten ook niet met LaTeX2e. De compatibiliteits modus
> werkt niet al te best samen met oudere versies van LaTeX 209, kennelijk.
>
> Het probleem zal wel in het NFSS zitten, dingen zoals \reset@font  en
> \normalsize, bijvoorbeeld. (En ik gebruik daarbij dan geen postscript fonts)
>
> Taco
>

Als je .sty files op de TeX-interface van LaTeX2.09 geschreven zijn dan
zit je daar aan vast tenzij je de .sty interface herdefinieert in
algemenere zin (als dat kan) of herschrijft op basis van 2e. Er is een
document, dat werd althans beweerd op de EuroTeX conferentie, waarin
stijlbouwers hulp krijgen in het porten van 2.09 naar 2e. Voor stijlen
die van algemeen belang zijn kun je zelfs hulp krijgen van mensen uit
het LaTeX3 team.

Succes!

--Piet



Date:Fri, 29 Sep 1995 16:33:25 +0100
From:   Johan Wevers <johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl>
Subject:   Re: BLUe

Zeg, ik krijg dit via een uucp verbinding binnen en zit er dus absoluut
niet op te wachten om 200kb aan files opgestuurt te krijgen. M'n
telefoonrekening is al hoog genoeg.

Groeten, Johan Wevers.

--
ir. J.C.A. Wevers          ||    The only nature of reality is physics.
johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl    ||    http://www.xs4all.nl/~johanw/index.html
Finger johanw AT xs4all.nl for my PGP public key.     PGP-KeyID: 0xD42F80B1



Date:Fri, 29 Sep 1995 17:07:17 +0100
From:   Dirk Van Heule <dvheule AT mmww.rma.ac.be>
Subject:   epson stylus color

Hallo texers,

ik val misscien in herhaling,
maar is er iemand die de Epson stylus color gebruikt ?
(in zwart-wit mode zijn we al tevreden ).
De hplj- driver geeft nogal rare resultaten.

bedankt al voor jullie reakties.

Dirk

===================================================

Dirk Van Heule
Kon. Militaire School
Dpt Wiskunde
Brussel



Date:Fri, 29 Sep 1995 18:24:50 +0100
From:   Johan Wevers <johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl>
Subject:   Re: emTeX 2c-beta 12 installatie probleem

You (Eric Veldhuyzen) wrote:

>Onder dos moet je SET EMX=D:\PATH\EMX.EXE in je environnment hebben
>staan.

OK, dat heb ik gedaan. Ik was weer eens te lui om de manual te lezen en
dacht dat het zonder ems werkte onder DOS, zoals 3c-beta-8.

>Waarom het ding onder OS/2 niet werkt begrijp ik ook niet.

Ik nu wel. Ik moest nieuwe format files aanmaken, hoewel de doc file daar
niets over zei (de laatste versie waarbij dat moest volgens de doc files
was 3c-beta-8). Nu werkt alles perfect.

Ik had trouwens niet verwacht dat mijn vraag zoveel los zou maken over
LaTeX2e. Ik had niet gedacht dat het zo onpopulair was.

--
ir. J.C.A. Wevers          ||    The only nature of reality is physics.
johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl    ||    http://www.xs4all.nl/~johanw/index.html
Finger johanw AT xs4all.nl for my PGP public key.     PGP-KeyID: 0xD42F80B1



Date:Fri, 29 Sep 1995 18:29:35 +0100
From:   Johan Wevers <johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl>
Subject:   Re: Kanttekeningen bij LaTeX2e en PSNFSS

You (Piet Tutelaers) wrote:

>Als je besluit om LaTeX te blijven gebruiken dan ontkom je er vroeg
>of laat niet aan om de nieuwe versie te installeren.

Waarom niet? Ik kan op mijn eigen PC doen wat ik wil.

>De meeste problemen ten aanzien van 2e vloeien voort uit het feit
>dat de PSNFSS2e fonts niet compatibel zijn met de dvips fonts.

De meeste problemen die ik ermee heb is dat mijn eigen .sty files niet meer
werken met LaTeX2e. Ik gebruik voorlopig toch bijna alleen de cm fonts dus
problemen met fonts heb ik niet.

>je `times' gebruikt in 2.09 of 2e gebruik je twee disjunkte sets TFM
>en VF fonts.  Ik heb zelf nooit begrepen, en begrijp het nog niet,
>waarom men de oude set heeft vervangen door de inferieure 2e-set.

Nog een reden waarom ik geen 2e ga gebruiken. Het enige voordeel dat ik
er nu in kan zien is de betere support voor kleurenprinters.

--
ir. J.C.A. Wevers          ||    The only nature of reality is physics.
johanw AT vulcan.xs4all.nl    ||    http://www.xs4all.nl/~johanw/index.html
Finger johanw AT xs4all.nl for my PGP public key.     PGP-KeyID: 0xD42F80B1



Date:Sat, 30 Sep 1995 10:07:13 +0100
From:   Herman Haverkort <herman AT fgbbs.iaf.nl>
Subject:   Bestelling 4allTeX CD-ROM

Wie weet van wie de volgende betaling op de NTG-CD-ROM-rekening komt?

0231202555 UNIVERSITEIT STG KATH
CD-ROM /74 60.00 17/07

Vriendelijke groeten,
Herman Haverkort